0000950148-01-502011.txt : 20011026
0000950148-01-502011.hdr.sgml : 20011026
ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950148-01-502011
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 424B3
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 1
FILED AS OF DATE: 20011019
FILER:
COMPANY DATA:
COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ANCHOR NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE CO
CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000006342
STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: []
IRS NUMBER: 860198983
STATE OF INCORPORATION: AZ
FISCAL YEAR END: 0930
FILING VALUES:
FORM TYPE: 424B3
SEC ACT: 1933 Act
SEC FILE NUMBER: 033-87864
FILM NUMBER: 1762497
BUSINESS ADDRESS:
STREET 1: 1 SUNAMERICA CENTER
STREET 2: C/O THOMAS B PHILLIPS
CITY: LOS ANGELES
STATE: CA
ZIP: 90067
BUSINESS PHONE: 3107726000
MAIL ADDRESS:
STREET 1: 1 SUN AMERICA CENTER
CITY: LOS ANGELES
STATE: CA
ZIP: 90067
FORMER COMPANY:
FORMER CONFORMED NAME: ANCHOR LIFE INSURANCE CO
DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19600201
424B3
1
v75679b3e424b3.txt
424(B)(3)
As filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
under the Securities Act of 1933
Registration No. 033-87864
ANCHOR NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
VARIABLE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
(PORTION RELATING TO THE POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY)
---------------------------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENT TO THE POLARIS PLATINUM PROSPECTUS
(FEATURING THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM)
DATED OCTOBER 15, 2001
The portion of the prospectus relating to the Principal Rewards feature located
on pages 13-14 is supplemented with the following:
CURRENT ENHANCEMENT LEVELS
The Enhancement Levels, Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate, Deferred Payment
Enhancement Rate and Deferred Payment Enhancement Date applicable to all
Purchase Payments, are as follows:
------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
UPFRONT PAYMENT DEFERRED PAYMENT DEFERRED PAYMENT
ENHANCEMENT LEVEL ENHANCEMENT RATE ENHANCEMENT RATE ENHANCEMENT DATE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under $ 40,000 2% 0% N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$40,000 - $99,999 4% 0% N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine years from the date
$100,000 - $499,999 4% 1% we receive each Purchase
Payment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine years from the date
$500,000 - more 5% 1% we receive each Purchase
Payment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future Upfront Enhancement Rates may change at any time, but will never be less
than 2%. Deferred Payment Enhancement Rates may increase, decrease or stay the
same; there is no minimum Deferred Payment Enhancement Rate. The Date on which
you may receive any applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement on future Purchase
Payments may change; it may be less than nine years or greater than nine years.
Date: October 15, 2001
Please keep this Supplement with your Prospectus.
Page 1 of 1
As filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
under the Securities Act of 1933
Registration No. 33-87864
[POLARIS PLATINUM LOGO]
PROSPECTUS
OCTOBER 15, 2001
Please read this prospectus carefully FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
before investing and keep it for issued by
future reference. It contains ANCHOR NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
important information about the in connection with
Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity. VARIABLE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The annuity has 44 investment choices - 7 available fixed
To learn more about the annuity account options and 37 Variable Portfolios listed below. The
offered by this prospectus, you can 7 fixed account options include specified periods of 1, 3,
obtain a copy of the Statement of 5, 7 and 10 years and DCA accounts for 6-month and 1-year
Additional Information ("SAI") dated periods. The 37 Variable Portfolios are part of the Anchor
October 15, 2001. The SAI has been Series Trust ("AST"), SunAmerica Series Trust ("SAST"), Van
filed with the Securities and Kampen Life Investment Trust ("VKT") and the WM Variable
Exchange Commission ("SEC") and is Trust ("WMT").
incorporated by reference into this
prospectus. The Table of Contents of STOCKS:
the SAI appears on page 30 of this MANAGED BY ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.
prospectus. For a free copy of the - Alliance Growth Portfolio SAST
SAI, call us at (800) 445-SUN2 or - Global Equities Portfolio SAST
write to us at our Annuity Service - Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
Center, P.O. Box 54299, Los Angeles, MANAGED BY DAVIS SELECTED ADVISERS L.P.
California 90054-0299. - Davis Venture Value Portfolio SAST
- Real Estate Portfolio SAST
In addition, the SEC maintains a MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
website (http://www.sec.gov) that - Federated Value Portfolio SAST
contains the SAI, materials - Telecom Utility Portfolio SAST
incorporated by reference and other MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
information filed electronically with - Goldman Sachs Research Portfolio SAST
the SEC by Anchor National. MANAGED BY MARSICO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Marsico Growth SAST
ANNUITIES INVOLVE RISKS, INCLUDING MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL, AND ARE - MFS Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
NOT A DEPOSIT OR OBLIGATION OF, OR - MFS Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio SAST
GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK. MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
THEY ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE - International Diversified Equities Portfolio SAST
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE - Technology Portfolio SAST
CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE MANAGED BY PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY. - Emerging Markets Portfolio SAST
- International Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
This variable annuity provides an - Putnam Growth Portfolio SAST
optional bonus feature called MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
"Principal Rewards". If you elect - Aggressive Growth Portfolio SAST
this feature, in exchange for bonuses - Blue Chip Growth Portfolio SAST
credited to your contract, your - "Dogs" of Wall Street Portfolio SAST
surrender charge schedule will be - Growth Opportunities Portfolio SAST
longer and greater than if you chose MANAGED BY VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
not to elect this feature. These - Van Kampen LIT Comstock Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
withdrawal charges may offset the - Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth Portfolio, Class II
value of any bonus, if you make an Shares VKT
early withdrawal. - Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income Portfolio, Class II
Shares VKT
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Capital Appreciation Portfolio AST
- Growth Portfolio AST
- Natural Resources Portfolio AST
BALANCED:
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Total Return Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- SunAmerica Balanced Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WM ADVISORS, INC.
- Balanced Portfolio WMT
- Conservative Growth Portfolio WMT
- Strategic Growth Portfolio WMT
BONDS:
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Corporate Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL
- Global Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- Worldwide High Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- High-Yield Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Government & Quality Bond Portfolio AST
CASH:
MANAGED BY BANC OF AMERICA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Cash Management Portfolio SAST
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Anchor National's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2000 is incorporated herein by reference.
All documents or reports filed by Anchor National under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")
after the effective date of this prospectus are also incorporated by reference.
Statements contained in this prospectus and subsequently filed documents which
are incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference are
deemed to modify or supercede documents incorporated by reference.
Anchor National files its Exchange Act documents and reports, including its
annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, electronically pursuant
to EDGAR under CIK No. 0000006342.
Anchor National is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended). We file reports and other information
with the SEC to meet those requirements. You can inspect and copy this
information at SEC public facilities at the following locations:
WASHINGTON, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024
Washington, D.C. 20549
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
500 West Madison Street
Chicago, IL 60661
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
233 Broadway
New York, NY 10279
To obtain copies by mail contact the Washington, D.C. location. After you pay
the fees as prescribed by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the required
documents are mailed.
Registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, related to
the contracts offered by this prospectus are on file with the SEC. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration
statements and exhibits. For further information regarding the separate account,
Anchor National and its general account, the Variable Portfolios and the
contract, please refer to the registration statements and exhibits.
The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the SAI,
materials incorporated by reference and other information filed electronically
with the SEC by Anchor National.
Anchor National will provide without charge to each person to whom this
prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request, a copy of the above
documents incorporated by reference. Requests for these documents should be
directed to Anchor National's Annuity Service Center, as follows:
Anchor National Life Insurance Company
Annuity Service Center
P.O. Box 54299
Los Angeles, California 90054-0299
Telephone Number: (800) 445-SUN2
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Act") is provided to Anchor National's officers, directors and controlling
persons. The SEC has advised that it believes such indemnification is against
public policy under the Act and unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than for Anchor National's payment of expenses
incurred or paid by its directors, officers or controlling persons in the
successful defense of any legal action) is asserted by a director, officer or
controlling person of Anchor National in connection with the securities
registered under this prospectus, Anchor National will submit to a court with
jurisdiction to determine whether the indemnification is against public policy
under the Act. Anchor National will be governed by final judgment of the issue.
However, if in the opinion of Anchor National's counsel, this issue has been
determined by controlling precedent, Anchor National will not submit the issue
to a court for determination.
2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE................... 2
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION....
2
GLOSSARY.......................................................... 3
HIGHLIGHTS........................................................ 4
FEE TABLES........................................................ 5
Owner Transaction Expenses.................................. 5
Optional Income Protector Fee............................... 5
Contract Maintenance Fee.................................... 5
Annual Separate Account Expenses............................ 5
Optional EstatePlus Fee..................................... 5
Portfolio Expenses.......................................... 5
EXAMPLES.......................................................... 7
THE POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY............................. 11
PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY.................... 12
Allocation of Purchase Payments............................. 12
Principal Rewards Program................................... 12
Current Enhancement Levels.................................. 13
Accumulation Units.......................................... 13
Free Look................................................... 14
INVESTMENT OPTIONS................................................ 14
Variable Portfolios......................................... 14
Anchor Series Trust......................................... 14
SunAmerica Series Trust..................................... 14
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust............................ 14
WM Variable Trust........................................... 14
Fixed Account Options....................................... 15
Market Value Adjustment ("MVA")............................. 16
Transfers During the Accumulation Phase..................... 16
Dollar Cost Averaging....................................... 17
Asset Allocation Rebalancing Program........................ 17
Principal Advantage Program................................. 18
Voting Rights............................................... 18
Substitution................................................ 18
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY.............................................. 18
Systematic Withdrawal Program............................... 19
Nursing Home Waiver......................................... 19
Minimum Contract Value...................................... 19
DEATH BENEFIT..................................................... 19
Purchase Payment Accumulation Option........................ 20
Maximum Anniversary Option.................................. 20
EstatePlus.................................................. 20
Spousal Continuation........................................ 21
EXPENSES.......................................................... 22
Insurance Charges........................................... 22
Withdrawal Charges.......................................... 22
Investment Charges.......................................... 23
Contract Maintenance Fee.................................... 23
Transfer Fee................................................ 23
Optional EstatePlus Fee..................................... 23
Optional Income Protector Fee............................... 23
Premium Tax................................................. 23
Income Taxes................................................ 23
Reduction or Elimination of Charges and Expenses, and
Additional Amounts Credited................................. 23
INCOME OPTIONS.................................................... 23
Annuity Date................................................ 23
Income Options.............................................. 24
Fixed or Variable Income Payments........................... 24
Income Payments............................................. 24
Transfers During the Income Phase........................... 25
Deferment of Payments....................................... 25
The Income Protector Feature................................ 25
Note to Qualified Contract Holders.......................... 27
TAXES............................................................. 27
Annuity Contracts in General................................ 27
Tax Treatment of Distributions - Non-qualified Contracts.... 27
Tax Treatment of Distributions - Qualified Contracts........ 27
Minimum Distributions....................................... 28
Tax Treatment of Death Benefits............................. 28
Contracts Owned by A Trust or Corporation................... 28
Gifts, Pledges and/or Assignments of a Non-qualified
Contract.................................................... 28
Diversification............................................. 28
PERFORMANCE....................................................... 29
OTHER INFORMATION................................................. 29
Anchor National............................................. 29
The Separate Account........................................ 29
The General Account......................................... 29
Distribution of the Contract................................ 29
Administration.............................................. 30
Legal Proceedings........................................... 30
Ownership................................................... 30
Custodian................................................... 30
Independent Accountants..................................... 30
Registration Statement...................................... 30
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..........
30
APPENDIX A - PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM EXAMPLES................... A-1
APPENDIX B - MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")...................... B-1
APPENDIX C - DEATH BENEFITS FOLLOWING SPOUSAL CONTINUATION........
C-1
APPENDIX D - HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE OF THE OPERATION OF THE INCOME
PROTECTOR FEATURE................................................ D-1
APPENDIX E - PREMIUM TAXES........................................ E-1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
GLOSSARY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
We have capitalized some of the technical terms used in this prospectus.
To help you understand these terms, we have defined them in this
glossary.
ACCUMULATION PHASE - The period during which you invest money in your
contract.
ACCUMULATION UNITS - A measurement we use to calculate the value of the
variable portion of your contract during the Accumulation Phase.
ANNUITANT(S) - The person(s) on whose life (lives) we base income
payments.
ANNUITY DATE - The date on which income payments are to begin, as
selected by you.
ANNUITY UNITS - A measurement we use to calculate the amount of income
payments you receive from the variable portion of your contract during
the Income Phase.
BENEFICIARY - The person designated to receive any benefits under the
contract if you or the Annuitant dies.
COMPANY - Anchor National Life Insurance Company, We, Us, the insurer
which issues this contract.
INCOME PHASE - The period during which we make income payments to you.
IRS - The Internal Revenue Service.
NON-QUALIFIED (CONTRACT) - A contract purchased with after-tax dollars.
In general, these contracts are not under any pension plan, specially
sponsored program or individual retirement account ("IRA").
PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT(S) - The amount(s) allocated to your contract by us
under the Principal Rewards Program. Payment Enhancements are calculated
as a percentage of your Purchase Payments and are considered earnings.
PURCHASE PAYMENTS - The money you give us to buy the contract, as well as
any additional money you give us to invest in the contract after you own
it.
QUALIFIED (CONTRACT) - A contract purchased with pretax dollars. These
contracts are generally purchased under a pension plan, specially
sponsored program or IRA.
TRUSTS - Refers to the Anchor Series Trust, the SunAmerica Series Trust,
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust and WM Variable Trust collectively.
VARIABLE PORTFOLIO(S) - The variable investment options available under
the contract. Each Variable Portfolio has its own investment objective
and is invested in the underlying investments of the Anchor Series Trust
the SunAmerica Series Trust, Van Kampen Life Investment Trust or the WM
Variable Trust.
ALL FINANCIAL REPRESENTATIVES OR AGENTS THAT SELL THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
3
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHLIGHTS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
The Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity is a contract between you and Anchor
National Life Insurance Company ('Anchor National'). It is designed to help you
invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals. There are
minimum Purchase Payment amounts required to purchase a contract. Purchase
Payments may be invested in a variety of variable and fixed account options. You
may also elect to participate in the Principal Rewards Program of the contract
that can provide you with Payment Enhancements to invest in your contract. If
you elect participation in this feature, your contract will be subject to a
longer surrender charge schedule. Like all deferred annuities, the contract has
an Accumulation Phase and an Income Phase. During the Accumulation Phase, you
invest money in your contract. The Income Phase begins when you start receiving
income payments from your annuity to provide for your retirement.
FREE LOOK: If you cancel your contract within 10 days after receiving it (or
whatever period is required in your state), we will cancel the contract without
charging a withdrawal charge. You will receive whatever your contract is worth
on the day that we receive your request. This amount may be more or less than
your original Purchase Payment. We will return your original Purchase Payment if
required by law. If you elected to participate in the Rewards Program, you
receive any gain and we bear any loss on any Payment Enhancement(s) if you
decide to cancel your contract during the free look period. Please see
PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY in the prospectus.
EXPENSES: There are fees and charges associated with the contract. Each year, we
deduct a $35 contract maintenance fee from your contract, which may be waived
for contracts of $50,000 or more. We also deduct insurance charges, which equal
1.52% annually of the average daily value of your contract allocated to the
Variable Portfolios. There are investment charges on amounts invested in the
Variable Portfolios. If you elect optional features available under the contract
we may charge additional fees for these features. A separate withdrawal charge
schedule applies to each Purchase Payment. The amount of the withdrawal charge
declines over time. After a Purchase Payment has been in the contract for seven
complete years, or nine complete years if you participate in the Rewards
Program, withdrawal charges no longer apply to that portion of the Purchase
Payment. Please see the FEE TABLE, PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE
ANNUITY and EXPENSES IN THE PROSPECTUS.
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY: You may withdraw money from your contract during the
Accumulation Phase. If you do so, earnings are deemed to be withdrawn first. You
will pay income taxes on earnings and untaxed contributions when you withdraw
them. Payments received during the Income Phase are considered partly a return
of your original investment. A federal tax penalty may apply if you make
withdrawals before age 59 1/2. As noted above, a withdrawal charge may apply.
Please see ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY and TAXES in the prospectus.
DEATH BENEFIT: A death benefit feature is available under the contract to
protect your Beneficiaries in the event of your death during the Accumulation
Phase. Please see DEATH BENEFITS in the prospectus.
INCOME OPTIONS: When you are ready to begin taking income, you can choose to
receive income payments on a variable basis, fixed basis or a combination of
both. You may also chose from five different income options, including an option
for income that you cannot outlive. Please see INCOME OPTIONS in the prospectus.
INQUIRIES: If you have questions about your contract call your financial
representative or contact us at Anchor National Life Insurance Company Annuity
Service Center P.O. Box 54299 Los Angeles, California 90054-0299. Telephone
Number: (800) 445-SUN2.
ANCHOR NATIONAL OFFERS SEVERAL DIFFERENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PRODUCTS TO MEET THE
DIVERSE NEEDS OF OUR INVESTORS. EACH PRODUCT MAY OFFER DIFFERENT FEATURES AND
BENEFITS AND CORRESPONDINGLY DIFFERENT FEES AND CHARGES. WE ALSO OFFER PRODUCTS
THAT DO NOT OFFER THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM. PRODUCTS WITHOUT THE PRINCIPAL
REWARDS PROGRAM HAVE THE SAME MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGES AS THE SAME
CONTRACT WITH THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM. HOWEVER, CONTRACTS WITHOUT THE
PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM HAVE A SHORTER AND LOWER SURRENDER CHARGE SCHEDULE.
WHEN WORKING WITH YOUR FINANCIAL ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE BEST PRODUCT TO MEET
YOUR NEEDS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER, AMONG OTHER THINGS, WHETHER THE FEATURES OF THIS
CONTRACT AND THE RELATED FEES PROVIDE THE MOST APPROPRIATE PACKAGE TO HELP YOU
MEET YOUR LONG-TERM RETIREMENT SAVINGS GOALS.
PLEASE READ THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION REGARDING
THESE AND OTHER FEATURES AND BENEFITS OF THE CONTRACT, AS WELL AS THE RISKS OF
INVESTING.
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEE TABLES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE (AS A PERCENTAGE OF EACH PURCHASE PAYMENT)
YEARS:....................... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Non-Principal Rewards........ 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1% 0% 0% 0%
Principal Rewards............ 9% 9% 8% 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 0%
TRANSFER FEE.......... No charge for first 15 transfers each
contract year; thereafter, fee is $25 ($10
in Pennsylvania and Texas) per transfer
OPTIONAL INCOME PROTECTOR FEE
(THE INCOME PROTECTOR WHICH IS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN THE PROSPECTUS IS
OPTIONAL AND IF ELECTED, THE FEE IS DEDUCTED ANNUALLY FROM YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.)
ANNUAL FEE AS A % OF
GROWTH RATE YOUR INCOME BENEFIT BASE*
----------- ----------------------------
Base 0% .10%
* The Income Benefit Base, which is described more fully in the prospectus is
generally calculated by using your contract value on the date of your
effective enrollment in the program and then each subsequent contract
anniversary, adding purchase payments made since the prior contract
anniversary, less proportional withdrawals, and fees and charges applicable to
those withdrawals.
CONTRACT MAINTENANCE FEE*
$35 ($30 in North Dakota)
*waived if contract value is $50,000 or more
ANNUAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF YOUR DAILY NET ASSET VALUE)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge..................... 1.37%
Distribution Expense Charge........................... 0.15%
-----
TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES 1.52%
=====
OPTIONAL ESTATEPLUS FEE
(ESTATEPLUS, AN ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT FEATURE WHICH IS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN
THE PROSPECTUS IS OPTIONAL AND IF ELECTED, THE FEE IS AN ANNUALIZED CHARGE THAT
IS DEDUCTED DAILY FROM YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.)
Fee as a % of your daily net asset value.................. .25%
PORTFOLIO EXPENSES
ANCHOR SERIES TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2000)
MANAGEMENT SERVICE(12B-1) OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE FEE(2) EXPENSES EXPENSES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Appreciation(1) 0.70% 0.15% 0.05% 0.90%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government and Quality Bond 0.59% 0.15% 0.08% 0.82%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth 0.66% 0.15% 0.05% 0.86%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources 0.75% 0.15% 0.17% 1.07%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The expenses noted here are restated to reflect an estimate of the fees
for the portfolio for the current fiscal year. This fee increase became
effective on August 1, 2000 following approval by the Board of Directors
of the Trust and shareholders.
(2) The Board of Trustees adopted a 12(b)(1) Plan with respect to the Anchor
Series Trust on May 30, 2001. Although this Plan was not in place at the
fiscal year end shown here, the .15% service fee is shown in these
expense numbers.
SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS AFTER REIMBURSEMENT OR WAIVER OF EXPENSES
FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 2001)
MANAGEMENT SERVICE(12B-1) OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE FEE(7) EXPENSES EXPENSES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggressive Growth 0.66% 0.15% 0.04% 0.85%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alliance Growth 0.60% 0.15% 0.04% 0.79%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue Chip Growth(1,4) 0.70% 0.15% 0.15% 1.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Management(5) 0.49% 0.15% 0.03% 0.67%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bond 0.62% 0.15% 0.07% 0.84%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Davis Venture Value 0.71% 0.15% 0.04% 0.90%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Dogs" of Wall Street 0.60% 0.15% 0.12% 0.87%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emerging Markets(2) 1.25% 0.15% 0.32% 1.72%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Value 0.70% 0.15% 0.06% 0.91%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Bond 0.69% 0.15% 0.12% 0.96%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Equities 0.70% 0.15% 0.14% 0.99%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Research(1,3,4) 1.20% 0.15% 0.15% 1.50%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth-Income 0.53% 0.15% 0.04% 0.72%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth Opportunities 0.75% 0.15% 0.25% 1.15%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Yield Bond 0.63% 0.15% 0.08% 0.86%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Diversified Equities 1.00% 0.15% 0.21% 1.36%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Growth and Income 0.95% 0.15% 0.23% 1.33%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marsico Growth 0.85% 0.15% 0.15% 1.15%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Growth and Income 0.70% 0.15% 0.06% 0.91%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Mid-Cap Growth(1,2) 0.75% 0.15% 0.07% 0.97%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Total Return(2) 0.66% 0.15% 0.08% 0.89%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Growth 0.75% 0.15% 0.04% 0.94%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate 0.80% 0.15% 0.16% 1.11%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SunAmerica Balanced 0.59% 0.15% 0.05% 0.79%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technology(4) 1.20% 0.15% 0.29% 1.64%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Utility(2,6) 0.75% 0.15% 0.09% 0.99%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Worldwide High Income 1.00% 0.15% 0.10% 1.25%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)For this portfolio, the advisor, SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., has
voluntarily agreed to waive fees or expenses, if necessary, to keep
operating expenses at or below established maximum amounts. All waivers or
reimbursements may be terminated at any time. Only certain portfolios
relied on these waivers and/or reimbursements during this fiscal year as
follows: Absent fee waivers or reimbursement of expenses by the adviser or
custody credits, you would have incurred the following expenses during the
last fiscal year; Blue Chip Growth 1.96%, Goldman Sachs Research 1.78%;
Growth Opportunities 1.41%; and Marisco Growth 4.88%. Absent recoupment of
expenses by the adviser, the Total Annual Expenses during the last fiscal
year for the Emerging Markets Portfolio would have been 1.68%. For
5
MFS Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio, the adviser recouped prior year expense
reimbursements that were mathematically insignificant, resulting in the
expense ratio before and after recoupment remaining at 0.97%.
(2)Gross of custody credits of 0.01%.
(3)The ratio reflects an expense cap of 1.50% and 1.15% for Goldman Sachs
Research and Marsico Growth, respectively, which is net of custody credits
of 0.01% and 0.44% and respectively, or waivers/reimbursements if
applicable.
(4)Annualized.
(5)Formerly managed by SunAmerica Asset Management Corp.
(6)Prior to July 5, 2000, the Telecom Utility Portfolio was named Utility
Portfolio. The name change will not result in any modifications to the
portfolio's principal investment goal or fundamental investment policies.
(7)The Board of Trustees adopted a 12(b)(1) Plan with respect to the
SunAmerica Series Trust on May 21, 2001. Although this Plan was not in
place at the fiscal year end shown here, the 0.15% service fee is shown in
these expense numbers.
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS AFTER REIMBURSEMENT OR WAIVER OF EXPENSES
FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000)
MANAGEMENT SERVICE OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE (12B-1) FEE EXPENSES EXPENSES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Comstock(1,4) 0.00% 0.25% 0.95% 1.20%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth(2) 0.70% 0.25% 0.05% 1.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income(3,4) 0.57% 0.25% 0.18% 1.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Comstock Portfolio, Class II Shares.
(2)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Emerging Growth Portfolio, Class II
Shares.
(3)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Growth and Income Portfolio, Class II
Shares.
(4)For this portfolio, the advisor, Van Kampen Asset Management Inc., has
agreed to waive fees or reimburse expenses, if necessary, to keep
operating expenses at or below established maximum amounts. Absent these
waivers or reimbursements, the expenses were as follows: Van Kampen LIT
Comstock 2.38% and Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income 1.03%.
WM VARIABLE TRUST*
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSET VALUE OF EACH INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AS OF THE
FISCAL YEAR END OF THE TRUST ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2000)
MANAGEMENT OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE EXPENSES EXPENSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balanced 0.10% 0.19% 0.29%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conservative Growth 0.10% 0.18% 0.28%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth 0.10% 0.20% 0.30%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Each Portfolio will invest in Funds of the WM Trust and in the WM High
Yield Fund (a series of WM Trust I). You will bear certain expenses
associated with these Funds in which these portfolios invest in addition
to the expenses of the portfolios. The chart below shows estimated
combined annual expenses for each Portfolio and the Funds in which that
Portfolio may invest. The expenses are based upon estimated expenses of
each Portfolio and underlying Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2000, restated to reflect current management fees. Please refer to the
Trust prospectus for more details.
The estimates assume a constant allocation of each Portfolio's assets
among the Funds identical to such Portfolio's actual allocation at
December 31, 2000.
COMBINED
PORTFOLIOS ANNUAL EXPENSES
---------- ---------------
Balanced Portfolio.......................................... 1.04%
Conservative Growth Portfolio............................... 1.10%
Strategic Growth Portfolio.................................. 1.17%
THE ABOVE PORTFOLIO EXPENSES WERE PROVIDED BY THE TRUSTS. WE HAVE NOT
INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION.
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLES -- IF YOU DO NOT PARTICIPATE IN THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You will pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment in each Variable
Portfolio, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, Portfolio Expenses after
waiver, reimbursement or recoupment, (assuming the waiver, reimbursement or
recoupment will continue for the period shown) if applicable and:
(a) you surrender the contract at the end of the stated time period and
no optional features are elected.
(b) you elect the optional EstatePlus and the Income Protector Base
features with the following charges (.25% and .10%, respectively),
and you surrender the contract at the end of the stated period.
(c) you do not surrender the contract and no optional features are
elected.*
(d) you elect the optional EstatePlus and Income Protector Base features
with the following charges (.25% and .10%, respectively, and you do
not surrender the contract.
1 3 5 10
PORTFOLIO YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Appreciation (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $163 (a) $284
(b) $ 99 (b) $139 (b) $181 (b) $318
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $133 (c) $284
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $318
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government and Quality Bond (a) $ 95 (a) $126 (a) $159 (a) $276
(b) $ 98 (b) $136 (b) $177 (b) $311
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 76 (c) $129 (c) $276
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 86 (d) $147 (d) $311
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth (a) $ 95 (a) $127 (a) $161 (a) $280
(b) $ 98 (b) $137 (b) $179 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $131 (c) $280
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $149 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources (a) $ 97 (a) $133 (a) $172 (a) $301
(b) $101 (b) $144 (b) $189 (b) $334
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 83 (c) $142 (c) $301
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 94 (d) $159 (d) $334
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggressive Growth (a) $ 95 (a) $127 (a) $161 (a) $279
(b) $ 98 (b) $137 (b) $178 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $131 (c) $279
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $148 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alliance Growth (a) $ 94 (a) $125 (a) $158 (a) $273
(b) $ 98 (b) $135 (b) $175 (b) $308
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 75 (c) $128 (c) $273
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 85 (d) $145 (d) $308
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue Chip Growth (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $294
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $186 (b) $328
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $294
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $156 (d) $328
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Management (a) $ 93 (a) $121 (a) $152 (a) $261
(b) $ 97 (b) $132 (b) $169 (b) $296
(c) $ 23 (c) $ 71 (c) $122 (c) $261
(d) $ 27 (d) $ 82 (d) $139 (d) $296
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bond (a) $ 95 (a) $126 (a) $160 (a) $278
(b) $ 98 (b) $137 (b) $178 (b) $313
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 76 (c) $130 (c) $278
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $148 (d) $313
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Davis Venture Value (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $163 (a) $284
(b) $ 99 (b) $139 (b) $181 (b) $318
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $133 (c) $284
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $318
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Dogs" of Wall Street (a) $ 95 (a) $127 (a) $162 (a) $281
(b) $ 99 (b) $138 (b) $179 (b) $315
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $132 (c) $281
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 88 (d) $149 (d) $315
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emerging Market (a) $104 (a) $152 (a) $203 (a) $362
(b) $107 (b) $163 (b) $220 (b) $393
(c) $ 34 (c) $102 (c) $173 (c) $362
(d) $ 37 (d) $113 (d) $190 (d) $393
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Value (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $164 (a) $285
(b) $ 99 (b) $139 (b) $181 (b) $319
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $285
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $319
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Bond (a) $ 96 (a) $130 (a) $166 (a) $290
(b) $ 99 (b) $140 (b) $184 (b) $324
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $136 (c) $290
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $154 (d) $324
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Equities (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $293
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $185 (b) $327
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $293
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $155 (d) $327
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Research (a) $101 (a) $146 (a) $193 (a) $342
(b) $105 (b) $156 (b) $210 (b) $374
(c) $ 31 (c) $ 96 (c) $163 (c) $342
(d) $ 35 (d) $106 (d) $180 (d) $374
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* We do not currently charge a surrender charge upon annuitization unless the contract is annuitized using
the Income Protector feature. We assess the applicable surrender charge upon annuitization under the
Income Protector feature assuming a full surrender of your contract.
7
1 3 5 10
PORTFOLIO YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth-Income (a) $ 94 (a) $123 (a) $154 (a) $266
(b) $ 97 (b) $133 (b) $172 (b) $301
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 73 (c) $124 (c) $266
(d) $ 27 (d) $ 83 (d) $142 (d) $301
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth Opportunities (a) $ 98 (a) $136 (a) $176 (a) $309
(b) $101 (b) $146 (b) $193 (b) $342
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $146 (c) $309
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 96 (d) $163 (d) $342
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Yield Bond (a) $ 95 (a) $127 (a) $161 (a) $280
(b) $ 98 (b) $137 (b) $179 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $131 (c) $280
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $149 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Diversified Equities (a) $100 (a) $142 (a) $186 (a) $329
(b) $103 (b) $152 (b) $203 (b) $361
(c) $ 30 (c) $ 92 (c) $156 (c) $329
(d) $ 33 (d) $102 (d) $173 (d) $361
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Growth & Income (a) $100 (a) $141 (a) $185 (a) $326
(b) $103 (b) $151 (b) $202 (b) $358
(c) $ 30 (c) $ 91 (c) $155 (c) $326
(d) $ 33 (d) $101 (d) $172 (d) $358
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marsico Growth (a) $ 98 (a) $136 (a) $176 (a) $309
(b) $101 (b) $146 (b) $193 (b) $342
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $146 (c) $309
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 96 (d) $163 (d) $342
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Growth & Income (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $164 (a) $285
(b) $ 99 (b) $139 (b) $181 (b) $319
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $285
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $319
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Mid Cap Growth (a) $ 96 (a) $130 (a) $167 (a) $291
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $184 (b) $325
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $137 (c) $291
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $154 (d) $325
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Total Return (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $163 (a) $283
(b) $ 99 (b) $138 (b) $180 (b) $317
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $133 (c) $283
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 88 (d) $150 (d) $317
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Growth (a) $ 96 (a) $129 (a) $165 (a) $288
(b) $ 99 (b) $140 (b) $183 (b) $322
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 79 (c) $135 (c) $288
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $153 (d) $322
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate (a) $ 97 (a) $134 (a) $174 (a) $305
(b) $101 (b) $145 (b) $191 (b) $338
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 84 (c) $144 (c) $305
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 95 (d) $161 (d) $338
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SunAmerica Balanced (a) $ 94 (a) $125 (a) $158 (a) $273
(b) $ 98 (b) $135 (b) $175 (b) $308
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 75 (c) $128 (c) $273
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 85 (d) $145 (d) $308
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technology (a) $103 (a) $150 (a) $200 (a) $355
(b) $106 (b) $160 (b) $216 (b) $386
(c) $ 33 (c) $100 (c) $170 (c) $355
(d) $ 36 (d) $110 (d) $186 (d) $386
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Utility (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $293
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $185 (b) $327
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $293
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $155 (d) $327
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Worldwide High Income (a) $ 99 (a) $139 (a) $181 (a) $318
(b) $102 (b) $149 (b) $198 (b) $351
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 89 (c) $151 (c) $318
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 99 (d) $168 (d) $351
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Comstock, Class II Shares (a) $ 98 (a) $137 (a) $178 (a) $314
(b) $102 (b) $147 (b) $195 (b) $346
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 87 (c) $148 (c) $314
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 97 (d) $165 (d) $346
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth, Class II Shares (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $294
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $186 (b) $328
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $294
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $156 (d) $328
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income, Class II Shares (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $294
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $186 (b) $328
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $294
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $156 (d) $328
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balanced (a) $ 97 (a) $132 (a) $170 (a) $298
(b) $100 (b) $143 (b) $188 (b) $332
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 82 (c) $140 (c) $298
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 93 (d) $158 (d) $332
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conservative Growth (a) $ 97 (a) $134 (a) $173 (a) $304
(b) $101 (b) $144 (b) $190 (b) $337
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 84 (c) $143 (c) $304
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 94 (d) $160 (d) $337
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth (a) $ 98 (a) $136 (a) $177 (a) $311
(b) $102 (b) $146 (b) $194 (b) $344
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $147 (c) $311
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 96 (d) $164 (d) $344
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLES -- IF YOU PARTICIPATE IN THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You will pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment in each Variable
Portfolio, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, Portfolio Expenses after
waiver, reimbursement or recoupment (assuming the waiver, reimbursement or
recoupment will continue for the period shown), if applicable and:
(a) you surrender the contract at the end of the stated time period and
no optional features are elected.
(b) you elect the optional EstatePlus and the Income Protector Base
features with the following charges (.25% and .10%, respectively),
benefit (maximum charge) and you surrender the contract at the end
of the stated period.
(c) you do not surrender the contract and no optional features are
elected.*
(d) you elect the optional EstatePlus and Income Protector Base benefits
at the following charges (.25% and .10% respectively), and you do
not surrender the contract.
1 3 5 10
PORTFOLIO YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Appreciation (a) $116 (a) $160 (a) $196 (a) $290
(b) $119 (b) $170 (b) $214 (b) $325
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $136 (c) $290
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $154 (d) $325
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government and Quality Bond (a) $115 (a) $157 (a) $192 (a) $282
(b) $119 (b) $168 (b) $210 (b) $317
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $132 (c) $282
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 88 (d) $150 (d) $317
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth (a) $115 (a) $158 (a) $194 (a) $286
(b) $119 (b) $169 (b) $212 (b) $321
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $286
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $152 (d) $321
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources (a) $118 (a) $165 (a) $205 (a) $307
(b) $121 (b) $175 (b) $222 (b) $341
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 85 (c) $145 (c) $307
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 95 (d) $162 (d) $341
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggressive Growth (a) $115 (a) $158 (a) $194 (a) $285
(b) $119 (b) $169 (b) $211 (b) $320
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $285
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $320
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alliance Growth (a) $115 (a) $156 (a) $190 (a) $279
(b) $118 (b) $167 (b) $208 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 76 (c) $130 (c) $279
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $148 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue Chip Growth (a) $117 (a) $163 (a) $201 (a) $300
(b) $120 (b) $173 (b) $219 (b) $334
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 83 (c) $141 (c) $300
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 93 (d) $159 (d) $334
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Management (a) $114 (a) $153 (a) $184 (a) $267
(b) $117 (b) $163 (b) $202 (b) $302
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 73 (c) $124 (c) $267
(d) $ 27 (d) $ 83 (d) $142 (d) $302
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bond (a) $115 (a) $158 (a) $193 (a) $284
(b) $119 (b) $168 (b) $211 (b) $319
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $133 (c) $284
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 88 (d) $151 (d) $319
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Davis Venture Value (a) $116 (a) $160 (a) $196 (a) $290
(b) $119 (b) $170 (b) $214 (b) $325
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $136 (c) $290
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $154 (d) $325
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Dogs" of Wall Street (a) $116 (a) $159 (a) $195 (a) $287
(b) $119 (b) $169 (b) $212 (b) $322
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 79 (c) $135 (c) $287
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $152 (d) $322
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emerging Market (a) $124 (a) $184 (a) $237 (a) $369
(b) $128 (b) $195 (b) $254 (b) $401
(c) $ 34 (c) $104 (c) $177 (c) $369
(d) $ 38 (d) $115 (d) $194 (d) $401
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Value (a) $116 (a) $160 (a) $197 (a) $291
(b) $120 (b) $171 (b) $214 (b) $326
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $137 (c) $291
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $154 (d) $326
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Bond (a) $117 (a) $161 (a) $199 (a) $296
(b) $120 (b) $172 (b) $217 (b) $330
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 81 (c) $139 (c) $296
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 92 (d) $157 (d) $330
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Equities (a) $117 (a) $162 (a) $201 (a) $299
(b) $120 (b) $173 (b) $218 (b) $333
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 82 (c) $141 (c) $299
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 93 (d) $158 (d) $333
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Research (a) $122 (a) $178 (a) $226 (a) $349
(b) $126 (b) $188 (b) $243 (b) $381
(c) $ 32 (c) $ 98 (c) $166 (c) $349
(d) $ 36 (d) $108 (d) $183 (d) $381
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth-Income (a) $114 (a) $154 (a) $187 (a) $272
(b) $118 (b) $165 (b) $205 (b) $307
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 74 (c) $127 (c) $272
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 85 (d) $145 (d) $307
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* We do not currently charge a surrender charge upon annuitization unless the contract is annuitized using
the Income Protector feature. We assess the applicable surrender charge upon annuitization under the
Income Protector feature assuming a full surrender of your contract.
9
1 3 5 10
PORTFOLIO YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth Opportunities (a) $118 (a) $167 (a) $209 (a) $315
(b) $122 (b) $178 (b) $226 (b) $349
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 87 (c) $149 (c) $315
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 98 (d) $166 (d) $349
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Yield Bond (a) $115 (a) $158 (a) $194 (a) $286
(b) $119 (b) $169 (b) $212 (b) $321
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $286
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $152 (d) $321
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Diversified Equities (a) $121 (a) $174 (a) $219 (a) $335
(b) $124 (b) $184 (b) $236 (b) $368
(c) $ 31 (c) $ 94 (c) $159 (c) $335
(d) $ 34 (d) $104 (d) $176 (d) $368
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Growth & Income (a) $120 (a) $173 (a) $218 (a) $332
(b) $124 (b) $183 (b) $235 (b) $365
(c) $ 30 (c) $ 93 (c) $158 (c) $332
(d) $ 34 (d) $103 (d) $175 (d) $365
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marsico Growth (a) $118 (a) $167 (a) $209 (a) $315
(b) $122 (b) $178 (b) $226 (b) $349
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 87 (c) $149 (c) $315
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 98 (d) $166 (d) $349
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Growth and Income (a) $116 (a) $160 (a) $197 (a) $291
(b) $120 (b) $171 (b) $214 (b) $326
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $137 (c) $291
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $154 (d) $326
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Mid Cap Growth (a) $117 (a) $162 (a) $200 (a) $297
(b) $120 (b) $172 (b) $217 (b) $331
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 82 (c) $140 (c) $297
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 92 (d) $157 (d) $331
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Total Return (a) $116 (a) $159 (a) $196 (a) $289
(b) $119 (b) $170 (b) $213 (b) $324
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 79 (c) $136 (c) $289
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $153 (d) $324
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Growth (a) $116 (a) $161 (a) $198 (a) $294
(b) $120 (b) $171 (b) $216 (b) $329
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $294
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $156 (d) $329
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate (a) $118 (a) $166 (a) $207 (a) $311
(b) $122 (b) $177 (b) $224 (b) $345
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $147 (c) $311
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 97 (d) $164 (d) $345
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SunAmerica Balanced (a) $115 (a) $156 (a) $190 (a) $279
(b) $118 (b) $167 (b) $208 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 76 (c) $130 (c) $279
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $148 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technology (a) $123 (a) $182 (a) $233 (a) $362
(b) $127 (b) $192 (b) $250 (b) $394
(c) $ 33 (c) $102 (c) $173 (c) $362
(d) $ 37 (d) $112 (d) $190 (d) $394
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Utility (a) $117 (a) $162 (a) $201 (a) $299
(b) $120 (b) $173 (b) $218 (b) $333
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 82 (c) $141 (c) $299
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 93 (d) $158 (d) $333
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Worldwide High Income (a) $119 (a) $170 (a) $214 (a) $325
(b) $123 (b) $181 (b) $231 (b) $358
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 90 (c) $154 (c) $325
(d) $ 33 (d) $101 (d) $171 (d) $358
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Comstock, Class II Shares (a) $121 (a) $176 (a) $224 (a) $344
(b) $125 (b) $187 (b) $241 (b) $377
(c) $ 31 (c) $ 96 (c) $164 (c) $344
(d) $ 35 (d) $107 (d) $181 (d) $377
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth, Class II Shares (a) $119 (a) $170 (a) $214 (a) $325
(b) $123 (b) $181 (b) $231 (b) $358
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 90 (c) $154 (c) $325
(d) $ 33 (d) $101 (d) $171 (d) $358
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income, Class II Shares (a) $119 (a) $170 (a) $214 (a) $325
(b) $123 (b) $181 (b) $231 (b) $358
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 90 (c) $154 (c) $325
(d) $ 33 (d) $101 (d) $171 (d) $358
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balanced (a) $117 (a) $164 (a) $203 (a) $304
(b) $121 (b) $175 (b) $221 (b) $338
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 84 (c) $143 (c) $304
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 95 (d) $161 (d) $338
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conservative Growth (a) $118 (a) $166 (a) $206 (a) $310
(b) $121 (b) $176 (b) $224 (b) $344
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $146 (c) $310
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 96 (d) $164 (d) $344
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth (a) $119 (a) $168 (a) $210 (a) $317
(b) $122 (b) $178 (b) $227 (b) $351
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 88 (c) $150 (c) $317
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 98 (d) $167 (d) $351
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10
EXPLANATION OF FEE TABLES AND EXAMPLES
1. The purpose of the Fee Tables is to show you the various expenses you would
incur directly and indirectly by investing in the contract. The tables
represent both fees at the separate account (contract level) as well as
portfolio company investment management expenses. We converted the contract
administration charge to a percentage (0.09%) using an assumed contract size
of $40,000. The actual impact of the administration charge may differ from
this percentage and may be waived for contract values over $50,000.
Additional information on the portfolio company fees can be found in the
Trust prospectuses located behind this prospectus.
2. For certain Variable Portfolios, the adviser, SunAmerica Asset Management
Corp., has voluntarily agreed to waive fees or reimburse certain expenses,
if necessary, to keep annual operating expenses at or below the lesser of
the maximum allowed by any applicable state expense limitations or the
following percentages of each Variable Portfolio's average net assets: Blue
Chip Growth 1.00%; Emerging Markets 2.05% (recouping prior expense
reimbursements); Goldman Sachs Research 1.50%; Growth Opportunities 1.15%;
Marsico Growth 1.15%; MFS Mid-Cap Growth 1.30% (recouping prior expense
reimbursements); Technology 1.70%. The adviser also may voluntarily waive or
reimburse additional amounts to increase a Variable Portfolio's investment
return. All waivers and/or reimbursements may be terminated at any time.
Furthermore, the adviser may recoup any waivers or reimbursements within two
years after such waivers or reimbursements are granted, provided that the
Variable Portfolio is able to make such payment and remain in compliance
with the foregoing expense limitations.
3. In addition to the stated assumptions, the Examples also assume an insurance
charge of 1.52% and that no transfer fees were imposed. Although premium
taxes may apply in certain states, they are not reflected in the Examples.
In calculating the Examples, we convert the contract maintenance fee of $35
to a percentage using an amount of contract value of $40,000.
4. Examples reflecting participation in the Principal Rewards program reflect
the Principal Rewards surrender charge schedule, and a 2% upfront payment
enhancement.
5. Examples reflecting application of optional features and benefits use the
highest fees and charges being offered for those features.
6. THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SALES OF THIS CONTRACT HAD NOT BEGUN.
THEREFORE NO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION APPEARS IN THE PROSPECTUS.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
THE POLARIS PLATINUM
VARIABLE ANNUITY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
An annuity is a contract between you and an insurance company. You are the owner
of the contract. The contract provides three main benefits:
- Tax Deferral: This means that you do not pay taxes on your earnings from
the annuity until you withdraw them.
- Death Benefit: If you die during the Accumulation Phase, the insurance
company pays a death benefit to your Beneficiary.
- Guaranteed Income: If elected, you receive a stream of income for your
lifetime, or another available period you select.
Tax-qualified retirement plans (e.g., IRAs, 401(k) or 403(b) plans) defer
payment of taxes on earnings until withdrawal. If you are considering funding a
tax-qualified retirement plan with an annuity, you should know that an annuity
does not provide any additional tax deferral treatment of earnings beyond the
treatment provided by the tax-qualified retirement plan itself. However,
annuities do provide other features and benefits which may be valuable to you.
You should fully discuss this decision with your financial representative.
This annuity was developed to help you contribute to your retirement savings.
This annuity works in two stages, the Accumulation Phase and the Income Phase.
Your contract is in the Accumulation Phase during the period when you make
payments into the contract. The Income Phase begins when you request us to start
making income payments to you out of the money accumulated in your contract.
The contract is called a "variable" annuity because it allows you to invest in
variable portfolios which, like mutual funds, have different investment
objectives and performance which varies. You can gain or lose money if you
invest in these Variable Portfolios. The amount of money you accumulate in your
contract depends on the performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you
invest. This contract currently offers 37 Variable Portfolios.
The contract also offers several fixed account options for varying time periods.
Fixed account options earn interest at a rate set and guaranteed by Anchor
National. If you allocate money to the fixed account options, the amount of
money that accumulates in the contract depends on the total interest credited to
the particular fixed account option(s) in which you invest.
For more information on investment options available under this contract SEE
INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 14.
This annuity is designed to assist in contributing to retirement savings of
investors whose personal circumstances allow for a long-term investment time
horizon. As a function of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC"), you may be assessed
a 10% federal tax penalty on any withdrawal made prior to your reaching age
59 1/2. Additionally, this contract provides that
11
you will be charged a withdrawal charge on each purchase payment withdrawn if
that purchase payment has not been invested in this contract for at least 7
years, or 9 years if you elect to participate in the Principal Rewards Program.
Because of these potential penalties, you should fully discuss all of the
benefits and risks of this contract with your financial representative prior to
purchase.
Anchor National Life Insurance Company (Anchor National, The Company, Us, We)
issues the Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity. When you purchase a Polaris
Platinum Variable Annuity, a contract exists between you and Anchor National.
The Company is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the
state of Arizona. Its principal place of business is 1 SunAmerica Center, Los
Angeles, California 90067. The Company conducts life insurance and annuity
business in the District of Columbia and all states except New York. Anchor
National is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of American International
Group, Inc. ("AIG"), a Delaware corporation.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM
VARIABLE ANNUITY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
An initial Purchase Payment is the money you give us to buy a contract. Any
additional money you give us to invest in the contract after purchase is a
subsequent Purchase Payment.
The following chart shows the minimum initial and subsequent Purchase Payments
permitted under your contract. These amounts depend upon whether a contract is
Qualified or Non-qualified for tax purposes. FOR FURTHER EXPLANATION, SEE TAXES
ON PAGE 27.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Minimum
Minimum Initial Subsequent
Purchase Payment Purchase Payment
-----------------------------------------------------------
Qualified $2,000 $250
-----------------------------------------------------------
Non-Qualified $5,000 $500
-----------------------------------------------------------
Prior Company approval is required to accept Purchase Payments greater than
$1,500,000 or $1,333,000 (if Estate Plus is elected). Subsequent Purchase
Payments which would cause total Purchase Payments in the contract to exceed
these limits are also subject to prior company approval. Also, the optional
automatic payment plan allows you to make subsequent Purchase Payments of as
little as $20.00.
In general, we will not issue a Qualified contract to anyone who is age 70 1/2
or older, unless it is shown that the minimum distribution required by the IRS
is being made. In addition, we may not issue a contract to anyone age 91 or
older on the contract issue date. You may not elect to participate in the
Principal Rewards Program or elect the EstatePlus benefit if you are age 81 or
older at the time of contract issue.
We allow spouses to jointly own this contract. However, the age of the older
spouse is used to determine the availability of any age driven benefits. The
addition of a joint owner after the contract has been issued in contingent upon
prior review and approval by the Company.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS
We invest your Purchase Payments in the fixed and variable investment options
according to your instructions. If we receive a Purchase Payment without
allocation instructions, we will invest the money according to your last
allocation instructions. SEE INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 14.
In order to issue your contract, we must receive your completed application,
Purchase Payment allocation instructions and any other required paperwork at our
principal place of business. We allocate your initial Purchase Payment within
two days of receiving it. If we do not have complete information necessary to
issue your contract, we will contact you. If we do not have the information
necessary to issue your contract within 5 business days we will:
- Send your money back to you, or;
- Ask your permission to keep your money until we get the information
necessary to issue the contract.
PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM
If you elect to participate in the Principal Rewards program at contract issue,
we contribute an Upfront Payment Enhancement and, if applicable, a Deferred
Payment Enhancement to your contract in conjunction with each Purchase Payment
you invest during the life of your contract. If you elect to participate in this
program, all Purchase Payments are subject to a nine year withdrawal charge
schedule. SEE WITHDRAWAL CHARGES ON PAGE 22. These withdrawal charges may offset
the value of any bonus, if you make an early withdrawal. SEE EXPENSES ON PAGE
22. You may not elect to participate in this program if you are age 81 or older
at the time of contract issue. Amounts we contribute to your contract under this
program are considered earnings and are allocated to your contract as described
below.
Purchase Payments may not be invested in the 6-month or the 1-year Dollar Cost
Averaging fixed accounts if you participate in the Principal Rewards Program.
However, you may use the 1-year fixed account option as a Dollar Cost Averaging
source account.
There may be scenarios in which due to negative market conditions and your
inability to remain invested over the long-term, a contract with the Principal
Rewards program may not perform as well as the contract without the feature.
Enhancement Levels
The Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate, Deferred Payment Enhancement Rate and
Deferred Payment Enhancement Date may be determined based on stated Enhancement
Levels. Each Enhancement Level is a range of dollar amounts which may correspond
to different enhancement rates and dates. Enhancement Levels may change from
time to time, at our sole discretion. The Enhancement Level applicable to your
initial Purchase Payment is determined by the amount of that
12
initial Purchase Payment. With respect to any subsequent Purchase Payments we
determine your Enhancement Level by adding your contract value on the date we
receive each subsequent Purchase Payment plus the amount of the subsequent
Purchase Payment.
Upfront Payment Enhancement
An Upfront Payment Enhancement is an amount we add to your contract on the day
we receive a Purchase Payment. We calculate an Upfront Payment Enhancement
amount as a percentage (the "Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate") of each Purchase
Payment. The Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate will always be at least 2%. We
periodically review and establish the Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate, which
may increase or decrease at any time, but will never be less than 2%. The
applicable Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate is that which is in effect for any
applicable Enhancement Level, when we receive each Purchase Payment under your
contract. The Upfront Payment Enhancement amounts are allocated among the fixed
and variable investment options according to the current allocation instructions
in effect when we receive each Purchase Payment.
Deferred Payment Enhancement
A Deferred Payment Enhancement is an amount we may add to your contract on a
stated future date (the "Deferred Payment Enhancement Date") as a percentage of
Purchase Payments received. We refer to this percentage amount as the Deferred
Payment Enhancement Rate. We periodically review and establish the Deferred
Payment Enhancement Rates and Deferred Payment Enhancement Dates. The Deferred
Payment Enhancement Rate being offered may increase, decrease or be eliminated
by us, at any time. The Deferred Payment Enhancement Date, if applicable, may
change at any time. The applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement Date and
Deferred Payment Enhancement Rate are those which may be in effect for any
applicable Enhancement Level, when we receive each Purchase Payment under your
contract. Any applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement, when credited, is
allocated to the Cash Management Variable Portfolio.
If you withdraw any portion of a Purchase Payment, to which a Deferred Payment
Enhancement applies, prior to the Deferred Payment Enhancement Date, we reduce
the amount of the corresponding Deferred Payment Enhancement in the same
proportion that your withdrawal (and any fees and charges associated with such
withdrawals) reduces that Purchase Payment. For purposes of the Deferred Payment
Enhancement, withdrawals are assumed to be taken from earnings first, then from
Purchase Payments, on a first-in-first-out basis.
APPENDIX A shows how we calculate any applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement
amount.
We will not allocate any applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement to your
contract if any of the following circumstances occurs prior to the Deferred
Payment Enhancement Date:
- You surrender your contract;
- A death benefit is paid on your contract;
- You switch to the Income Phase of your contract; or
- You fully withdraw the corresponding Purchase Payment.
Current Enhancement Levels
Ask your financial advisor for information regarding the current enhancement
levels offered.
90 Day Window
As of the 90th day after your contract was issued, we will total your Purchase
Payments made over those 90 days, without considering any investment gain or
loss in contract value on those Purchase Payments. If your total Purchase
Payments bring you to an Enhancement Level which, as of the date we issued your
contract, would have provided for a higher Upfront and/or Deferred Payment
Enhancement Rate on each Purchase Payment, you will get the benefit of the
Enhancement Rate(s) that were applicable to that higher Enhancement Level at the
time your contract was issued ("Look Back Adjustment"). We will add any
applicable Upfront Look Back Adjustment to your contract on the 90th day
following the date of contract issue. We will send you a confirmation indicating
any applicable Upfront and/or Deferred Look Back Adjustment, on or about the
90th day following the date of contract issuance. We will allocate any
applicable Upfront Look Back Adjustment according to your then-current
allocation instructions on file for subsequent Purchase Payments at the time we
make the contribution and if applicable, to the Cash Management Portfolio, for a
Deferred Look Back Adjustment.
APPENDIX A provides an example of the 90 Day Window Provision.
The Principal Rewards Program may not be available in your state or through the
broker-dealer with which your financial advisor is affiliated. Please check with
your financial advisor regarding the availability of this program.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS
PROGRAM (IN ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT) AT ANY TIME.
ACCUMULATION UNITS
When you allocate a Purchase Payment to the Variable Portfolios, we credit your
contract with Accumulation Units of the separate account. We base the number of
Accumulation Units you receive on the unit value of the Variable Portfolio as of
the day we receive your money if we receive it before 1 p.m. Pacific Standard
Time, or on the next business day's unit value if we receive your money after 1
p.m. Pacific Standard Time. The value of an Accumulation Unit goes up and down
based on the performance of the Variable Portfolios.
We calculate the value of an Accumulation Unit each day that the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") is open as follows:
1. We determine the total value of money invested in a particular Variable
Portfolio;
2. We subtract from that amount all applicable contract charges; and
3. We divide this amount by the number of outstanding Accumulation Units.
13
We determine the number of Accumulation Units credited to your contract by
dividing the Purchase Payment and Payment Enhancement, if applicable, by the
Accumulation Unit value for the specific Variable Portfolio.
EXAMPLE (CONTRACTS WITHOUT PRINCIPAL REWARDS):
We receive a $25,000 Purchase Payment from you on Wednesday. You allocate
the money to the Global Bond Portfolio. We determine that the value of an
Accumulation Unit for the Global Bond Portfolio is $11.10 when the NYSE
closes on Wednesday. We then divide $25,000 by $11.10 and credit your
contract on Wednesday night with 2252.2523 Accumulation Units for the
Global Bond Portfolio.
EXAMPLE (CONTRACTS WITH PRINCIPAL REWARDS):
We receive a $25,000 Purchase Payment from you on Wednesday. You allocate
the money to the Global Bond Portfolio. If the Upfront Payment Enhancement
is 2.00% of your Purchase Payment, we would add an Upfront Payment
Enhancement of $500 to your contract. We determine that the value of an
Accumulation Unit for the Global Bond Portfolio is $11.10 when the NYSE
closes on Wednesday. We then divide $25,500 by $11.10 and credit your
contract on Wednesday with 2,297.2973 Accumulation Units for the Global
Bond Portfolio.
Performance of the Variable Portfolios and expenses under your contract affect
Accumulation Unit values. These factors cause the value of your contract to go
up and down.
FREE LOOK
You may cancel your contract within ten days after receiving it (or longer if
required by state law). We call this a "free look." To cancel, you must mail the
contract along with your free look request to our Annuity Service Center at P.O.
Box 54299, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299.
If you decide to cancel your contract during the free look period, we will
refund to you the value of your contract on the day we receive your request
minus the Free Look Payment Enhancement Deduction, if applicable. The Free Look
Payment Enhancement Deduction is equal to the lesser of (1) the value of any
Payment Enhancement(s) on the day we receive your free look request; or (2) the
Payment Enhancement amount(s), if any, which we allocated to your contract.
Thus, you receive any gain and we bear any loss on any Payment Enhancement(s) if
you decide to cancel your contract during the free look period.
Certain states require us to return your Purchase Payments upon a free look
request. Additionally, all contracts issued as an IRA require the full return of
Purchase Payments upon a free look. With respect to those contracts, we reserve
the right to put your money in the Cash Management Portfolio during the free
look period and will allocate your money according to your instructions at the
end of the applicable free look period. Currently, we do not put your money in
the Cash Management Portfolio during the free look period unless you allocate
your money to it. If your contract was issued in a state requiring return of
Purchase Payments or as an IRA and you cancel your contract during the free look
period, we return the greater of (1) your Purchase Payments; or (2) the value of
your contract minus the Free Look Payment Enhancement Deduction, if applicable.
At the end of the free look period, we allocate your money according to your
instructions.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OPTIONS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS
The contract currently offers 37 Variable Portfolios. These Variable Portfolios
invest in shares of the following trusts: Anchor Series Trust, the SunAmerica
Series Trust, Van Kampen Life Investment Trust and the WM Variable Trust (the
"Trusts"). Additional Trusts and/or Variable Portfolios may be available in the
future. The Variable Portfolios operate similar to a mutual fund but are only
available through the purchase of certain insurance contracts.
SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AIG,
is the investment adviser to the Anchor and SunAmerica Series Trusts. Van Kampen
Asset Management Inc. is the investment advisor to the Van Kampen Life
Investment Trust. WM Advisors, Inc. is the investment adviser to the WM Variable
Trust. The Trusts may serve as the underlying investment vehicles for other
variable annuity contracts issued by Anchor National, and other
affiliated/unaffiliated insurance companies. Neither Anchor National nor the
Trusts believe that offering shares of the Trusts in this manner disadvantages
you. The advisers monitor the Trusts for potential conflicts.
The Variable Portfolios along with their respective subadvisers are listed
below:
ANCHOR SERIES TRUST
Wellington Management Company, LLP serves as subadviser to the Anchor Series
Trust Portfolios. Anchor Series Trust ("AST") has investment portfolios in
addition to those listed below which are not available for investment under the
contract.
SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST
Various subadvisers provide investment advice for the SunAmerica Series Trust
Portfolios. SunAmerica Series Trust ("SAST") has investment portfolios in
addition to those listed below which are not available for investment under the
contract.
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
Van Kampen Asset Management Inc. provides investment advice for the Van Kampen
Life Investment Trust ("VKT") portfolios. Van Kampen Life Investment Trust has
investment portfolios in addition to those listed here which are not available
for investment under the contract.
WM VARIABLE TRUST
Washington Mutual Advisors is the investment advisor to the WM Variable Trust
("WMT"). WMT has other investment portfolios in addition to those listed below
which are not available for investment under the contract.
14
STOCKS:
MANAGED BY ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.
- Alliance Growth Portfolio SAST
- Global Equities Portfolio SAST
- Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY DAVIS SELECTED ADVISERS L.P.
- Davis Venture Value Portfolio SAST
- Real Estate Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Federated Value Portfolio SAST
- Telecom Utility Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
- Goldman Sachs Research Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MARSICO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Marsico Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
- MFS Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- International Diversified Equities Portfolio SAST
- Technology Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
- Emerging Markets Portfolio SAST
- International Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
- Putnam Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- Aggressive Growth Portfolio SAST
- Blue Chip Growth Portfolio SAST
- "Dogs" of Wall Street Portfolio SAST
- Growth Opportunities Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
- Van Kampen LIT Comstock Portfolio,
Class II Shares VKT
- Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth
Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
- Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income
Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Capital Appreciation Portfolio AST
- Growth Portfolio AST
- Natural Resources Portfolio AST
BALANCED:
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Total Return Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- SunAmerica Balanced Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WM ADVISORS, INC.
- Balanced Portfolio WMT
- Conservative Growth Portfolio WMT
- Strategic Growth Portfolio WMT
BONDS:
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Corporate Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INT'L.
- Global Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- Worldwide High Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- High-Yield Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Government & Quality Bond Portfolio AST
CASH:
MANAGED BY BANC OF AMERICA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Cash Management Portfolio SAST
YOU SHOULD READ THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUSES FOR THE TRUSTS CAREFULLY. THESE
PROSPECTUSES CONTAIN DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS,
INCLUDING EACH VARIABLE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND RISK FACTORS.
FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS
The contract also offers seven fixed account options. Anchor National will
guarantee the interest rate earned on money you allocate to any of these fixed
account options. We currently offer fixed account options for periods of one,
three, five, seven and ten years, which we call guarantee periods. All guarantee
periods may not be available in all states. If you do not elect to participate
in the Principal Rewards Program, you also have the option of allocating your
money to the 6-month DCA fixed account and/or the 1-year DCA fixed account (the
"DCA fixed accounts") which are available in conjunction with the Dollar Cost
Averaging Program. Please see the section on DOLLAR COST AVERAGING ON PAGE 17
for additional information about, including limitations on, and the availability
and operation of the DCA fixed accounts. The DCA fixed accounts are only
available for new Purchase Payments. Policyholders in Pennsylvania who elect the
Principal Rewards Program cannot use the multi-year MVA fixed accounts.
Each guarantee period may offer a different interest rate but will never be less
than an annual effective rate of 3%. Once established the rates for specified
payments do not change during the guarantee period. The guarantee period is that
period for which we credit the applicable rate (one, three, five, seven or ten
years).
There are three scenarios in which you may put money into the fixed account
options other than the DCA fixed accounts options. In each scenario your money
may be credited a different rate of interest as follows:
- Initial Rate: Rate credited to amounts allocated to the fixed account
when you purchase your contract.
- Current Rate: Rate credited to subsequent amounts allocated to the fixed
account.
- Renewal Rate: Rate credited to money transferred from a fixed account or
a Variable Portfolio into a fixed account and to money remaining in a
fixed account after expiration of a guarantee period.
Each of these rates may differ from one another. Once declared, the applicable
rate is guaranteed until the corresponding guarantee period expires.
When a guarantee period ends, you may leave your money in the same fixed
investment option. You may also reallocate your money to another fixed
investment option (other than the DCA fixed accounts) or to the Variable
Portfolios. If you want to reallocate your money to a different fixed account
option or a
15
Variable Portfolio, you must contact us within 30 days after the end of the
current interest guarantee period and instruct us how to reallocate the money.
We do not contact you. If we do not hear from you, your money will remain in the
same fixed account option, where it will earn interest at the renewal rate then
in effect for the fixed account option.
The DCA fixed accounts also credit a fixed rate of interest. Interest is
credited to amounts allocated to the 6-month or 1-year DCA fixed account while
your investment is systematically transferred to the Variable Portfolios. The
rates applicable to the DCA fixed accounts may differ from each other and/or the
other fixed account options but will never be less than an annual effective rate
of 3%. See DOLLAR COST AVERAGING ON PAGE 17 for more information.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")
NOTE: MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENTS APPLY TO THE 3, 5, 7 AND 10-YEAR FIXED ACCOUNT
OPTIONS ONLY. THESE OPTIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR
FINANCIAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR MORE INFORMATION.
If you take money out of the multi-year fixed account options before the end of
the guarantee period, we make an adjustment to your contract. We refer to the
adjustment as a market value adjustment (the "MVA"). The MVA reflects any
difference in the interest rate environment between the time you place your
money in the fixed account option and the time when you withdraw or transfer
that money. This adjustment can increase or decrease your contract value. You
have 30 days after the end of each guarantee period to reallocate your funds
without incurring any MVA.
We calculate the MVA by doing a comparison between current rates and the rate
being credited to you in the fixed account option. For the current rate we use a
rate being offered by us for a guarantee period that is equal to the time
remaining in the guarantee period from which you seek withdrawal. If we are not
currently offering a guarantee period for that period of time, we determine an
applicable rate by using a formula to arrive at a number between the interest
rates currently offered for the two closest periods available.
Generally, if interest rates drop between the time you put your money into the
fixed account options and the time you take it out, we credit a positive
adjustment to your contract. Conversely, if interest rates increase during the
same period, we post a negative adjustment to your contract.
Where the MVA is negative, we first deduct the adjustment from any money
remaining in the fixed account option. If there is not enough money in the fixed
account option to meet the negative deduction, we deduct the remainder from your
withdrawal. Where the MVA is positive, we add the adjustment to your withdrawal
amount.
The multi-year MVA fixed accounts are not available to Washington state and
Maryland policyholders.
Anchor National does not assess a MVA against withdrawals under the following
circumstances:
- If withdrawal is made within 30 days after the end of a guarantee period;
- If withdrawal is made to pay contract fees and charges;
- To pay a death benefit; and
- Upon annuitization, if occurring on the latest Annuity Date.
APPENDIX B shows how we calculate the MVA.
TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE
During the Accumulation Phase you may transfer funds between the Variable
Portfolios and/or the fixed account options. Funds already in your contract
cannot be transferred into the DCA fixed accounts. You must transfer at least
$100. If less than $100 will remain in any Variable Portfolio after a transfer,
that amount must be transferred as well.
You may request transfers of your account value between the Variable Portfolios
and/or the fixed account options in writing or by telephone. Additionally, you
may access your account and request transfers between Variable Portfolios and/or
the fixed account options through SunAmerica's website
(http://www.sunamerica.com). We currently allow 15 free transfers per contract
per year. We charge $25 ($10 in Pennsylvania and Texas) for each additional
transfer in any contract year. Transfers resulting from your participation in
the DCA program count against your 15 free transfers per contract year. However,
transfers resulting from your participation in the automatic asset rebalancing
program do not count against your 15 free transfers.
We accept transfer requests by telephone unless you tell us not to on your
contract application. Additionally, you may request transfers over the internet
unless you indicate you do not wish your account to be traded over the internet.
When receiving instructions over the telephone or the internet, we follow
appropriate procedures to provide reasonable assurance that the transactions
executed are genuine. Thus, we are not responsible for any claim, loss or
expense from any error resulting from instructions received over the telephone.
If we fail to follow our procedures, we may be liable for any losses due to
unauthorized or fraudulent instructions.
We may limit the number of transfers in any contract year or refuse any transfer
request for you or others invested in the contract if we believe that excessive
trading or a specific transfer request or group transfer requests may have a
detrimental effect on unit values or the share prices of the underlying Variable
Portfolios.
Where permitted by law, we may accept your authorization for a third party to
make transfers for you subject to our rules. We reserve the right to suspend or
cancel such acceptance at any time and will notify you accordingly.
Additionally, we may restrict the investment options available for transfers
during any period in which such third party acts for you. We notify such third
party beforehand regarding any restrictions. However, we will not enforce these
restrictions if we are satisfied that:
- such third party has been appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction
to act on your behalf; or
- such third party is a trustee/fiduciary, for you or appointed by you, to
act on your behalf for all your financial affairs.
We may provide administrative or other support services to independent third
parties you authorize to make transfers on your behalf. We do not currently
charge you extra for providing these support services. This includes, but is not
16
limited to, transfers between investment options in accordance with market
timing strategies. Such independent third parties may or may not be appointed
with us for the sale of annuities. However, WE DO NOT ENGAGE ANY THIRD PARTIES
TO OFFER INVESTMENT ALLOCATION SERVICES OF ANY TYPE. WE TAKE NO RESPONSIBILITY
FOR THE INVESTMENT ALLOCATION AND TRANSFERS TRANSACTED ON YOUR BEHALF BY SUCH
THIRD PARTIES OR FOR ANY INVESTMENT ALLOCATION RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY SUCH
PARTIES.
For information regarding transfers during the Income Phase, SEE INCOME OPTIONS
ON PAGE 23.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend, waive or terminate these transfer
provisions at any time.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
The Dollar Cost Averaging ("DCA") program allows you to invest gradually in the
Variable Portfolios. Under the program you systematically transfer a set dollar
amount or percentage of portfolio value from one Variable Portfolio or the
1-year fixed account option (source accounts) to any other Variable Portfolio.
Transfers may be monthly or quarterly and count against your 15 free transfers
per contract year. You may change the frequency at any time by notifying us in
writing. The minimum transfer amount under the DCA program is $100, regardless
of the source account. Fixed account options are not available as target
accounts for Dollar Cost Averaging.
We also offer the 6-month and 1-year DCA fixed accounts exclusively to
facilitate this program. If you elected to participate in the Principal Rewards
Program, the 6-month and 1-year DCA fixed accounts are not available under your
contract. The DCA fixed accounts only accept new Purchase Payments. You cannot
transfer money already in your contract into these options. If you allocate new
Purchase Payments into a DCA fixed account, we transfer all your money allocated
to that account into the Variable Portfolios over the selected 6-month or 1-year
period. You cannot change the option or the frequency of transfers once
selected.
If allocated to the 6-month DCA fixed account, we transfer your money over a
maximum of 6 monthly transfers. We base the actual number of transfers on the
total amount allocated to the account. For example, if you allocate $500 to the
6-month DCA fixed account, we transfer your money over a period of five months,
so that each payment complies with the $100 per transfer minimum.
We determine the amount of the transfers from the 1-year DCA fixed account based
on
- the total amount of money allocated to the account, and
- the frequency of transfers selected.
For example, let's say you allocate $1,000 to the 1-year DCA fixed account. You
select monthly transfers. We completely transfer all of your money to the
selected investment options over a period of ten months.
You may terminate your DCA program at any time. If money remains in the DCA
fixed accounts, we transfer the remaining money to the 1-year fixed account
option, unless we receive different instructions from you. Transfers resulting
from a termination of this program do not count towards your 15 free transfers.
The DCA program is designed to lessen the impact of market fluctuations on your
investment. However, we cannot ensure that you will make a profit. When you
elect the DCA program, you are continuously investing in securities regardless
of fluctuating price levels. You should consider your tolerance for investing
through periods of fluctuating price levels.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want to gradually move $750 each quarter from the Cash
Management Portfolio to the Aggressive Growth Portfolio over six quarters.
You set up dollar cost averaging and purchase Accumulation Units at the
following values:
---------------------------------------------
ACCUMULATION UNITS
QUARTER UNIT PURCHASED
---------------------------------------------
1 $ 7.50 100
2 $ 5.00 150
3 $10.00 75
4 $ 7.50 100
5 $ 5.00 150
6 $ 7.50 100
---------------------------------------------
You paid an average price of only $6.67 per Accumulation Unit over six
quarters, while the average market price actually was $7.08. By investing
an equal amount of money each month, you automatically buy more
Accumulation Units when the market price is low and fewer Accumulation
Units when the market price is high. This example is for illustrative
purposes only.
ASSET ALLOCATION REBALANCING PROGRAM
Earnings in your contract may cause the percentage of your investment in each
investment option to differ from your original allocations. The Automatic Asset
Rebalancing Program addresses this situation. At your election, we periodically
rebalance your investments in the Variable Portfolios to return your allocations
to their original percentages. Asset rebalancing typically involves shifting a
portion of your money out of an investment option with a higher return into an
investment option with a lower return.
At your request, rebalancing occurs on a quarterly, semiannual or annual basis.
Transfers made as a result of rebalancing do not count against your 15 free
transfers for the contract year.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want your initial Purchase Payment split between two
Variable Portfolios. You want 50% in the Corporate Bond Portfolio and 50%
in the Growth Portfolio. Over the next calendar quarter, the bond market
does very well while the stock market performs poorly. At the end of the
calendar quarter, the Corporate Bond Portfolio now represents 60% of your
holdings
17
because it has increased in value and the Growth Portfolio represents 40%
of your holdings. If you had chosen quarterly rebalancing, on the last day
of that quarter, we would sell some of your units in the Corporate Bond
Portfolio to bring its holdings back to 50% and use the money to buy more
units in the Growth Portfolio to increase those holdings to 50%.
PRINCIPAL ADVANTAGE PROGRAM
The Principal Advantage Program allows you to invest in one or more Variable
Portfolios without putting your principal at direct risk. The program
accomplishes this by allocating your investment strategically between the fixed
account options and Variable Portfolios. You decide how much you want to invest
and approximately when you want a return of principal. We calculate how much of
your Purchase Payment to allocate to the particular fixed account option to
ensure that it grows to an amount equal to your total principal invested under
this program. We invest the rest of your principal in the Variable Portfolio(s)
of your choice.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want to allocate a portion of your initial Purchase Payment
of $100,000 to the fixed account option. You want the amount allocated to
the fixed account option to grow to $100,000 in 7 years. If the 7-year
fixed account option is offering a 5% interest rate, we will allocate
$71,069 to the 7-year fixed account option to ensure that this amount will
grow to $100,000 at the end of the 7-year period. The remaining $28,931 may
be allocated among the Variable Portfolios, as determined by you, to
provide opportunity for greater growth.
VOTING RIGHTS
Anchor National is the legal owner of the Trusts' shares. However, when a
Variable Portfolio solicits proxies in conjunction with a vote of shareholders,
we must obtain your instructions on how to vote those shares. We vote all of the
shares we own in proportion to your instructions. This includes any shares we
own on our own behalf. Should we determine that we are no longer required to
comply with these rules, we will vote the shares in our own right.
SUBSTITUTION
If underlying Trust portfolios become unavailable for investment, we may be
required to substitute shares of another underlying Trust portfolio. We will
seek prior approval of the SEC and give you notice before substituting shares.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
You can access money in your contract in two ways:
- by making a partial or total withdrawal, and/or;
- by receiving income payments during the Income Phase. SEE INCOME OPTIONS
ON PAGE 23.
Generally, we deduct a withdrawal charge applicable to any total or partial
withdrawal and a MVA if a partial withdrawal comes from the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year
fixed account options. If you withdraw your entire contract value, we also
deduct premium taxes and a contract maintenance fee. SEE EXPENSES ON PAGE 22.
Your contract provides for a free withdrawal amount each year. A free withdrawal
amount is the portion of your account that we allow you to take out each year
without being charged a surrender penalty. However, upon a future full surrender
of your contract any previous free withdrawals would be subject to a surrender
charge, if any is applicable at the time of the full surrender (except in the
state of Washington). Additionally, if you participate in the Principal Rewards
Program you will not receive your Deferred Payment Enhancement if you fully
withdraw a Purchase Payment or your contract value prior to the corresponding
Deferred Payment Enhancement Date. SEE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM ON PAGE 12.
Purchase payments, above and beyond the amount of your free withdrawal amount,
that are withdrawn prior to the end of the seventh or ninth year if you elect to
participate in the Principal Rewards Program will result in your paying a
penalty in the form of a surrender charge. The amount of the charge and how it
applies are discussed more fully below. SEE EXPENSES ON PAGE 22. You should
consider, before purchasing this contract, the effect this charge will have on
your investment if you need to withdraw more money than the free withdrawal
amount. You should fully discuss this decision with your financial
representative.
To determine your free withdrawal amount and your withdrawal charge, we refer to
two special terms. These are penalty free earnings and the total invested
amount.
The penalty-free earnings portion of your contract is simply your account value
less your total invested amount. The total invested amount is the total of all
Purchase Payments you have made into the contract less portions of some prior
withdrawals you made. The portions of prior withdrawals that reduce your total
invested amount are as follows:
- Free withdrawals in any year that were in excess of your penalty-free
earnings and were based on the part of the total invested amount that was
no longer subject to withdrawal charges at the time of the withdrawal,
and
- Any prior withdrawals (including withdrawal charges on those withdrawals)
of the total invested amount on which you already paid a surrender
penalty.
When you make a withdrawal, we assume that it is taken from penalty-free
earnings first, then from the total invested amount on a first-in, first-out
basis. This means that you can also access your Purchase Payments which are no
longer subject to a withdrawal charge before those Purchase Payments which are
still subject to the withdrawal charge.
During the first year after we issue your contract your free withdrawal amount
is the greater of (1) your penalty-free earnings; and (2) if you are
participating in the Systematic Withdrawal program, a total of 10% of your total
invested amount. If you are a Washington resident, you may withdraw
18
during the first contract year, the greater of (1); (2); or (3) interest
earnings from the amounts allocated to the fixed account options, not previously
withdrawn.
After the first contract year, you can take out the greater of the following
amounts each year (1) your penalty-free earnings and any portion of your total
invested amount no longer subject to withdrawal charge or (2) 10% of the portion
of your total invested amount that has been in your contract for at least one
year. If you are a Washington resident, your maximum free withdrawal amount,
after the first contract year, is the greater of (1); (2); or (3) interest
earnings from amounts allocated to the fixed account options, not previously
withdrawn.
Although we do not assess a withdrawal charge when you take a 10% penalty-free
withdrawal, we will proportionally reduce the amount of any corresponding
Deferred Payment Enhancement.
We calculate charges due on a total withdrawal on the day after we receive your
request and your contract. We return to you your contract value less any
applicable fees and charges.
The withdrawal charge percentage is determined by the age of the Purchase
Payment remaining in the contract at the time of the withdrawal. For the purpose
of calculating the withdrawal charge, any prior Free Withdrawal is not
subtracted from the total Purchase Payments still subject to withdrawal charges.
For example, you make an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000. For purposes of
this example we will assume a 0% growth rate over the life of the contract, no
subsequent Purchase Payments, and no Principal Rewards election. In contract
year 2, you take out your maximum free withdrawal of $10,000. After that free
withdrawal your contract value is $90,000. In contract year 5 you request a full
surrender of your contract. We will apply the following calculation,
A-(B x C)=D, where:
A=Your contract value at the time of your request for surrender ($90,000)
B=The amount of your Purchase Payments still subject to withdrawal charge
($100,000)
C=The withdrawal charge percentage applicable to the age of each Purchase
Payment (3%)[B x C=$3,000]
D=Your full surrender value ($87,000)
Under most circumstances, the partial withdrawal minimum is $1,000. We require
that the value left in any investment option be at least $100, after the
withdrawal. You must send a written withdrawal request. Unless you provide us
with different instructions, partial withdrawals will be made pro rata from each
Variable Portfolio and the fixed account option in which your contract is
invested.
Under certain Qualified plans, access to the money in your contract may be
restricted. Additionally, withdrawals made prior to age 59 1/2 may result in a
10% IRS penalty tax. SEE TAXES ON PAGE 27.
We may be required to suspend or postpone the payment of a withdrawal for any
period of time when: (1) the NYSE is closed (other than a customary weekend and
holiday closings); (2) trading with the NYSE is restricted; (3) an emergency
exists such that disposal of or determination of the value of shares of the
Variable Portfolios is not reasonably practicable; (4) the SEC, by order, so
permits for the protection of contract owners.
Additionally, we reserve the right to defer payments for a withdrawal from a
fixed account in option. Such deferrals are limited to no longer than six
months.
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
During the Accumulation Phase, you may elect to receive periodic income payments
under the systematic withdrawal program. Under the program, you may choose to
take monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual payments from your contract.
Electronic transfer of these funds to your bank account is also available. The
minimum amount of each withdrawal is $100. If you are an Oregon resident, the
minimum withdrawal amount is $100 per withdrawal or an amount equal to your free
withdrawal amount, as described on page 10. There must be at least $500
remaining in your contract at all times. Withdrawals may be taxable and a 10%
IRS penalty tax may apply if you are under age 59 1/2. There is no additional
charge for participating in this program, although a withdrawal charge and/or
MVA may apply.
The program is not available to everyone. Please check with our Annuity Service
Center, which can provide the necessary enrollment forms. We reserve the right
to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
NURSING HOME WAIVER
If you are confined to a nursing home for 60 days or longer, we may waive the
withdrawal charge and/or market value adjustment on certain withdrawals prior to
the Annuity Date (not available in Texas). The waiver applies only to
withdrawals made while you are in a nursing home or within 90 days after you
leave the nursing home. Your contract prohibits use of this waiver during the
first 90 days after you purchase your contract. In addition, the confinement
period for which you seek the waiver must begin after you purchase your
contract.
In order to use this waiver, you must submit with your withdrawal request, the
following documents: (1) a doctor's note recommending admittance to a nursing
home; (2) an admittance form which shows the type of facility you entered; and
(3) a bill from the nursing home which shows that you met the 60 day confinement
requirement.
MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE
Where permitted by state law, we may terminate your contract if both of the
following occur: (1) your contract is less than $500 as a result of withdrawals;
and (2) you have not made any Purchase Payments during the past three years. We
will provide you with sixty days written notice. At the end of the notice
period, we will distribute the contract's remaining value to you.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
If you die during the Accumulation Phase of your contract, we pay a death
benefit to your Beneficiary. At the time you purchase your contract, you must
select one of the two death benefit options described below. Once selected, you
can not change your death benefit option. You should discuss the
19
available options with your financial representative to determine which option
is best for you.
We will not pay a Deferred Payment Enhancement on a Purchase Payment if you die
before the corresponding Deferred Payment Enhancement Date. SEE PRINCIPAL
REWARDS PROGRAM ON PAGE 12.
We do not pay the death benefit if you die after you switch to the Income Phase.
However, if you die during the Income Phase, your Beneficiary receives any
remaining guaranteed income payments in accordance with the income option you
selected. SEE INCOME OPTIONS ON PAGE 23.
You name your Beneficiary. You may change the Beneficiary at any time, unless
you previously made an irrevocable Beneficiary designation.
We calculate and pay the death benefit when we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of death. We consider the following satisfactory proof of
death:
1. a certified copy of the death certificate; or
2. a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to
the finding of death; or
3. a written statement by a medical doctor who attended the deceased at the
time of death; or
4. any other proof satisfactory to us.
We may require additional proof before we pay the death benefit.
The death benefit must be paid within 5 years of the date of death unless the
Beneficiary elects to have it payable in the form of an income option. If the
Beneficiary elects an income option, it must be paid over the Beneficiary's
lifetime or for a period not extending beyond the Beneficiary's life expectancy.
Payments must begin within one year of your death.
If the Beneficiary is the spouse of a deceased owner, he or she can elect to
continue the Contract. SEE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION ON PAGE 21.
If a Beneficiary does not elect a specific form of pay out within 60 days of our
receipt of all required paperwork and satisfactory proof of death, we pay a lump
sum death benefit to the Beneficiary.
The term "withdrawals" as used in describing the death benefit options is
defined as withdrawals and the fees and charges applicable to those withdrawals.
OPTION 1 - PURCHASE PAYMENT ACCUMULATION OPTION
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. the contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of death; or
2. total Purchase Payments less withdrawals, compounded at a 4% annual
growth rate until the date of death (3% growth rate if age 70 or older
at the time of contract issue) plus any Purchase Payments less
withdrawals recorded after the date of death; or
3. the contract value on the seventh contract anniversary, plus any
Purchase Payments and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract
anniversary, all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of
death (3% growth rate if age 70 or older at the time of contract issue)
plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals recorded after the date of
death.
OPTION 2 - MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY OPTION
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. the contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of death; or
2. total Purchase Payments less any withdrawals; or
3. the maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary prior to your
81st birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments and less any
withdrawals, since that contract anniversary.
If you are age 90 or older at the time of death and selected the Option 2 death
benefit, the death benefit will be equal to the contract value at the time we
receive all required paperwork and satisfactory proof of death. Accordingly, you
do not get the advantage of option 2 if:
- you are age 81 or older at the time of contract issue, or
- you are age 90 or older at the time of your death.
ESTATEPLUS
The EstatePlus benefit if elected may increase the death benefit amount. If you
have earnings in your contract at the time of death, we will add a percentage of
those earnings (the "EstatePlus Percentage"), subject to a maximum dollar amount
(the "Maximum EstatePlus Amount"), to the death benefit payable. The EstatePlus
benefit, if any, is added to the death benefit payable under the Purchase
Payment Accumulation or Maximum Anniversary options. The contract year of your
death will determine the EstatePlus percentage and the Maximum EstatePlus
percentage.
The term "Net Purchase Payment" is used frequently in explaining the death
benefit options. Net Purchase Payment is an on-going calculation. It does not
represent a contract value.
We define Net Purchase Payments as Purchase Payments less an Adjustment for each
withdrawal. If you have not taken any withdrawals from your contract, Net
Purchase Payments equals total Purchase Payments into your contract. To
calculate the Adjustment amount for the first withdrawal made under the
contract, we determine the percentage by which the withdrawal reduced contract
value. For example, a $10,000 withdrawal from a $100,000 contract is a 10%
reduction in value. This percentage is calculated by dividing the amount of each
withdrawal (including fees and charges applicable to the withdrawal) by the
contract value immediately before taking that withdrawal. The resulting
percentage is then multiplied by the amount of total Purchase Payments and
subtracted from the amount of total Purchase Payments on deposit at the time of
the withdrawal. The resulting amount is the initial Net Purchase Payment
calculation.
20
To arrive at the Net Purchase Payment calculation for subsequent withdrawals, we
determine the percentage by which the contract value is reduced by taking the
amount of the withdrawal in relation to the contract value immediately before
taking the withdrawal. We then multiply the Net Purchase Payment calculation as
determined prior to the withdrawal by this percentage. We subtract that result
from the Net Purchase Payment calculation as determined prior to the withdrawal
to arrive at all subsequent Net Purchase Payment calculations.
If Principal Rewards is elected, any payment enhancements are not considered
Purchase Payments.
The table below provides the details if you are age 69 or younger at the time we
issue your contract:
-------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 0 - 4 25% of Earnings 40% of Net Purchase
Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 5 - 9 40% of Earnings 65% of Net Purchase
Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 10+ 50% of Earnings 75% of Net Purchase
Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
If you are between your 70th and 81st birthdays at the time we issue your
contract the table below shows the available EstatePlus benefit:
-------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------
All Contract 25% of Earnings 40% of Net Purchase
Years Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
* Purchase Payments received after the 5th contract anniversary must remain in
the contract for at least 6 full months to be included as part of Net Purchase
Payments for the purpose of the Maximum EstatePlus Amount calculations.
We may offer different levels of this benefit based on the number of years you
hold your contract and/or your age at the time of issue.
What is the Contract Year of Death?
Contract Year of Death is the number of full 12 month periods beginning with the
date your contract is issued and ending on the date of death.
What is the EstatePlus Percentage Amount?
We determine the amount of the EstatePlus benefit, based on a percentage of the
earnings in your contract at the time of your death. For the purpose of this
calculation, earnings equals contract value minus Net Purchase Payments as of
the date of death. If the earnings amount is negative, no EstatePlus amount will
be added.
What is the Maximum EstatePlus Amount?
The EstatePlus benefit is subject to a maximum dollar amount. The maximum
EstatePlus amount is equal to a percentage of your Net Purchase Payments.
You must elect EstatePlus at the time of contract application. Once elected, you
may not terminate or change this election.
We assess a .25% fee for EstatePlus. On a daily basis we deduct this annual
charge from the average daily ending value of the assets you have allocated to
the Variable Portfolios.
EstatePlus is not available if you are age 81 or older at the time we issue your
contract. Furthermore, a Continuing Spouse cannot benefit from EstatePlus if
he/she is age 81 or older on the Continuation Date. SEE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
BELOW. The EstatePlus benefit is not payable after the latest Annuity Date. You
may pay for the EstatePlus benefit and your beneficiary may never receive the
benefit if you live past the latest Annuity Date. SEE INCOME OPTIONS ON PAGE 23.
EstatePlus may not be available in your state or through the broker-dealer with
which your financial advisor is affiliated. See your financial advisor for
information regarding availability.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE ESTATEPLUS BENEFIT (IN
ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT AT ANY TIME) AT ANY TIME FOR PROSPECTIVELY ISSUED
CONTRACTS.
SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
If you are the original owner of the contract and the Beneficiary is your
spouse, your spouse may elect to continue the contract after your death. The
spouse becomes the new owner ("Continuing Spouse"). Generally, the contract and
its elected features, if any, remain the same. The Continuing Spouse is subject
to the same fees, charges and expenses applicable to the original owner of the
contract. A spousal continuation can only take place upon the death of the
original owner of the contract.
To the extent that the Continuing Spouse invests in the Variable Portfolios or
MVA fixed accounts, they will be subject to investment risk as was the original
owner.
Upon a spouse's continuation of the contract, we will contribute to the contract
value an amount by which the death benefit that would have been paid to the
beneficiary upon the death of the original owner exceeds the contract value
("Continuation Contribution"), if any. We calculate the Continuation
Contribution as of the date of the original owner's death. We will add the
Continuation Contribution as of the date we receive both the Continuing Spouse's
written request to continue the contract and proof of death of the original
owner in a form satisfactory to us ("Continuation Date"). The Continuation
Contribution is not considered a
21
Purchase Payment for the purposes of any other calculations except as explained
in Appendix C. SEE APPENDIX C FOR FURTHER EXPLANATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT
CALCULATIONS FOLLOWING A SPOUSAL CONTINUATION.
Generally, the Continuing Spouse cannot change any contract provisions as the
new owner. However, on the Continuation Date, the Continuing Spouse may
terminate the original owner's election of EstatePlus. We will terminate
EstatePlus if the Continuing Spouse is age 81 or older on the Continuation Date.
If EstatePlus is terminated or if the Continuing Spouse dies after the latest
Annuity Date, no EstatePlus benefit will be payable. Generally, the age of the
Continuing Spouse on the Continuation Date and on the date of the Continuing
Spouse's death will be used in determining any future death benefits under the
Contract. SEE APPENDIX C FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATIONS
AFTER A SPOUSAL CONTINUATION.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
PROVISION (IN ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT) AT ANY TIME FOR PROSPECTIVELY
ISSUED CONTRACTS.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSES
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
There are charges and expenses associated with your contract. These charges and
expenses reduce your investment return. We will not increase the contract
maintenance fee or the insurance and withdrawal charges under your contract.
However, the investment charges under your contract may increase or decrease.
Some states may require that we charge less than the amounts described below.
INSURANCE CHARGES
The amount of this charge is 1.52% annually, of the value of your contract
invested in the Variable Portfolios. We deduct the charge daily.
The insurance charge compensates us for the mortality and expense risks and the
costs of contract distribution assumed by Anchor National.
If these charges do not cover all of our expenses, we will pay the difference.
Likewise, if these charges exceed our expenses, we will keep the difference.
WITHDRAWAL CHARGES
The contract provides a free withdrawal amount every year. SEE ACCESS TO YOUR
MONEY ON PAGE 18. If you take money out in excess of the free withdrawal amount,
you may incur a withdrawal charge. You may also incur a withdrawal charge upon a
full surrender.
We apply a withdrawal charge against each Purchase Payment you put into the
contract. After a Purchase Payment has been in the contract for 7 complete
years, or 9 years if you elected to participate in the Principal Rewards
Program, no withdrawal charge applies. The withdrawal charge equals a percentage
of the Purchase Payment you take out of the contract. The withdrawal charge
percentage declines each year a Purchase Payment is in the contract. The two
withdrawal charge schedules are as follows:
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE WITHOUT THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM
(SCHEDULE A)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWAL
CHARGE 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1% 0%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE WITH THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM
(SCHEDULE B)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWAL
CHARGE 9% 9% 8% 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 0%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When calculating the withdrawal charge, we treat withdrawals as coming first
from the Purchase Payments that have been in your contract the longest. However,
for tax purposes, your withdrawals are considered earnings first, then Purchase
Payments. SEE ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY ON PAGE 18.
These higher potential withdrawal charges may compensate us for the expenses
associated with the Principal Rewards Program.
The Principal Rewards feature of this contract is designed to reward long term
investing. We expect that if you remain committed to this investment over the
long term, we will profit as a result of fees charged over the life of your
contract. However, neither the mortality and expense fees, distribution
expenses, contract administration fee nor the investment management fees are
higher on the Principal Rewards version, than the contract without an election
of the bonus feature.
Whenever possible, we deduct the withdrawal charge from the money remaining in
your contract. If you withdraw all of your contract value, we deduct any
applicable withdrawal charges from the amount withdrawn.
We will not assess a withdrawal charge for money withdrawn to pay a death
benefit or to pay contract fees or charges. We will not assess a withdrawal
charge when you switch to the Income Phase, except when you elect to receive
income payments using the Income Protector feature. If you elect to receive
income payments using the Income Protector feature, we assess the entire
withdrawal charge applicable to Purchase Payments remaining in your contract
when
22
calculating your income benefit base. SEE INCOME OPTIONS ON PAGE 23.
Withdrawals made prior to age 59 1/2 may result in tax penalties. SEE TAXES ON
PAGE 27.
INVESTMENT CHARGES
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES
Charges are deducted from your Variable Portfolios for the advisory and other
expenses of the Variable Portfolios. THE FEE TABLES LOCATED AT PAGE 5 illustrate
these charges and expenses. For more detailed information on these investment
charges, refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts, enclosed or attached.
SERVICE FEES
Shares of certain Trusts may be subject to fees imposed under a servicing plan
adopted by that Trust pursuant to Rule 12(b)(1) under the Investment Company Act
of 1940. This service fee of .15% for the Anchor and SunAmerica Series Trust
portfolios and .25% for the Van Kampen Life Investment Trust portfolios is also
known as a 12(b)(1) fee. Generally, this fee may be paid to financial
intermediaries for services provided over the life of the contract. SEE FEE
TABLE ON PAGE 5.
CONTRACT MAINTENANCE FEE
During the Accumulation Phase, we subtract a contract maintenance fee from your
account once per year. This charge compensates us for the cost of contract
administration. We deduct the $35 contract maintenance fee ($30 in North Dakota)
from your account value on your contract anniversary. If you withdraw your
entire contract value, we deduct the fee from that withdrawal.
If your contract value is $50,000 or more on your contract anniversary date, we
will waive the charge. This waiver is subject to change without notice.
TRANSFER FEE
We currently permit 15 free transfers between investment options each contract
year. We charge you $25 for each additional transfer that contract year ($10 in
Pennsylvania and Texas). SEE INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 14.
OPTIONAL ESTATEPLUS FEE
Please see page 21 for more information on the EstatePlus fee.
OPTIONAL INCOME PROTECTOR FEE
Please see page 26 for more information of the income protector fee.
PREMIUM TAX
Certain states charge the Company a tax on the premiums you pay into the
contract. We deduct from your contract these premium tax charges. Currently we
deduct the charge for premium taxes when you take a full withdrawal or begin the
Income Phase of the contract. In the future, we may assess this deduction at the
time you put Purchase Payment(s) into the contract or upon payment of a death
benefit.
APPENDIX E provides more information about premium taxes.
INCOME TAXES
We do not currently deduct income taxes from your contract. We reserve the right
to do so in the future.
REDUCTION OR ELIMINATION OF CHARGES AND EXPENSES, AND ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
CREDITED
Sometimes sales of the contracts to groups of similarly situated individuals may
lower our administrative and/or sales expenses. We reserve the right to reduce
or waive certain charges and expenses when this type of sale occurs. In
addition, we may also credit additional interest to policies sold to such
groups. We determine which groups are eligible for such treatment. Some of the
criteria we evaluate to make a determination are: size of the group; amount of
expected Purchase Payments; relationship existing between us and prospective
purchaser; nature of the purchase; length of time a group of contracts is
expected to remain active; purpose of the purchase and whether that purpose
increases the likelihood that our expenses will be reduced; and/or any other
factors that we believe indicate that administrative and/or sales expenses may
be reduced.
Anchor National may make such a determination regarding sales to its employees,
it affiliates' employees and employees of currently contracted broker-dealers;
its registered representatives and immediate family members of all of those
described.
We reserve the right to change or modify any such determination or the treatment
applied to a particular group, at any time.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME OPTIONS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITY DATE
During the Income Phase, we use the money accumulated in your contract to make
regular income payments to you. You may switch to the Income Phase any time
after your 2nd contract anniversary. You select the month and year you want
income payments to begin. The first day of that month is the Annuity Date. You
may change your Annuity Date, so long as you do so at least seven days before
the income payments are scheduled to begin. Once you begin receiving income
payments, you cannot change your income option. Except as indicated under Option
5 below, once you begin receiving
23
income payments, you cannot otherwise access your money through a withdrawal or
surrender.
If you switch to the Income Phase prior to a Deferred Payment Enhancement Date,
we will not allocate the corresponding Deferred Payment Enhancement to your
contract. SEE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM ON PAGE 12.
Income payments must begin on or before your 95th birthday or on your tenth
contract anniversary, whichever occurs later (latest Annuity Date.). If you do
not choose an Annuity Date, your income payments will automatically begin on
this date. Certain states may require your income payments to start earlier.
If the Annuity Date is past your 85th birthday, your contract could lose its
status as an annuity under Federal tax laws. This may cause you to incur adverse
tax consequences.
In addition, most Qualified contracts require you to take minimum distributions
after you reach age 70 1/2. SEE TAXES ON PAGE 27.
INCOME OPTIONS
Currently, this Contract offers five income options unless you chose to take
income under the Income Protector feature (see below). Other payout options may
be available. Contact the Annuity Service Center for more information. If you
elect to receive income payments but do not select an option, your income
payments will be made in accordance with option 4 for a period of 10 years. For
income payments based on joint lives, we pay according to option 3 for a period
of 10 years.
We base our calculation of income payments on the life of the Annuitant and the
annuity rates set forth in your contract. As the contract owner, you may change
the Annuitant at any time prior to the Annuity Date. You must notify us if the
Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date and designate a new Annuitant.
OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME ANNUITY
This option provides income payments for the life of the Annuitant. Income
payments stop when the Annuitant dies.
OPTION 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY
This option provides income payments for the life of the Annuitant and for the
life of another designated person. Upon the death of either person, we will
continue to make income payments during the lifetime of the survivor. Income
payments stop when the survivor dies.
OPTION 3 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS GUARANTEED
This option is similar to option 2 above, with an additional guarantee of
payments for at least 10 years. If the Annuitant and the survivor die before all
of the guaranteed income payments have been made, the remaining payments are
made to the Beneficiary under your contract.
OPTION 4 - LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS GUARANTEED
This option is similar to option 1 above. In addition, this option provides a
guarantee that income payments will be made for at least 10 or 20 years. You
select the number of years. If the Annuitant dies before all guaranteed income
payments are made, the remaining income payments go to the Beneficiary under
your contract.
OPTION 5 - INCOME FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD
This option provides income payments for a guaranteed period ranging from 5 to
30 years. If the Annuitant dies before all the guaranteed income payments are
made, the remaining income payments are made to the Beneficiary under your
contract. Additionally, if variable income payments are elected under this
option, you (or the Beneficiary under the contract if the Annuitant dies prior
to all guaranteed income payments being made) may redeem any remaining
guaranteed variable income payments after the Annuity Date. The amount available
upon such redemption would be the discounted present value of any remaining
guaranteed variable income payments. If provided for in your contract, any
applicable withdrawal charge will be deducted from the discounted value as if
you fully surrendered your contract.
The value of an Annuity Unit, regardless of the option chosen, takes into
account the mortality and expense risk charge. Since Option 5 does not contain
an element of mortality risk, no benefit is derived from this charge.
For information regarding Income Option's using the Income Protector feature,
please see THE INCOME PROTECTOR FEATURE ON PAGE 25. Please read the Statement of
Additional Information ("SAI") for a more detailed discussion of the income
options.
FIXED OR VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS
You can choose income payments that are fixed, variable or both. If at the date
when income payments begin you are invested in the Variable Portfolios only,
your income payments will be variable. If your money is only in fixed accounts
at that time, your income payments will be fixed in amount. Further, if you are
invested in both fixed and variable investment options when income payments
begin, your payments will be fixed and variable. If income payments are fixed,
Anchor National guarantees the amount of each payment. If the income payments
are variable the amount is not guaranteed.
INCOME PAYMENTS
We make income payments on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. You
instruct us to send you a check or to have the payments directly deposited into
your bank account. If state law allows, we distribute annuities with a contract
value of $5,000 or less in a lump sum. Also, if the selected income option
results in income payments of less than $50 per payment, we may decrease the
frequency of payments, state law allowing.
24
If you are invested in the Variable Portfolios after the Annuity date, your
income payments vary depending on four things:
- for life options, your age when payments begin; and
- the value of your contract in the Variable Portfolios on the Annuity
Date; and
- the 3.5% assumed investment rate used in the annuity table for the
contract; and
- the performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you are invested
during the time you receive income payments.
If you are invested in both the fixed account options and the Variable
Portfolios after the Annuity Date, the allocation of funds between the fixed and
variable options also impacts the amount of your annuity payments.
TRANSFERS DURING THE INCOME PHASE
During the Income Phase, one transfer per month is permitted between the
Variable Portfolios. No other transfers are allowed during the Income Phase.
DEFERMENT OF PAYMENTS
We may defer making fixed payments for up to six months, or less if required by
law. Interest is credited to you during the deferral period.
THE INCOME PROTECTOR FEATURE
The Income Protector feature is a future "safety net" which can offer you the
ability to receive a guaranteed fixed minimum retirement income when you switch
to the Income Phase. If you elect the Income Protector feature you can know the
level of minimum income that will be available to you upon annuitization,
regardless of fluctuating market conditions.
The minimum level of Income Protector benefit available is generally based upon
the Purchase Payments remaining in your contract at the time you decide to begin
taking income. If available and elected, a growth rate can provide increased
levels of minimum guaranteed income. We charge a fee for the Income Protector
benefit. The amount of the fee and levels of income protection available to you
are described below. This feature may not be available in your state. Check with
your financial advisor regarding availability.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE INCOME PROTECTOR
FEATURE AT ANY TIME.
HOW WE DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF YOUR MINIMUM GUARANTEED INCOME
If you elect the Income Protector feature, we base the amount of minimum income
available to you upon a calculation we call the Income Benefit Base. At the time
your participation in the Income Protector program becomes effective, your
Income Benefit Base is equal to your contract value. Participation in the Income
Protector program is effective on either the date of issue of the contract (if
elected) or at the contract anniversary following your election of the Income
Protector.
The income benefit base is only a calculation. It does not represent a contract
value, nor does it guarantee performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you
invest.
Your income benefit base increases if you make subsequent Purchase Payments and
decreases if you withdraw money from your contract. The exact income benefit
base calculation is equal to (a) plus (b) minus (c) where:
(a) is equal to, for the first year of calculation, your initial Purchase
Payment, or for each subsequent year of calculation, the income benefit
base on the prior contract anniversary, and;
(b) is equal to the sum of all subsequent Purchase Payments made into the
contract since the last contract anniversary, and;
(c) is equal to all withdrawals and applicable fees and charges since the
last contract anniversary, in an amount proportionate to the amount by
which such withdrawals decreased your contract value.
Your Income Benefit Base may accumulate at the elected growth rate from the date
your election becomes effective through your Income Benefit Date. However, any
applicable Growth Rate will reduce to 0% on the Anniversary immediately after
the annuitant's 90th birthday.
LEVEL OF PROTECTION
If you decide that you want the protection offered by the Income Protector
feature, you must elect the feature by completing the Income Protector Election
Form available through our Annuity Service Center. If more than one level of
protection is offered, you may only elect one of the offered alternatives.
Depending on when you elect the feature and/or the broker-dealer through which
you purchase your contract, you may not have a choice of levels of protection.
If you elect the Income Protector on a subsequent anniversary the growth
rate(s), fee(s) and waiting period(s) will be those offered at the time of your
election.
Your Income Benefit Base will begin accumulating at the applicable growth rate
on the contract anniversary following our receipt of your completed election
form. In order to obtain the benefit of the Income Protector you may not begin
the Income Phase for at least seven years following your election. You may not
elect this Program if the required waiting period before beginning the Income
Phase would occur later than your latest Annuity Date.
25
The current options offered are:
FEE AS A % OF
YOUR INCOME
OPTIONS GROWTH RATE BENEFIT BASE WAITING PERIOD
----------------------------------------------------------------
Income Protector Base 0% .10% 7 years
----------------------------------------------------------------
If you elect the Base feature on a subsequent anniversary, the Growth Rate(s),
Fee(s), and/or Waiting Period may be different.
RE-SET OF YOUR INCOME PROTECTOR BENEFIT
If available, you may also have the opportunity to "reset" your Income Benefit
Base. The Re-Set feature allows you to increase your Income Benefit Base to the
amount of your contract value on your next contract anniversary. You can only
Re-Set within the 30 days before your next contract anniversary. Upon a Re-Set
the waiting period before you can begin the Income Phase will start over and
will be determined based on the offerings available for your elected level of
protection at the time your make an election to Re-Set. In addition, the Income
Protector fee will be charged as a percentage of your re-set Income Benefit
Base. You may not elect to Re-Set if the required waiting period before
beginning the Income Phase would occur later than your latest annuity date.
For more information on how to Re-Set your Income Protector benefit, please
contact your financial advisor or our Annuity Service Center.
ELECTING TO RECEIVE INCOME PAYMENTS
You may elect to begin the Income Phase of your contract using the Income
Protector Program ONLY within the 30 days after the 7th or later contract
anniversary following the effective date of your, Income Protector
participation, or Re-Set.
The contract anniversary of, or prior to, your election to begin receiving
annuity payments is your Income Benefit Date. This is the date as of which we
calculate your Income Benefit Base to use in determining your guaranteed minimum
fixed retirement income. To arrive at the minimum guaranteed retirement income
available to you we apply the annuity rates stated in your Income Protector
Endorsement for the annuity option you select to your final Income Benefit Base.
You then choose if you would like to receive that income annually, quarterly or
monthly for the time guaranteed under your selected annuity option. Your final
Income Benefit Base is equal to (a) minus (b) where:
(a) is your Income Benefit Base as your Income Benefit Date, and;
(b) is any partial withdrawals of contract value and any charges applicable
to those withdrawals and any withdrawal charges otherwise applicable,
calculated as if you fully surrender your contract as of the Income
Benefit Date, and any applicable premium taxes.
The annuity options available when using the Income Protector Program to receive
your fixed retirement income are:
- Life Annuity with 10 Year Period Certain, or
- Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 Year Period Certain
At the time you elect to begin receiving annuity payments, we will calculate
your annual income using both your final Income Benefit Base and your contract
value. We will use the same income option for each calculation, however, the
annuity factors used to calculate your income under the Income Protector will be
different. You will receive whichever provides a greater stream of income. If
you annuitize using the Income Protector your income payments will be fixed in
amount. You are not required to use the Income Protector to receive income
payments. However, we will not refund fees paid for the Income Protector if you
annuitize under the general provisions of your contract. In addition, if
applicable, a surrender charge will apply if you take income under the Income
Protector feature. YOU MAY NEVER NEED TO RELY UPON THE INCOME PROTECTOR, IF YOUR
CONTRACT PERFORMS WITHIN A HISTORICALLY ANTICIPATED RANGE. HOWEVER, PAST
PERFORMANCE IS NO GUARANTEE OF FUTURE RESULTS.
FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THE INCOME PROTECTOR
If you elect the Income Protector, we charge an annual fee, as follows:
FEE AS A % OF YOUR
OPTIONS INCOME BENEFIT BASE
-------------------------------------------------------------
Income Protector Base .10%
-------------------------------------------------------------
* If you elect the Base feature on a subsequent anniversary, the Fee may be
different.
We deduct the annual fee from your actual contract value. If your contract is
issued with the Income Protector program we begin deducting the annual fee on
your first contract anniversary. If you elect the feature it at some later date,
we begin deducting the annual fee on the contract anniversary following the date
on which your participation in the program becomes effective. Upon a Re-Set of
your Income Protector feature, the fee will be charged upon your Re-Set Income
Benefit Base.
It is important to note that once you elect the Income Protector feature you may
not cancel your election. We will deduct the charge from your contract value on
every contract anniversary up to and including your Income Benefit Date.
Additionally, we deduct the full annual fee from any full surrender of your
contract requested prior to your contract anniversary based on the Income
Benefit Base at time of surrender.
26
NOTE TO QUALIFIED CONTRACT HOLDERS
Qualified contracts generally require that you select an income option that does
not exceed your life expectancy. That restriction, if it applies to you, may
limit the benefit of the Income Protector program. To utilize the Income
Protector feature, you must take income payments under one of the two income
options described above. If those income options exceed your life expectancy,
you may be prohibited from receiving your guaranteed fixed income under the
program. If you own a qualified contract to which this restriction applies and
you elect the Income Protector program, you may pay for this minimum guarantee
and not be able to realize the benefit.
Generally, for qualified contracts:
- for the Life Annuity with 10 years guaranteed, you must annuitize before
age 79, and;
- for the Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 years guaranteed, both
annuitants must be 70 or younger or one of the annuitants must be 65 or
younger upon annuitization. Other age combinations may be available.
You may wish to consult your tax advisor for information concerning your
particular circumstances. Appendix D provides examples of the operation of the
Income Protector feature.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
TAXES
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: WE PREPARED THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ON TAXES AS A GENERAL DISCUSSION OF
THE SUBJECT. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. WE CAUTION YOU TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE
ABOUT YOUR OWN CIRCUMSTANCES. WE DO NOT GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF YOUR
ANNUITY. TAX LAWS CONSTANTLY CHANGE, THEREFORE WE CANNOT GUARANTEE THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS COMPLETE AND/OR ACCURATE.
ANNUITY CONTRACTS IN GENERAL
The Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") provides for special rules regarding the tax
treatment of annuity contracts. Generally, taxes on the earnings in your annuity
contract are deferred until you take the money out. Qualified retirement
investments automatically provide tax deferral regardless of whether the
underlying contract is an annuity. Different rules apply depending on how you
take the money out and whether your contract is Qualified or Non-qualified.
If you do not purchase your contract under a pension plan, a specially sponsored
employer program or an individual retirement account, your contract is referred
to as a Non-qualified contract. A Non-qualified contract receives different tax
treatment than a Qualified contract. In general, your cost basis in a
Non-qualified contract is equal to the Purchase Payments you put into the
contract. You have already been taxed on the cost basis in your contract.
If you purchase your contract under a pension plan, a specially sponsored
employer program or as an individual retirement account, your contract is
referred to as a Qualified contract. Examples of qualified plans are: Individual
Retirement Accounts ("IRAs"), Roth IRAs, Tax-Sheltered Annuities (referred to as
403(b) contracts), H.R. 10 Plans (referred to as Keogh Plans) and pension and
profit sharing plans, including 401(k) plans. Typically you have not paid any
tax on the Purchase Payments used to buy your contract and therefore, you have
no cost basis in your contract.
TAX TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS -
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
If you make a withdrawal from a Non-qualified contract, the IRC treats such a
withdrawal as first coming from the earnings and then as coming from your
Purchase Payments. For income payments, any portion of each payment that is
considered a return of your Purchase Payment will not be taxed. Withdrawn
earnings are treated as income to you and are taxable. The IRC provides for a
10% penalty tax on any earnings that are withdrawn other than in conjunction
with the following circumstances: (1) after reaching age 59 1/2; (2) when paid
to your Beneficiary after you die; (3) after you become disabled (as defined in
the IRC); (4) when paid in a series of substantially equal installments made for
your life or for the joint lives of you and you Beneficiary; (5) under an
immediate annuity; or (6) which come from Purchase Payments made prior to August
14, 1982.
TAX TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS - QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
Generally, you have not paid any taxes on the Purchase Payments used to buy a
Qualified contract. Any amount of money you take out as a withdrawal or as
income payments is taxable income. The IRC further provides for a 10% penalty
tax on any withdrawal or income payment paid to you other than in conjunction
with the following circumstances: (1) after reaching age 59 1/2; (2) when paid
to your Beneficiary after you die; (3) after you become disabled (as defined in
the IRC); (4) in a series of substantially equal installments made for your life
or for the joint lives of you and your Beneficiary; (5) to the extent such
withdrawals do not exceed limitations set by the IRC for amounts paid during the
taxable year for medical care; (6) to fund higher education expenses (as defined
in IRC); (7) to fund certain first-time home purchase expenses; and, except in
the case of an IRA; (8) when you separate from service after attaining age 55;
and (9) when paid to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic
relations order.
The IRC limits the withdrawal of Purchase Payments from certain Tax-Sheltered
Annuities. Withdrawals can only be made when an owner: (1) reaches age 59 1/2;
(2) leaves his or her job; (3) dies; (4) becomes disabled (as defined in the
IRC); or (5) experiences a hardship (as defined in the IRC). In the case of
hardship, the owner can only withdraw Purchase Payments. These restrictions do
not apply to
27
amounts transferred to another TSA contract under Section 403(b) or to a
custodial account under Section 403(b)(7).
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
Generally, the IRS requires that you begin taking annual distributions from
qualified annuity contracts by April 1 of the calendar year following the later
of (1) the calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2 or (2) the calendar year
in which you retire.
We currently waive surrender charges and MVA on withdrawals taken to meet
minimum distribution requirements. Current operational practice is to provide a
free withdrawal of the greater of the contract's maximum penalty free amount or
the required minimum distribution amount for a particular contract (but not
both).
Failure to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements may result in a tax
penalty. You should consult your tax advisor for more information.
You may elect to have the required minimum distribution amount on your contract
calculated and withdrawn each year under the automatic withdrawal option. You
may select either monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual withdrawals for this
purpose. This service is provided as a courtesy and we do not guarantee the
accuracy of our calculations. Accordingly, we recommend you consult your tax
advisor concerning your required minimum distribution. You may terminate your
election for automated minimum distribution at any time by sending a written
request to our Annuity Service Center. We reserve the right to change or
discontinue this service at any time.
TAX TREATMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS
Any death benefits paid under the contract are taxable to the Beneficiary. The
rules governing the taxation of payments from an annuity contract, as discussed
above, generally apply whether the death benefits are paid as lump sum or
annuity payments. Estate taxes may also apply.
Certain enhanced death benefits may be purchased under your contract. Although
these types of benefits are used as investment protection and should not give
rise to any adverse tax effects, the IRS could take the position that some or
all of the charges for these death benefits should be treated as a partial
withdrawal from the contract. In such case, the amount of the partial withdrawal
may be includable in taxable income and subject to the 10% penalty if the owner
is under 59 1/2.
If you own a Qualified contract and purchase these enhanced death benefits, the
IRS may consider these benefits "incidental death benefits." The IRC imposes
limits on the amount of the incidental death benefits allowable for Qualified
contracts. If the death benefit(s) selected by you are considered to exceed
these limits, the benefit(s) could result in taxable income to the owner of the
Qualified contract. Furthermore, the IRC provides that the assets of an IRA
(including a Roth IRA) may not be invested in life insurance, but may provide,
in the case of death during the Accumulation Phase, for a death benefit payment
equal to the greater of Purchase Payments or contract value. This Contract
offers death benefits, which may exceed the greater of Purchase Payments or
contract value. If the IRS determines that these benefits are providing life
insurance, the contract may not qualify as an IRA (including Roth IRAs). You
should consult your tax adviser regarding these features and benefits prior to
purchasing a contract.
CONTRACTS OWNED BY A TRUST OR CORPORATION
A Trust or Corporation ("Non-Natural Owner") that is considering purchasing this
contract should consult a tax advisor. Generally, the IRC does not treat a
Non-qualified contract owned by a non-natural owner as an annuity contract for
Federal income tax purposes. The non-natural owner pays tax currently on the
contract's value in excess of the owner's cost basis. SEE THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR A MORE DETAILED DISCUSSION OF THE POTENTIAL ADVERSE
TAX CONSEQUENCES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-NATURAL OWNERSHIP OF A NON-QUALIFIED
ANNUITY CONTRACT.
GIFTS, PLEDGES AND/OR ASSIGNMENTS OF A NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT
If you gift your Non-qualified contract to a person other than your spouse (or
former spouse incident to divorce) you will pay federal tax on the contract's
cash value to the extent it exceeds your cost basis. The recipient's cost basis
will be increased by the amount on which you will pay federal taxes. Also, the
IRC treats any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of any
portion of a Non-qualified contract as a withdrawal. PLEASE SEE THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR A MORE DETAILED DISCUSSION REGARDING POTENTIAL TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF GIFTING, ASSIGNING OR PLEDGING A NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT.
DIVERSIFICATION
The IRC imposes certain diversification requirements on the underlying
investments for a variable annuity. We believe that each underlying Variable
Portfolios' management monitors the Variable Portfolios so as to comply with
these requirements. To be treated as a variable annuity for tax purposes, the
underlying investments must meet these requirements.
The diversification regulations do not provide guidance as to the circumstances
under which you, because of the degree of control you exercise over the
underlying investments, and not Anchor National, would be considered the owner
of the shares of the Variable Portfolios. It is unknown to what extent owners
are permitted to select investments, to make transfers among Variable Portfolios
or the number and type of Variable
28
Portfolios owners may select from. If any guidance is provided which is
considered a new position, then the guidance would generally be applied
prospectively. However, if such guidance is considered not to be a new position,
it may be applied retroactively. This would mean you, as the owner of the
contract, could be treated as the owner of the underlying Variable Portfolios.
Due to the uncertainty in this area, we reserve the right to modify the contract
in an attempt to maintain favorable tax treatment.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
We advertise the Cash Management Portfolio's yield and effective yield. In
addition, the other Variable Portfolios advertise total return, gross yield and
yield-to-maturity. These figures represent past performance of the Variable
Portfolios. These performance numbers do not indicate future results.
When we advertise performance for periods prior to the date the contracts were
first issued, we derive the figures from the performance of the corresponding
portfolios for the Trusts, if available. We modify these numbers to reflect
charges and expenses as if the contract was in existence during the period
stated in the advertisement. Figures calculated in this manner do not represent
actual historic performance of the particular Variable Portfolio.
Consult the Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information
regarding the calculation of performance data. The performance of each Variable
Portfolio may also be measured against unmanaged market indices. The indices we
use include but are not limited to the Dow Jones Industrial Average, the
Standard & Poor's 500, the Russell 1000 Growth Index, the Morgan Stanley Capital
International Europe, Australia and Far East Index ("EAFE") and the Morgan
Stanley Capital International World Index. We may compare the Variable
Portfolios' performance to that of other variable annuities with similar
objectives and policies as reported by independent ranking agencies such as
Morningstar, Inc., Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or Variable Annuity Research
& Data Service ("VARDS").
Anchor National may also advertise the rating and other information assigned to
it by independent industry ratings organizations. Some of those organizations
are A.M. Best Company ("A.M. Best"), Moody's Investor's Service ("Moody's"),
Standard & Poor's Insurance Rating Services ("S&P"), and Fitch IBCA, Duff &
Phelps. A.M. Best's and Moody's ratings reflect their current opinion of our
financial strength and performance in comparison to others in the life and
health insurance industry. S&P's and Fitch IBCA, Duff & Phelps' ratings measure
the ability of an insurance company to meet its obligations under insurance
policies it issues. These two ratings do not measure the insurer's ability to
meet non-policy obligations. Ratings in general do not relate to the performance
of the Variable Portfolios.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER INFORMATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ANCHOR NATIONAL
Anchor National is a stock life insurance company originally organized under the
laws of the state of California in April 1965. On January 1, 1996, Anchor
National redomesticated under the laws of the state of Arizona.
Anchor National and its affiliates, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, First
SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., and the
SunAmerica Financial Network, Inc. (comprising six-wholly owned broker-
dealers), specialize in retirement savings and investment products and services.
Business focuses include fixed and variable annuities, mutual funds and
broker-dealer services.
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
Anchor National established Variable Separate Account ("separate account"),
under Arizona law on January 1, 1996 when it assumed the separate account,
originally established under California law on June 25, 1981. The separate
account is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Anchor National owns the assets in the separate account. However, the assets in
the separate account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business conducted by Anchor National. Income gains and losses (realized
and unrealized) resulting from assets in the separate account are credited to or
charged against the separate account without regard to other income gains or
losses of Anchor National. Assets in the Separate Account are not guaranteed by
Anchor National.
THE GENERAL ACCOUNT
Money allocated to the fixed account options goes into Anchor National's general
account. The general account consists of all of Anchor National's assets other
than assets attributable to a separate account. All of the assets in the general
account are chargeable with the claims of any Anchor National contract holders
as well as all of its creditors. The general account funds are invested as
permitted under state insurance laws.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACT
Registered representatives of broker-dealers sell the contract. We pay
commissions to these representatives for the sale of the contracts. We do not
expect the total commissions to exceed 8% of your Purchase Payments. Contracts
sold with the Principal Rewards program may result in our paying different
commission. We may also pay a bonus to representatives for contracts which stay
active for a particular period of time, in addition to standard commissions.
29
We do not deduct commissions paid to registered representatives directly from
your Purchase Payments.
From time to time, we may pay or allow additional promotional incentives in the
form of cash or other compensation. We reserve the right to offer these
additional incentives only to certain broker-dealers that sell or are expected
to sell, certain minimum amounts of the contract, or other contracts offered by
us. Promotional incentives may change at any time.
SunAmerica Capital Services, Inc., 733 Third Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New
York 10017 distributes the contracts. SunAmerica Capital Services, an affiliate
of Anchor National, is registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act of
1934 and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. No
underwriting fees are paid in connection with the distribution of the contracts.
ADMINISTRATION
We are responsible for the administrative servicing of your contract. Please
contact our Annuity Service Center
at 1-800-445-SUN2, if you have any comment, question or service request.
We send out transaction confirmations and quarterly statements. During the
accumulation phase, you will receive confirmation of transactions within your
contract. Transactions made pursuant to contractual or systematic agreements,
such as deduction of the annual maintenance fee and dollar cost averaging, may
be confirmed quarterly. Purchase payments received through the automatic payment
plan or a salary reduction arrangement, may also be confirmed quarterly. For all
other transactions, we send confirmations immediately. It is your responsibility
to review these documents carefully and notify us of any inaccuracies
immediately. We investigate all inquiries. To the extent that we believe we made
an error, we retroactively adjust your contract, provided you notify us within
30 days of receiving the transaction confirmation or quarterly statement. Any
other adjustments we deem warranted are made as of the time we receive notice of
the error.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the separate account. Anchor
National and its subsidiaries engage in various kinds of routine litigation. In
management's opinion, these matters are not of material importance to their
respective total assets nor are they material with respect to the separate
account.
OWNERSHIP
The Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity is a Flexible Payment Group Deferred
Annuity contract. We issue a group contract to a contract holder for the benefit
of the participants in the group. As a participant in the group, you will
receive a certificate which evidences your ownership. As used in this
prospectus, the term contract refers to your certificate. In some states, a
Flexible Payment Individual Modified Guaranteed and Variable Deferred Annuity
contract is available instead. Such a contract is identical to the contract
described in this prospectus, with the exception that we issue it directly to
the owner.
CUSTODIAN
State Street Bank and Trust Company, 255 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts
02110, serves as the custodian of the assets of the separate account. Anchor
National pays State Street Bank for services provided, based on a schedule of
fees.
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
The audited consolidated financial statements of Anchor National at December 31,
2000 and 1999, for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, for the three
months ended December 31, 1998 and for the year ended September 30, 1998 are
incorporated by reference in this prospectus in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of
1933 relating to the contract. This prospectus does not contain all the
information in the registration statement as permitted by SEC regulations. The
omitted information can be obtained from the SEC's principal office in
Washington, D.C., upon payment of a prescribed fee.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Additional information concerning the operations of the separate account is
contained in a Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), which is available
without charge upon written request addressed to us at our Annuity Service
Center, P.O. Box 54299, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299 or by calling (800)
445-SUN2. The contents of the SAI are tabulated below.
Separate Account.............................. 3
General Account............................... 3
Performance Data.............................. 4
Income Payments............................... 10
Annuity Unit Values........................... 11
Taxes......................................... 14
Distribution of Contracts..................... 17
Financial Statements.......................... 18
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX A - PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM EXAMPLES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. DEFERRED PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT
If you elect to participate in the Principal Rewards Program at contract issue,
we contribute at least 2% of each Purchase Payment to your contract for each
Purchase Payment we receive as an Upfront Payment Enhancement. Any applicable
Deferred Payment Enhancement is allocated to your contract on the corresponding
Deferred Payment Enhancement Date and, if declared by the Company, is a
percentage of your remaining Purchase Payment on the Deferred Payment
Enhancement Date. Deferred Purchase Payment Enhancements are reduced
proportionately by partial withdrawals of that Purchase Payment prior to the
Deferred Payment Enhancement Date.
The examples that follow assume an initial Purchase Payment of $125,000 and that
the Deferred Payment Enhancement is 1%.
For purposes of the example, the Deferred Payment Enhancement Date is the 9th
anniversary of the Purchase Payment.
EXAMPLE 1 - NO WITHDRAWALS ARE MADE
The Upfront Payment Enhancement allocated to your contract is $2,500 (2% of
$125,000).
On your 9th contract anniversary, the Deferred Payment Enhancement Date, your
Deferred Payment Enhancement of $1,250 (1% of your remaining Purchase Payment or
$125,000) will be allocated to your contract.
EXAMPLE 2 - WITHDRAWAL MADE PRIOR TO DEFERRED PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT DATE
As in Example 1, your Upfront Payment Enhancement is $2,500.
This example also assumes the following:
1. Your contract value on your 5th contract anniversary is $190,000.
2. You request a withdrawal of $75,000 on your 5th contract anniversary.
3. No subsequent Purchase Payments have been made.
4. No prior withdrawals have been taken.
5. Funds are not allocated to any of the MVA Fixed Accounts.
On your 5th contract anniversary, your penalty-free earnings in the contract are
$65,000 ($190,000 contract value less your $125,000 investment in the contract).
Therefore, you are withdrawing $10,000 of your initial Purchase Payment. Your
contract value will also be reduced by a $500 withdrawal charge on the $10,000
Purchase Payment (5% of $10,000). Your gross withdrawal is $75,500 of which
$10,500 constitutes part of your Purchase Payment.
The withdrawal of $10,500 of your $125,000 Purchase Payment is a withdrawal of
8.4% of your Purchase Payment. Therefore, only 91.6%, or $114,500, of your
initial Purchase Payment remains in your contract.
On your 9th contract anniversary, the Deferred Payment Enhancement Date,
assuming no other transactions occur affecting the Purchase Payment, we allocate
your Deferred Payment Enhancement of $1,145 (1% of your remaining Purchase
Payment, $114,500) to your contract.
II. 90 DAY WINDOW
The following hypothetical examples assume that the Company is offering Upfront
and Deferred Payment Enhancements in accordance with this chart at the time each
Purchase Payment is received:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UPFRONT PAYMENT DEFERRED PAYMENT
ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEMENT DEFERRED PAYMENT
ENHANCEMENT LEVEL RATE RATE ENHANCEMENT DATE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under $40,000 2% 0% N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$40,000 - $99,999 4% 0% N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine years from the
$100,000 - $499,999 4% 1% date we receive each
Purchase Payment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine years from the
$500,000 - more 4% 2% date we receive each
Purchase Payment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-1
Contracts issued with the Principal Rewards feature after April 3, 2000, may be
eligible for a "Look-Back Adjustment." As of the 90th day after your contract
was issued, we will total your Purchase Payments remaining in your contract at
that time, without considering any investment gain or loss in contract value on
those Purchase Payments. If your total Purchase Payments bring you to an
Enhancement Level which, as of the date we issued your contract, would have
provided for a higher Upfront and/or Deferred Payment Enhancement Rate on each
Purchase Payment, you will get the benefit of the Enhancement Rate(s) that were
applicable to that higher Enhancement Level at the time your contract was
issued.
This example assumes the following:
1. Above Enhancement Levels, Rates and Dates throughout the first 90 days.
2. No withdrawal in the first 90 days.
3. Initial Purchase Payment of $35,000 on December 1, 2000.
4. Subsequent Purchase Payment of $40,000 on January 15, 2001.
5. Subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 on January 30, 2001.
6. Subsequent Purchase Payment of $7,500 on February 12, 2001.
ENHANCEMENT AT THE TIME PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE RECEIVED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED
PURCHASE UPFRONT DEFERRED PAYMENT
DATE OF PAYMENT PAYMENT PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT
PURCHASE PAYMENT AMOUNT ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEMENT DATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 1, 2000 $35,000 2% 0% N/A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 15, 2001 $40,000 4% 0% N/A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 30, 2001 $25,000 4% 1% January 30, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
February 12, 2001 $ 7,500 4% 1% February 12, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENHANCEMENT ADJUSTMENTS ON THE 90TH DAY FOLLOWING CONTRACT ISSUE
The sum of all Purchase Payments made in the first 90 days of the contract
equals $107,500. According to the Enhancement Levels in effect at the time this
contract was issued, a $107,500 Purchase Payment would have received a 4%
Upfront Payment Enhancement and a 1% Deferred Payment Enhancement. Under the 90
Day Window provision all Purchase Payments made within those first 90 days would
receive the benefit of the parameters in place at the time the contract was
issued, as if all of the Purchase Payments were received on the date of issue.
Thus, the first two Purchase Payments would be adjusted on the 90th day
following contract issue, as follows:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED
PURCHASE UPFRONT DEFERRED PAYMENT
DATE OF PAYMENT PAYMENT PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT
PURCHASE PAYMENT AMOUNT ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEMENT DATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 1, 2000 $35,000 4% 1% December 1, 2009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 15, 2001 $40,000 4% 1% January 15, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 30, 2001 $25,000 4% 1% January 30, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
February 12, 2001 $ 7,500 4% 1% February 12, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX B - MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The MVA reflects the impact that changing interest rates have on the value of
money invested at a fixed interest rate. The longer the period of time remaining
in the term you initially agreed to leave your money in the fixed account
option, the greater the impact of changing interest rates. The impact of the MVA
can be either positive or negative, and is computed by multiplying the amount
withdrawn, transferred or switched to the Income Phase by the following factor:
N/12
[(1+I/(1+J+0.005)] - 1
The MVA formula may differ in certain states
where:
I is the interest rate you are earning on the money invested in the
fixed account option;
J is the interest rate then currently available for the period of time
equal to the number of years remaining in the term you initially agreed
to leave your money in the fixed account option; and
N is the number of full months remaining in the term you initially
agreed to leave your money in the fixed account option.
EXAMPLES OF THE MVA
The examples below assume the following:
(1) You made an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 and allocated it to the
10-year fixed account option at a rate of 5%;
(2) You make a partial withdrawal of $4,000 when 1 year (12 months) remains
in the 10-year term you initially agreed to leave your money in the
fixed account option (N=12); and
(3) You have not made any other transfers, additional Purchase Payments, or
withdrawals.
No withdrawal charges are reflected because your Purchase Payment has been in
the contract for nine full years. If a withdrawal charge applies, it is deducted
before the MVA. The MVA is assessed on the amount withdrawn less any withdrawal
charges.
POSITIVE ADJUSTMENT
Assume that on the date of withdrawal, the interest rate in effect for a new
Purchase Payments in the 1-year fixed account option is 4%.
N/12
The MVA factor is = [(1+I/(1+J+0.005)] - 1
12/12
= [(1.05)/(1.04+0.005)] - 1
1
= (1.004785) - 1
= 1.004785 - 1
= + 0.004785
The requested withdrawal amount is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the
MVA:
$4,000 x (+0.004785) = +$19.14
$19.14 represents the MVA that would be added to your withdrawal.
NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENT
Assume that on the date of withdrawal, the interest rate in effect for new
Purchase Payments in the 1-year fixed account option is 6%.
N/12
The MVA factor is = [(1+I)/(1+J+0.005)] - 1
12/12
= [(1.05)/(1.06+0.005)] - 1
1
= (0.985915) - 1
= 0.985915 - 1
= - 0.014085
The requested withdrawal amount is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the
MVA:
$4,000 X (-0.014085) = -$56.34
$56.34 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the money remaining in the
10-year fixed account option.
B-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX C - DEATH BENEFITS FOLLOWING SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalized terms used in this Appendix have the same meaning as they have in
prospectus.
The term "withdrawals" as used in describing the death benefit options below is
defined as withdrawals and the fees and charges applicable to those withdrawals.
The following details the death benefit options and EstatePlus benefit upon the
Continuing Spouse's death:
A. DEATH BENEFIT PAYABLE UPON CONTINUING SPOUSE'S DEATH:
1. Purchase Payment Accumulation Option
If a Continuation Contribution is added on the Continuation Date, the
death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. The contract value on the Continuation Date (including the
Continuation Contribution) plus any Purchase Payments minus any
withdrawals made since the Continuation Date compounded to the date
of death at a 4% annual growth rate, (3% growth rate if the
Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older on the Continuation Date)
plus any Purchase Payments minus withdrawals recorded after the
date of death; or
c. The contract value on the seventh contract anniversary following
the original issue date of the contract, plus any Purchase Payments
and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract anniversary,
all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of death
(3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse is age 70 or older on the
Continuation Date) plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals
recorded after the date of death. The Continuation Contribution is
considered a Purchase Payment received on the Continuation Date.
If a Continuation Contribution is not added on the Continuation Date,
the death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. Purchase Payments minus withdrawals made from the original contract
issue date compounded to the date of death at a 4% annual growth
rate, (3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older
on the Contract Issue Date) plus any Purchase Payments minus
withdrawals recorded after the date of death; or
c. The contract value on the seventh contract anniversary following
the original issue date of the contract, plus any Purchase Payments
and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract anniversary,
all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of death
(3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older on the
Contract Issue Date) plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals
recorded after the date of death.
2. Maximum Anniversary Option - if the Continuing Spouse is below age 90 at
the time of death, and:
If a Continuation Contribution is added on the Continuation Date, the
death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. Continuation Net Purchase Payments plus Purchase Payments made since
the Continuation Date; and reduced for withdrawals in the same
proportion that the contract value was reduced on the date of such
withdrawal; or
c. The maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary occurring
after the Continuation Date prior to the Continuing Spouse's 81st
birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments since that contract
anniversary; and reduced for any withdrawals recorded since that
contract anniversary in the same proportion that the withdrawal
reduced the contract value on the date of the withdrawal. Contract
anniversary is defined as any anniversary following the full 12
month period after the original contract issue date.
If a Continuation Contribution is not added on the Continuation Date,
the death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. Net Purchase Payments received since the original issue date; or
c. The maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary from the
original contract issue date prior to the Continuing Spouse's 81st
birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments since that contract
anniversary; and reduced for any withdrawals recorded since that
C-1
contract anniversary in the same proportion that the withdrawal
reduced the contract value on the date of the withdrawal. Contract
anniversary is defined as any anniversary following the full 12
month period after the original contract issue date.
If the Continuing Spouse is age 90 or older at the time of death, under the
Maximum Anniversary death benefit, their beneficiary will receive only the
contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and satisfactory
proof of death.
B. THE ESTATEPLUS BENEFIT PAYABLE UPON CONTINUING SPOUSE'S DEATH:
The EstatePlus benefit may increase the death benefit amount. The EstatePlus
benefit is only available if the original owner elected EstatePlus and it has
not been terminated. If the Continuing Spouse had earnings in the contract at
the time of his/her death, we will add a percentage of those earnings (the
"EstatePlus Percentage"), subject to a maximum dollar amount (the "Maximum
EstatePlus Percentage"), to the death benefit payable, based on the number of
years the Continuing Spouse has held the contract since the Continuation Date.
The EstatePlus benefit, if any, is added to the death benefit payable under the
Purchase Payment Accumulation or the Maximum Anniversary option.
The term "Continuation Net Purchase Payment" is used frequently to describe the
EstatePlus benefit payable to the beneficiary of the Continuing Spouse. We
define Continuation Net Purchase Payment as Net Purchase Payments made as of the
Continuation Date. For the purpose of calculating Continuation Net Purchase
Payments, the amount that equals the contract value on the Continuation Date,
including the Continuation Contribution is considered a Purchase Payment. If the
Continuing Spouse makes no additional Purchase Payments or withdrawal,
Continuation Net Purchase Payments equals the contract value on the Continuation
Date, including the Continuation Contribution.
The table below shows the EstatePlus benefit if the Continuing Spouse is 69 or
younger on the Continuation Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 0-4 25% of Earnings 40% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 5-9 40% of Earnings 65% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 10+ 50% of Earnings 75% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
If the Continuing Spouse is between their 70th and 81st birthdays on the
Continuation Date, the available EstatePlus benefit is:
-------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------
All Contract 25% of Earnings 40% of Continuation Net
Years Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
* Purchase Payments received after the 5th anniversary of the Continuation Date
must remain in the contract for at least 6 full months to be included as part
of the Continuation Net Purchase Payments for the purpose of the Maximum
Estate Plus Percentage calculation.
What is the Contract Year of Death?
Contract Year of Death is the number of full 12 month periods starting on the
Continuation Date and ending on the Continuing Spouse's date of death.
What is the EstatePlus amount?
We determine the EstatePlus amount based upon a percentage of earnings in the
contract at the time of the Continuing Spouse's death. For the purpose of this
calculation, earnings are defined as (1) minus (2) where
(1) equals the contract value on the Continuing Spouse's date of
death;
(2) equals the Continuation Net Purchase Payment(s).
What is the Maximum EstatePlus amount?
The EstatePlus benefit is subject to a maximum dollar amount. The Maximum
EstatePlus amount is a percentage of the Continuation Net Purchase Payments.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
PROVISION (IN ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT) AT ANY TIME WITH RESPECT TO
PROSPECTIVELY ISSUED CONTRACTS.
C-2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX D - HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE OF THE OPERATION OF THE INCOME PROTECTOR
FEATURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POLARIS PLATINUM BASE INCOME PROTECTOR
This table assumes a $100,000 initial investment in a non-qualified contract
with no further premiums, no withdrawals, no step-ups and not premium taxes; and
the election of optional Base Income Protector at contract issue.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL INCOME IF YOU ANNUITIZE ON CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY
IF AT ISSUE 7 10 15 20
YOU ARE 1 - 6 (AGE 67) (AGE 70) (AGE 75) (AGE 80)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Male N/A 6,108 6,672 7,716 8,832
age 60*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Female N/A 5,388 5,880 6,900 8,112
age 60*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint**
Male -- 60 N/A 4,716 5,028 5,544 5,928
Female -- 60
-------------------------------------------------------------------
* Life Annuity with 10 Year Period Certain
** Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 Year Period Certain
The Income Protector may not be available in your state. Please consult your
financial adviser for information regarding availability of this program in your
state.
D-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX E - PREMIUM TAXES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premium taxes vary according to the state and are subject to change without
notice. In many states, there is no tax at all. Listed below are the current
premium tax rates in those states that assess a premium tax. For current
information, you should consult your tax adviser.
QUALIFIED NON-QUALIFIED
STATE CONTRACT CONTRACT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California .50% 2.35%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maine 0% 2%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nevada 0% 3.5%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
South Dakota 0% 1.25%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
West Virginia 1% 1%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wyoming 0% 1%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please forward a copy (without charge) of the Polaris Platinum Variable
Annuity Statement of Additional Information to:
(Please print or type and fill in all information.)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address
------------------------------------------------------------------------
City/State/Zip
Date: ------------------------------ Signed: ------------------------------
Return to: Anchor National Life Insurance Company, Annuity Service Center,
P.O. Box 52499, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As filed pursuant to Rule
424(b)(3) under the Securities
Act of 1933 Registration
No. 033-87864
ANCHOR NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
VARIABLE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
----------------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENT TO THE POLARIS PLATINUM PROSPECTUS
(FEATURING THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM)
DATED OCTOBER 15, 2001
The portion of the prospectus relating to the Principal Rewards Program located
on pages 10-11 is supplemented with the following:
CURRENT ENHANCEMENT LEVELS
The Enhancement Levels and Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate are as follows:
------------------------------ ----------------------------- ------------------------------------
UPFRONT PAYMENT DEFERRED PAYMENT DEFERRED PAYMENT
ENHANCEMENT LEVEL ENHANCEMENT RATE ENHANCEMENT RATE ENHANCEMENT DATE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under $ 40,000 2% 0% N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$40,000 - $99,999 4% 0% N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine years from the date
$100,000 - $499,999 4% 1% we receive each Purchase
Payment.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine years from the date
$500,000 - more 5% 1% we receive each Purchase
Payment.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future Upfront Enhancement Rates may change at any time, but will never be less
than 2%. Deferred Payment Enhancement Rates may increase or stay the same; there
is no minimum Deferred Payment Enhancement Rate. The Date on which you may
receive any applicable future Deferred Payment Enhancement may change; it may be
less than nine years or greater than nine years.
Date: October 15, 2001
Please keep this Supplement with your Prospectus.
[POLARIS PLATINUM LOGO] [PRINCIPAL REWARDS LOGO]
PROSPECTUS
OCTOBER 15, 2001
Please read this prospectus carefully FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
before investing and keep it for issued by
future reference. It contains ANCHOR NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
important information about the in connection with
Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity. VARIABLE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The annuity has 44 investment choices -5 available fixed
To learn more about the annuity account options and 37 Variable Portfolios listed below. The
offered by this prospectus, you can 5 fixed account options include specified periods of 1, 3,
obtain a copy of the Statement of 5, 7 and 10 years. The 37 Variable Portfolios are part of
Additional Information ("SAI") dated the Anchor Series Trust ("AST"), SunAmerica Series Trust
October 15, 2001. The SAI has been ("SAST"), Van Kampen Life Investment Trust ("VKT") and the
filed with the Securities and WM Variable Trust ("WMT").
Exchange Commission ("SEC") and is
incorporated by reference into this STOCKS:
prospectus. The Table of Contents of MANAGED BY ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.
the SAI appears on page 28 of this - Alliance Growth Portfolio SAST
prospectus. For a free copy of the - Global Equities Portfolio SAST
SAI, call us at (800) 445-SUN2 or - Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
write to us at our Annuity Service MANAGED BY DAVIS SELECTED ADVISERS L.P.
Center, P.O. Box 54299, Los Angeles, - Davis Venture Value Portfolio SAST
California 90054-0299. - Real Estate Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
In addition, the SEC maintains a - Federated Value Portfolio SAST
website (http://www.sec.gov) that - Telecom Utility Portfolio SAST
contains the SAI, materials MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
incorporated by reference and other - Goldman Sachs Research Portfolio SAST
information filed electronically with MANAGED BY MARSICO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
the SEC by Anchor National. - Marsico Growth SAST
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
ANNUITIES INVOLVE RISKS, INCLUDING - MFS Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL, AND ARE - MFS Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio SAST
NOT A DEPOSIT OR OBLIGATION OF, OR MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK. - International Diversified Equities Portfolio SAST
THEY ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE - Technology Portfolio SAST
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE MANAGED BY PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE - Emerging Markets Portfolio SAST
BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY. - International Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
- Putnam Growth Portfolio SAST
This variable annuity provides a MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
payment enhancement program called - Aggressive Growth Portfolio SAST
"Principal Rewards". The withdrawal - Blue Chip Growth Portfolio SAST
charge schedule associated with this - "Dogs" of Wall Street Portfolio SAST
product will be longer and higher - Growth Opportunities Portfolio SAST
than other contracts that may be MANAGED BY VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
available without the Principal - Van Kampen LIT Comstock Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
Rewards Program. These withdrawal - Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth Portfolio, Class II
charges may offset the value of any Shares VKT
bonus, if you make an early - Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income Portfolio, Class II
withdrawal. Shares VKT
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Capital Appreciation Portfolio AST
- Growth Portfolio AST
- Natural Resources Portfolio AST
BALANCED:
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Total Return Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- SunAmerica Balanced Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WM ADVISORS, INC.
- Balanced Portfolio WMT
- Conservative Growth Portfolio WMT
- Strategic Growth Portfolio WMT
BONDS:
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Corporate Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL
- Global Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- Worldwide High Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- High-Yield Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Government & Quality Bond Portfolio AST
CASH:
MANAGED BY BANC OF AMERICA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Cash Management Portfolio SAST
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Anchor National's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2000 is incorporated herein by reference.
All documents or reports filed by Anchor National under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")
after the effective date of this prospectus are also incorporated by reference.
Statements contained in this prospectus and subsequently filed documents which
are incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference are
deemed to modify or supercede documents incorporated by reference.
Anchor National files its Exchange Act documents and reports, including its
annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, electronically pursuant
to EDGAR under CIK No. 0000006342.
Anchor National is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended). We file reports and other information
with the SEC to meet those requirements. You can inspect and copy this
information at SEC public facilities at the following locations:
WASHINGTON, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024
Washington, D.C. 20549
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
500 West Madison Street
Chicago, IL 60661
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
233 Broadway
New York, NY 10279
To obtain copies by mail contact the Washington, D.C. location. After you pay
the fees as prescribed by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the required
documents are mailed.
Registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, related to
the contracts offered by this prospectus are on file with the SEC. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration
statements and exhibits. For further information regarding the separate account,
Anchor National and its general account, the Variable Portfolios and the
contract, please refer to the registration statements and exhibits.
The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the SAI,
materials incorporated by reference and other information filed electronically
with the SEC by Anchor National.
Anchor National will provide without charge to each person to whom this
prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request, a copy of the above
documents incorporated by reference. Requests for these documents should be
directed to Anchor National's Annuity Service Center, as follows:
Anchor National Life Insurance Company
Annuity Service Center
P.O. Box 54299
Los Angeles, California 90054-0299
Telephone Number: (800) 445-SUN2
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Act") is provided to Anchor National's officers, directors and controlling
persons. The SEC has advised that it believes such indemnification is against
public policy under the Act and unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than for Anchor National's payment of expenses
incurred or paid by its directors, officers or controlling persons in the
successful defense of any legal action) is asserted by a director, officer or
controlling person of Anchor National in connection with the securities
registered under this prospectus, Anchor National will submit to a court with
jurisdiction to determine whether the indemnification is against public policy
under the Act. Anchor National will be governed by final judgment of the issue.
However, if in the opinion of Anchor National's counsel, this issue has been
determined by controlling precedent, Anchor National will not submit the issue
to a court for determination.
2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE................... 2
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION.... 2
GLOSSARY.......................................................... 3
HIGHLIGHTS........................................................ 4
FEE TABLES........................................................ 5
Owner Transaction Expenses.................................. 5
Optional Income Protector Fee............................... 5
Contract Maintenance Fee.................................... 5
Annual Separate Account Expenses............................ 5
Optional EstatePlus Fee..................................... 5
Portfolio Expenses.......................................... 5
EXAMPLES.......................................................... 7
THE POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY............................. 9
PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY.................... 10
Allocation of Purchase Payments............................. 10
Principal Rewards Program................................... 10
Accumulation Units.......................................... 11
Free Look................................................... 12
INVESTMENT OPTIONS................................................ 12
Variable Portfolios......................................... 12
Anchor Series Trust......................................... 12
SunAmerica Series Trust..................................... 12
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust............................ 12
WM Variable Trust........................................... 12
Fixed Account Options....................................... 13
Market Value Adjustment ("MVA")............................. 13
Transfers During the Accumulation Phase..................... 14
Dollar Cost Averaging....................................... 14
Asset Allocation Rebalancing Program........................ 15
Principal Advantage Program................................. 15
Voting Rights............................................... 15
Substitution................................................ 15
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY.............................................. 15
Systematic Withdrawal Program............................... 17
Nursing Home Waiver......................................... 17
Minimum Contract Value...................................... 17
DEATH BENEFIT..................................................... 17
Purchase Payment Accumulation Option........................ 17
Maximum Anniversary Option.................................. 17
EstatePlus.................................................. 18
Spousal Continuation........................................ 19
EXPENSES.......................................................... 19
Insurance Charges........................................... 19
Withdrawal Charges.......................................... 19
Investment Charges.......................................... 20
Contract Maintenance Fee.................................... 20
Transfer Fee................................................ 20
Optional EstatePlus Fee..................................... 20
Optional Income Protector Fee............................... 20
Premium Tax................................................. 20
Income Taxes................................................ 20
Reduction or Elimination of Charges and Expenses, and
Additional Amounts Credited................................. 21
INCOME OPTIONS.................................................... 21
Annuity Date................................................ 21
Income Options.............................................. 21
Fixed or Variable Income Payments........................... 22
Income Payments............................................. 22
Transfers During the Income Phase........................... 22
Deferment of Payments....................................... 22
The Income Protector Feature................................ 22
Note to Qualified Contract Holders.......................... 24
TAXES............................................................. 24
Annuity Contracts in General................................ 24
Tax Treatment of Distributions - Non-qualified Contracts.... 24
Tax Treatment of Distributions - Qualified Contracts........ 25
Minimum Distributions....................................... 25
Tax Treatment of Death Benefits............................. 25
Contracts Owned by A Trust or Corporation................... 25
Gifts, Pledges and/or Assignments of a Non-qualified
Contract.................................................... 26
Diversification............................................. 26
PERFORMANCE....................................................... 26
OTHER INFORMATION................................................. 26
Anchor National............................................. 26
The Separate Account........................................ 26
The General Account......................................... 27
Distribution of the Contract................................ 27
Administration.............................................. 27
Legal Proceedings........................................... 27
Ownership................................................... 27
Custodian................................................... 27
Independent Accountants..................................... 27
Registration Statement...................................... 28
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.......... 28
APPENDIX A - PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM EXAMPLES................... A-1
APPENDIX B - MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")...................... B-1
APPENDIX C - DEATH BENEFITS FOLLOWING SPOUSAL CONTINUATION........ C-1
APPENDIX D - HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE OF THE OPERATION OF THE INCOME
PROTECTOR FEATURE................................................ D-1
APPENDIX E - PREMIUM TAXES........................................ E-1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
GLOSSARY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
We have capitalized some of the technical terms used in this prospectus.
To help you understand these terms, we have defined them in this
glossary.
ACCUMULATION PHASE - The period during which you invest money in your
contract.
ACCUMULATION UNITS - A measurement we use to calculate the value of the
variable portion of your contract during the Accumulation Phase.
ANNUITANT(S) - The person(s) on whose life (lives) we base income
payments.
ANNUITY DATE - The date on which income payments are to begin, as
selected by you.
ANNUITY UNITS - A measurement we use to calculate the amount of income
payments you receive from the variable portion of your contract during
the Income Phase.
BENEFICIARY - The person designated to receive any benefits under the
contract if you or the Annuitant dies.
COMPANY - Anchor National Life Insurance Company, We, Us, the insurer
which issues this contract.
INCOME PHASE - The period during which we make income payments to you.
IRS - The Internal Revenue Service.
NON-QUALIFIED (CONTRACT) - A contract purchased with after-tax dollars.
In general, these contracts are not under any pension plan, specially
sponsored program or individual retirement account ("IRA").
PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT(S) - The amount(s) allocated to your contract by us
under the Principal Rewards Program. Payment Enhancements are calculated
as a percentage of your Purchase Payments and are considered earnings.
PURCHASE PAYMENTS - The money you give us to buy the contract, as well as
any additional money you give us to invest in the contract after you own
it.
QUALIFIED (CONTRACT) - A contract purchased with pretax dollars. These
contracts are generally purchased under a pension plan, specially
sponsored program or IRA.
TRUSTS - Refers to the Anchor Series Trust, the SunAmerica Series Trust,
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust and WM Variable Trust collectively.
VARIABLE PORTFOLIO(S) - The variable investment options available under
the contract. Each Variable Portfolio has its own investment objective
and is invested in the underlying investments of the Anchor Series Trust
the SunAmerica Series Trust, Van Kampen Life Investment Trust or the WM
Variable Trust.
ALL FINANCIAL REPRESENTATIVES OR AGENTS THAT SELL THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
3
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHLIGHTS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
The Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity is a contract between you and Anchor
National Life Insurance Company ('Anchor National'). It is designed to help you
invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals. There are
minimum Purchase Payment amounts required to purchase a contract. Purchase
Payments may be invested in a variety of variable and fixed account options.
This variable annuity provides a payment enhancement program called "Principal
Rewards". The withdrawal charge schedule associated with this product will be
longer and higher than other contracts that may be available without the
Principal Rewards Program. Like all deferred annuities, the contract has an
Accumulation Phase and an Income Phase. During the Accumulation Phase, you
invest money in your contract. The Income Phase begins when you start receiving
income payments from your annuity to provide for your retirement.
FREE LOOK: If you cancel your contract within 10 days after receiving it (or
whatever period is required in your state), we will cancel the contract without
charging a withdrawal charge. You will receive whatever your contract is worth
on the day that we receive your request. This amount may be more or less than
your original Purchase Payment. We will return your original Purchase Payment if
required by law. You will receive any gain and we bear any loss on any Payment
Enhancement(s) if you decide to cancel your contract during the free look
period. Please see PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY in the
prospectus.
EXPENSES: There are fees and charges associated with the contract. Each year, we
deduct a $35 contract maintenance fee from your contract, which may be waived
for contracts of $50,000 or more. We also deduct insurance charges, which equal
1.52% annually of the average daily value of your contract allocated to the
Variable Portfolios. There are investment charges on amounts invested in the
Variable Portfolios. If you elect optional features available under the contract
we may charge additional fees for these features. A separate withdrawal charge
schedule applies to each Purchase Payment. The amount of the withdrawal charge
declines over time. After a Purchase Payment has been in the contract for nine
complete years, withdrawal charges no longer apply to that portion of the
Purchase Payment. Please see the FEE TABLE, PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM
VARIABLE ANNUITY and EXPENSES IN THE PROSPECTUS.
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY: You may withdraw money from your contract during the
Accumulation Phase. If you do so, earnings are deemed to be withdrawn first. You
will pay income taxes on earnings and untaxed contributions when you withdraw
them. Payments received during the Income Phase are considered partly a return
of your original investment. A federal tax penalty may apply if you make
withdrawals before age 59 1/2. As noted above, a withdrawal charge may apply.
Please see ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY and TAXES in the prospectus.
DEATH BENEFIT: A death benefit feature is available under the contract to
protect your Beneficiaries in the event of your death during the Accumulation
Phase. Please see DEATH BENEFITS in the prospectus.
INCOME OPTIONS: When you are ready to begin taking income, you can choose to
receive income payments on a variable basis, fixed basis or a combination of
both. You may also chose from five different income options, including an option
for income that you cannot outlive. Please see INCOME OPTIONS in the prospectus.
INQUIRIES: If you have questions about your contract call your financial
representative or contact us at Anchor National Life Insurance Company Annuity
Service Center P.O. Box 54299 Los Angeles, California 90054-0299. Telephone
Number: (800) 445-SUN2.
ANCHOR NATIONAL OFFERS SEVERAL DIFFERENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PRODUCTS TO MEET THE
DIVERSE NEEDS OF OUR INVESTORS. EACH PRODUCT MAY OFFER DIFFERENT FEATURES AND
BENEFITS AND CORRESPONDINGLY DIFFERENT FEES AND CHARGES. WE ALSO OFFER PRODUCTS
THAT DO NOT OFFER THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM. PRODUCTS WITHOUT THE PRINCIPAL
REWARDS PROGRAM HAVE THE SAME MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGES AS THE SAME
CONTRACT WITH THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM. HOWEVER, CONTRACTS WITHOUT THE
PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM HAVE A SHORTER AND LOWER SURRENDER CHARGE SCHEDULE.
WHEN WORKING WITH YOUR FINANCIAL ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE BEST PRODUCT TO MEET
YOUR NEEDS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER, AMONG OTHER THINGS, WHETHER THE FEATURES OF THIS
CONTRACT AND THE RELATED FEES PROVIDE THE MOST APPROPRIATE PACKAGE TO HELP YOU
MEET YOUR LONG-TERM RETIREMENT SAVINGS GOALS.
PLEASE READ THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION REGARDING
THESE AND OTHER FEATURES AND BENEFITS OF THE CONTRACT, AS WELL AS THE RISKS OF
INVESTING.
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEE TABLES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE (AS A PERCENTAGE OF EACH PURCHASE PAYMENT)
YEARS:....................... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
9% 9% 8% 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 0%
TRANSFER FEE.......... No charge for first 15 transfers each
contract year; thereafter, fee is $25 ($10
in Pennsylvania and Texas) per transfer
OPTIONAL INCOME PROTECTOR FEE
(THE INCOME PROTECTOR WHICH IS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN THE PROSPECTUS IS
OPTIONAL AND IF ELECTED, THE FEE IS DEDUCTED ANNUALLY FROM YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.)
ANNUAL FEE AS A % OF
GROWTH RATE YOUR INCOME BENEFIT BASE*
----------- ----------------------------
Base 0% .10%
* The Income Benefit Base, which is described more fully in the prospectus is
generally calculated by using your contract value on the date of your
effective enrollment in the program and then each subsequent contract
anniversary, adding purchase payments made since the prior contract
anniversary, less proportional withdrawals, and fees and charges applicable to
those withdrawals.
CONTRACT MAINTENANCE FEE*
$35 ($30 in North Dakota)
*waived if contract value is $50,000 or more
ANNUAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF YOUR DAILY NET ASSET VALUE)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge..................... 1.37%
Distribution Expense Charge........................... 0.15%
-----
TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES 1.52%
=====
OPTIONAL ESTATEPLUS FEE
(ESTATEPLUS, AN ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT FEATURE WHICH IS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN
THE PROSPECTUS IS OPTIONAL AND IF ELECTED, THE FEE IS AN ANNUALIZED CHARGE THAT
IS DEDUCTED DAILY FROM YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.)
Fee as a % of your daily net asset value.................. .25%
PORTFOLIO EXPENSES
ANCHOR SERIES TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2000)
MANAGEMENT SERVICE(12B-1) OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE FEE(2) EXPENSES EXPENSES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Appreciation(1) 0.70% 0.15% 0.05% 0.90%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government and Quality Bond 0.59% 0.15% 0.08% 0.82%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth 0.66% 0.15% 0.05% 0.86%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources 0.75% 0.15% 0.17% 1.07%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The expenses noted here are restated to reflect an estimate of the fees
for the portfolio for the current fiscal year. This fee increase became
effective on August 1, 2000 following approval by the Board of Directors
of the Trust and shareholders.
(2) The Board of Trustees adopted a 12(b)(1) Plan with respect to the Anchor
Series Trust on May 30, 2001. Although this Plan was not in place at the
fiscal year end shown here, the .15% service fee is shown in these
expense numbers.
SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS AFTER REIMBURSEMENT OR WAIVER OF EXPENSES
FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 2001)
MANAGEMENT SERVICE(12B-1) OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE FEE(7) EXPENSES EXPENSES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggressive Growth 0.66% 0.15% 0.04% 0.85%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alliance Growth 0.60% 0.15% 0.04% 0.79%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue Chip Growth(1,4) 0.70% 0.15% 0.15% 1.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Management(5) 0.49% 0.15% 0.03% 0.67%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bond 0.62% 0.15% 0.07% 0.84%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Davis Venture Value 0.71% 0.15% 0.04% 0.90%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Dogs" of Wall Street 0.60% 0.15% 0.12% 0.87%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emerging Markets(2) 1.25% 0.15% 0.32% 1.72%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Value 0.70% 0.15% 0.06% 0.91%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Bond 0.69% 0.15% 0.12% 0.96%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Equities 0.70% 0.15% 0.14% 0.99%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Research(1,3,4) 1.20% 0.15% 0.15% 1.50%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth-Income 0.53% 0.15% 0.04% 0.72%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth Opportunities 0.75% 0.15% 0.25% 1.15%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Yield Bond 0.63% 0.15% 0.08% 0.86%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Diversified Equities 1.00% 0.15% 0.21% 1.36%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Growth and Income 0.95% 0.15% 0.23% 1.33%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marsico Growth 0.85% 0.15% 0.15% 1.15%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Growth and Income 0.70% 0.15% 0.06% 0.91%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Mid-Cap Growth(1,2) 0.75% 0.15% 0.07% 0.97%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Total Return(2) 0.66% 0.15% 0.08% 0.89%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Growth 0.75% 0.15% 0.04% 0.94%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate 0.80% 0.15% 0.16% 1.11%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SunAmerica Balanced 0.59% 0.15% 0.05% 0.79%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technology(4) 1.20% 0.15% 0.29% 1.64%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Utility(2,6) 0.75% 0.15% 0.09% 0.99%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Worldwide High Income 1.00% 0.15% 0.10% 1.25%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)For this portfolio, the advisor, SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., has
voluntarily agreed to waive fees or expenses, if necessary, to keep
operating expenses at or below established maximum amounts. All waivers or
reimbursements may be terminated at any time. Only certain portfolios
relied on these waivers and/or reimbursements during this fiscal year as
follows: Absent fee waivers or reimbursement of expenses by the adviser or
custody credits, you would have incurred the following expenses during the
last fiscal year; Blue Chip Growth 1.96%, Goldman Sachs Research 1.78%;
Growth Opportunities 1.41%; and Marisco Growth 4.88%. Absent recoupment of
expenses by the adviser, the Total Annual Expenses during the last fiscal
year for the Emerging Markets Portfolio would have been 1.68%. For MFS
Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio, the adviser recouped prior year expense
reimbursements that were mathematically insignificant, resulting in the
expense ratio before and after recoupment remaining at 0.97%.
5
(2)Gross of custody credits of 0.01%.
(3)The ratio reflects an expense cap of 1.50% and 1.15% for Goldman Sachs
Research and Marsico Growth, respectively, which is net of custody credits
of 0.01% and 0.44% and respectively, or waivers/reimbursements if
applicable.
(4)Annualized.
(5)Formerly managed by SunAmerica Asset Management Corp.
(6)Prior to July 5, 2000, the Telecom Utility Portfolio was named Utility
Portfolio. The name change will not result in any modifications to the
portfolio's principal investment goal or fundamental investment policies.
(7)The Board of Trustees adopted a 12(b)(1) Plan with respect to the
SunAmerica Series Trust on May 21, 2001. Although this Plan was not in
place at the fiscal year end shown here, the 0.15% service fee is shown in
these expense numbers.
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS AFTER REIMBURSEMENT OR WAIVER OF EXPENSES
FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000)
MANAGEMENT SERVICE OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE (12B-1) FEE EXPENSES EXPENSES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Comstock(1,4) 0.00% 0.25% 0.95% 1.20%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth(2) 0.70% 0.25% 0.05% 1.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income(3,4) 0.57% 0.25% 0.18% 1.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Comstock Portfolio, Class II Shares.
(2)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Emerging Growth Portfolio, Class II
Shares.
(3)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Growth and Income Portfolio, Class II
Shares.
(4)For this portfolio, the advisor, Van Kampen Asset Management Inc., has
agreed to waive fees or reimburse expenses, if necessary, to keep
operating expenses at or below established maximum amounts. Absent these
waivers or reimbursements, the expenses were as follows: Van Kampen LIT
Comstock 2.38% and Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income 1.03%.
WM VARIABLE TRUST*
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSET VALUE OF EACH INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AS OF THE
FISCAL YEAR END OF THE TRUST ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2000)
MANAGEMENT OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE EXPENSES EXPENSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balanced 0.10% 0.19% 0.29%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conservative Growth 0.10% 0.18% 0.28%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth 0.10% 0.20% 0.30%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Each Portfolio will invest in Funds of the WM Trust and in the WM High
Yield Fund (a series of WM Trust I). You will bear certain expenses
associated with these Funds in which these portfolios invest in addition
to the expenses of the portfolios. The chart below shows estimated
combined annual expenses for each Portfolio and the Funds in which that
Portfolio may invest. The expenses are based upon estimated expenses of
each Portfolio and underlying Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2000, restated to reflect current management fees. Please refer to the
Trust prospectus for more details.
The estimates assume a constant allocation of each Portfolio's assets
among the Funds identical to such Portfolio's actual allocation at
December 31, 2000.
COMBINED
PORTFOLIOS ANNUAL EXPENSES
---------- ---------------
Balanced Portfolio.......................................... 1.04%
Conservative Growth Portfolio............................... 1.10%
Strategic Growth Portfolio.................................. 1.17%
THE ABOVE PORTFOLIO EXPENSES WERE PROVIDED BY THE TRUSTS. WE HAVE NOT
INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION.
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You will pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment in each Variable
Portfolio, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, Portfolio Expenses after
waiver, reimbursement or recoupment (assuming the waiver, reimbursement or
recoupment will continue for the period shown), if applicable and:
(a) you surrender the contract at the end of the stated time period and
no optional features are elected.
(b) you elect the optional EstatePlus and the Income Protector Base
benefits at the maximum charges offered (.25% and .10%,
respectively) and you surrender the contract at the end of the
stated period.
(c) you do not surrender the contract and no optional features are
elected.*
(d) you elect the optional EstatePlus and Income Protector Base benefits
at the maximum charges offered (.25% and .10% respectively), and you
do not surrender the contract.
1 3 5 10
PORTFOLIO YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Appreciation (a) $116 (a) $160 (a) $196 (a) $290
(b) $119 (b) $170 (b) $214 (b) $325
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $136 (c) $290
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $154 (d) $325
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government and Quality Bond (a) $115 (a) $157 (a) $192 (a) $282
(b) $119 (b) $168 (b) $210 (b) $317
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $132 (c) $282
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 88 (d) $150 (d) $317
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth (a) $115 (a) $158 (a) $194 (a) $286
(b) $119 (b) $169 (b) $212 (b) $321
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $286
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $152 (d) $321
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources (a) $118 (a) $165 (a) $205 (a) $307
(b) $121 (b) $175 (b) $222 (b) $341
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 85 (c) $145 (c) $307
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 95 (d) $162 (d) $341
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggressive Growth (a) $115 (a) $158 (a) $194 (a) $285
(b) $119 (b) $169 (b) $211 (b) $320
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $285
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $320
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alliance Growth (a) $115 (a) $156 (a) $190 (a) $279
(b) $118 (b) $167 (b) $208 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 76 (c) $130 (c) $279
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $148 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue Chip Growth (a) $117 (a) $163 (a) $201 (a) $300
(b) $120 (b) $173 (b) $219 (b) $334
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 83 (c) $141 (c) $300
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 93 (d) $159 (d) $334
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Management (a) $114 (a) $153 (a) $184 (a) $267
(b) $117 (b) $163 (b) $202 (b) $302
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 73 (c) $124 (c) $267
(d) $ 27 (d) $ 83 (d) $142 (d) $302
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bond (a) $115 (a) $158 (a) $193 (a) $284
(b) $119 (b) $168 (b) $211 (b) $319
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $133 (c) $284
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 88 (d) $151 (d) $319
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Davis Venture Value (a) $116 (a) $160 (a) $196 (a) $290
(b) $119 (b) $170 (b) $214 (b) $325
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $136 (c) $290
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $154 (d) $325
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Dogs" of Wall Street (a) $116 (a) $159 (a) $195 (a) $287
(b) $119 (b) $169 (b) $212 (b) $322
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 79 (c) $135 (c) $287
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $152 (d) $322
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emerging Market (a) $124 (a) $184 (a) $237 (a) $369
(b) $128 (b) $195 (b) $254 (b) $401
(c) $ 34 (c) $104 (c) $177 (c) $369
(d) $ 38 (d) $115 (d) $194 (d) $401
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Value (a) $116 (a) $160 (a) $197 (a) $291
(b) $120 (b) $171 (b) $214 (b) $326
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $137 (c) $291
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $154 (d) $326
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Bond (a) $117 (a) $161 (a) $199 (a) $296
(b) $120 (b) $172 (b) $217 (b) $330
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 81 (c) $139 (c) $296
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 92 (d) $157 (d) $330
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Equities (a) $117 (a) $162 (a) $201 (a) $299
(b) $120 (b) $173 (b) $218 (b) $333
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 82 (c) $141 (c) $299
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 93 (d) $158 (d) $333
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Research (a) $122 (a) $178 (a) $226 (a) $349
(b) $126 (b) $188 (b) $243 (b) $381
(c) $ 32 (c) $ 98 (c) $166 (c) $349
(d) $ 36 (d) $108 (d) $183 (d) $381
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* We do not currently charge a surrender charge upon annuitization unless the contract is annuitized using
the Income Protector feature. We assess the applicable surrender charge upon annuitization under the
Income Protector feature assuming a full surrender of your contract.
7
1 3 5 10
PORTFOLIO YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth-Income (a) $114 (a) $154 (a) $187 (a) $272
(b) $118 (b) $165 (b) $205 (b) $307
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 74 (c) $127 (c) $272
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 85 (d) $145 (d) $307
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth Opportunities (a) $118 (a) $167 (a) $209 (a) $315
(b) $122 (b) $178 (b) $226 (b) $349
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 87 (c) $149 (c) $315
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 98 (d) $166 (d) $349
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Yield Bond (a) $115 (a) $158 (a) $194 (a) $286
(b) $119 (b) $169 (b) $212 (b) $321
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $286
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $152 (d) $321
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Diversified Equities (a) $121 (a) $174 (a) $219 (a) $335
(b) $124 (b) $184 (b) $236 (b) $368
(c) $ 31 (c) $ 94 (c) $159 (c) $335
(d) $ 34 (d) $104 (d) $176 (d) $368
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Growth & Income (a) $120 (a) $173 (a) $218 (a) $332
(b) $124 (b) $183 (b) $235 (b) $365
(c) $ 30 (c) $ 93 (c) $158 (c) $332
(d) $ 34 (d) $103 (d) $175 (d) $365
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marsico Growth (a) $118 (a) $167 (a) $209 (a) $315
(b) $122 (b) $178 (b) $226 (b) $349
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 87 (c) $149 (c) $315
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 98 (d) $166 (d) $349
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Growth and Income (a) $116 (a) $160 (a) $197 (a) $291
(b) $120 (b) $171 (b) $214 (b) $326
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $137 (c) $291
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $154 (d) $326
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Mid Cap Growth (a) $117 (a) $162 (a) $200 (a) $297
(b) $120 (b) $172 (b) $217 (b) $331
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 82 (c) $140 (c) $297
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 92 (d) $157 (d) $331
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Total Return (a) $116 (a) $159 (a) $196 (a) $289
(b) $119 (b) $170 (b) $213 (b) $324
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 79 (c) $136 (c) $289
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $153 (d) $324
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Growth (a) $116 (a) $161 (a) $198 (a) $294
(b) $120 (b) $171 (b) $216 (b) $329
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $294
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $156 (d) $329
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate (a) $118 (a) $166 (a) $207 (a) $311
(b) $122 (b) $177 (b) $224 (b) $345
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $147 (c) $311
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 97 (d) $164 (d) $345
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SunAmerica Balanced (a) $115 (a) $156 (a) $190 (a) $279
(b) $118 (b) $167 (b) $208 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 76 (c) $130 (c) $279
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $148 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technology (a) $123 (a) $182 (a) $233 (a) $362
(b) $127 (b) $192 (b) $250 (b) $394
(c) $ 33 (c) $102 (c) $173 (c) $362
(d) $ 37 (d) $112 (d) $190 (d) $394
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Utility (a) $117 (a) $162 (a) $201 (a) $299
(b) $120 (b) $173 (b) $218 (b) $333
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 82 (c) $141 (c) $299
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 93 (d) $158 (d) $333
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Worldwide High Income (a) $119 (a) $170 (a) $214 (a) $325
(b) $123 (b) $181 (b) $231 (b) $358
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 90 (c) $154 (c) $325
(d) $ 33 (d) $101 (d) $171 (d) $358
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Comstock, Class II Shares (a) $121 (a) $176 (a) $224 (a) $344
(b) $125 (b) $187 (b) $241 (b) $377
(c) $ 31 (c) $ 96 (c) $164 (c) $344
(d) $ 35 (d) $107 (d) $181 (d) $377
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth, Class II Shares (a) $119 (a) $170 (a) $214 (a) $326
(b) $123 (b) $181 (b) $231 (b) $358
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 90 (c) $154 (c) $325
(d) $ 33 (d) $101 (d) $171 (d) $358
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income, Class II Shares (a) $119 (a) $170 (a) $214 (a) $325
(b) $123 (b) $181 (b) $231 (b) $358
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 90 (c) $164 (c) $325
(d) $ 33 (d) $101 (d) $171 (d) $358
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balanced (a) $117 (a) $164 (a) $203 (a) $304
(b) $121 (b) $175 (b) $221 (b) $338
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 84 (c) $143 (c) $304
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 95 (d) $161 (d) $338
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conservative Growth (a) $118 (a) $166 (a) $206 (a) $310
(b) $121 (b) $176 (b) $224 (b) $344
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $146 (c) $310
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 96 (d) $164 (d) $344
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth (a) $119 (a) $168 (a) $210 (a) $317
(b) $122 (b) $178 (b) $227 (b) $351
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 88 (c) $150 (c) $317
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 98 (d) $167 (d) $351
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
EXPLANATION OF FEE TABLES AND EXAMPLES
1. The purpose of the Fee Tables is to show you the various expenses you would
incur directly and indirectly by investing in the contract. The tables
represent both fees at the separate account (contract level) as well as
portfolio company investment management expenses. We converted the contract
administration charge to a percentage (0.09%) using an assumed contract size
of $40,000. The actual impact of the administration charge may differ from
this percentage and may be waived for contract values over $50,000.
Additional information on the portfolio company fees can be found in the
Trust prospectuses located behind this prospectus.
2. For certain Variable Portfolios, the adviser, SunAmerica Asset Management
Corp., has voluntarily agreed to waive fees or reimburse certain expenses,
if necessary, to keep annual operating expenses at or below the lesser of
the maximum allowed by any applicable state expense limitations or the
following percentages of each Variable Portfolio's average net assets: Blue
Chip Growth 1.00%; Emerging Markets 2.05% (recouping prior expense
reimbursements); Goldman Sachs Research 1.50%; Growth Opportunities 1.15%;
Marsico Growth 1.15%; MFS Mid-Cap Growth 1.30% (recouping prior expense
reimbursements); Technology 1.70%. The adviser also may voluntarily waive or
reimburse additional amounts to increase a Variable Portfolio's investment
return. All waivers and/or reimbursements may be terminated at any time.
Furthermore, the adviser may recoup any waivers or reimbursements within two
years after such waivers or reimbursements are granted, provided that the
Variable Portfolio is able to make such payment and remain in compliance
with the foregoing expense limitations.
3. In addition to the stated assumptions, the Examples also assume an insurance
charge of 1.52% and that no transfer fees were imposed. Although premium
taxes may apply in certain states, they are not reflected in the Examples.
In calculating the Examples, we convert the contract maintenance fee of $35
to a percentage using an assumed contract value of $40,000.
4. The examples reflect the minimum 2% upfront payment enhancement.
5. Examples reflecting application of optional features and benefits use the
highest fees and charges being offered for those features.
6. THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SALES OF THIS CONTRACT HAD NOT BEGUN.
THEREFORE NO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION APPEARS IN THE PROSPECTUS.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
THE POLARIS PLATINUM
VARIABLE ANNUITY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
An annuity is a contract between you and an insurance company. You are the owner
of the contract. The contract provides three main benefits:
- Tax Deferral: This means that you do not pay taxes on your earnings from
the annuity until you withdraw them.
- Death Benefit: If you die during the Accumulation Phase, the insurance
company pays a death benefit to your Beneficiary.
- Guaranteed Income: If elected, you receive a stream of income for your
lifetime, or another available period you select.
Tax-qualified retirement plans (e.g., IRAs, 401(k) or 403(b) plans) defer
payment of taxes on earnings until withdrawal. If you are considering funding a
tax-qualified retirement plan with an annuity, you should know that an annuity
does not provide any additional tax deferral treatment of earnings beyond the
treatment provided by the tax-qualified retirement plan itself. However,
annuities do provide other features and benefits which may be valuable to you.
You should fully discuss this decision with your financial representative.
This annuity was developed to help you contribute to your retirement savings.
This annuity works in two stages, the Accumulation Phase and the Income Phase.
Your contract is in the Accumulation Phase during the period when you make
payments into the contract. The Income Phase begins when you request us to start
making income payments to you out of the money accumulated in your contract.
The contract is called a "variable" annuity because it allows you to invest in
variable portfolios which, like mutual funds, have different investment
objectives and performance which varies. You can gain or lose money if you
invest in these Variable Portfolios. The amount of money you accumulate in your
contract depends on the performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you
invest. This contract currently offers 37 Variable Portfolios.
The contract also offers several fixed account options for varying time periods.
Fixed account options earn interest at a rate set and guaranteed by Anchor
National. If you allocate money to the fixed account options, the amount of
money that accumulates in the contract depends on the total interest credited to
the particular fixed account option(s) in which you invest.
For more information on investment options available under this contract SEE
INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 12.
This annuity is designed to assist in contributing to retirement savings of
investors whose personal circumstances allow for a long-term investment time
horizon. As a function of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC"), you may be assessed
a 10% federal tax penalty on any withdrawal made prior to your reaching age
59 1/2. Additionally, this contract provides that you will be charged a
withdrawal charge on each purchase payment withdrawn if that purchase payment
has not been
9
invested in this contract for at least 9 years. Because of these potential
penalties, you should fully discuss all of the benefits and risks of this
contract with your financial representative prior to purchase.
Anchor National Life Insurance Company (Anchor National, The Company, Us, We)
issues the Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity. When you purchase a Polaris
Platinum Variable Annuity, a contract exists between you and Anchor National.
The Company is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the
state of Arizona. Its principal place of business is 1 SunAmerica Center, Los
Angeles, California 90067. The Company conducts life insurance and annuity
business in the District of Columbia and all states except New York. Anchor
National is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of American International
Group, Inc. ("AIG"), a Delaware corporation.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM
VARIABLE ANNUITY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
An initial Purchase Payment is the money you give us to buy a contract. Any
additional money you give us to invest in the contract after purchase is a
subsequent Purchase Payment.
The following chart shows the minimum initial and subsequent Purchase Payments
permitted under your contract. These amounts depend upon whether a contract is
Qualified or Non-qualified for tax purposes. FOR FURTHER EXPLANATION, SEE TAXES
ON PAGE 24.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Minimum
Minimum Initial Subsequent
Purchase Payment Purchase Payment
-----------------------------------------------------------
Qualified $2,000 $250
-----------------------------------------------------------
Non-Qualified $5,000 $500
-----------------------------------------------------------
Prior Company approval is required to accept Purchase Payments greater than
$1,500,000 or $1,333,000 (if Estate Plus is elected). Subsequent Purchase
Payments which would cause total Purchase Payments in the contract to exceed
these limits are also subject to prior company approval. Also, the optional
automatic payment plan allows you to make subsequent Purchase Payments of as
little as $20.00.
In general, we will not issue a Qualified contract to anyone who is age 70 1/2
or older, unless it is shown that the minimum distribution required by the IRS
is being made. In addition, we may not issue a contract to anyone age 81 or
older on the contract issue date.
We allow spouses to jointly own this contract. However, the age of the older
spouse is used to determine the availability of any age driven benefits. The
addition of a joint owner after the contract has been issued in contingent upon
prior review and approval by the Company.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS
We invest your Purchase Payments in the fixed and variable investment options
according to your instructions. If we receive a Purchase Payment without
allocation instructions, we will invest the money according to your last
allocation instructions. SEE INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 12.
In order to issue your contract, we must receive your completed application,
Purchase Payment allocation instructions and any other required paperwork at our
principal place of business. We allocate your initial Purchase Payment within
two days of receiving it. If we do not have complete information necessary to
issue your contract, we will contact you. If we do not have the information
necessary to issue your contract within 5 business days we will:
- Send your money back to you, or;
- Ask your permission to keep your money until we get the information
necessary to issue the contract.
PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM
We contribute an Upfront Payment Enhancement and, if applicable, a Deferred
Payment Enhancement to your contract in conjunction with each Purchase Payment
you invest during the life of your contract. All Purchase Payments are subject
to a nine year withdrawal charge schedule. SEE WITHDRAWAL CHARGES ON PAGE 19.
These withdrawal charges may offset the value of any bonus, if you make an early
withdrawal. SEE EXPENSES ON PAGE 19. Amounts we contribute to your contract
under this program are considered earnings and are allocated to your contract as
described below.
There may be scenarios in which due to negative market conditions and your
inability to remain invested over the long-term, a contract with the Principal
Rewards program may not perform as well as the contract without the program.
Enhancement Levels
The Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate, Deferred Payment Enhancement Rate and
Deferred Payment Enhancement Date may be determined based on stated Enhancement
Levels. Each Enhancement Level is a range of dollar amounts which may correspond
to different enhancement rates and dates. Enhancement Levels may change from
time to time, at our sole discretion. The Enhancement Level applicable to your
initial Purchase Payment is determined by the amount of that initial Purchase
Payment. With respect to any subsequent Purchase Payments we determine your
Enhancement Level by adding your contract value on the date we receive each
subsequent Purchase Payment plus the amount of the subsequent Purchase Payment.
Upfront Payment Enhancement
An Upfront Payment Enhancement is an amount we add to your contract on the day
we receive a Purchase Payment. We calculate an Upfront Payment Enhancement
amount as a percentage (the "Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate") of each Purchase
Payment. The Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate will always be at least 2%. We
periodically review and establish the Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate, which
may increase or decrease at any time, but will never be less than 2%. The
applicable Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate
10
is that which is in effect for any applicable Enhancement Level, when we receive
each Purchase Payment under your contract. The Upfront Payment Enhancement
amounts are allocated among the fixed and variable investment options according
to the current allocation instructions in effect when we receive each Purchase
Payment.
Deferred Payment Enhancement
A Deferred Payment Enhancement is an amount we may add to your contract on a
stated future date (the "Deferred Payment Enhancement Date") as a percentage of
Purchase Payments received. We refer to this percentage amount as the Deferred
Payment Enhancement Rate. We periodically review and establish the Deferred
Payment Enhancement Rates and Deferred Payment Enhancement Dates. The Deferred
Payment Enhancement Rate being offered may increase, decrease or be eliminated
by us, at any time. The Deferred Payment Enhancement Date, if applicable, may
change at any time. The applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement Date and
Deferred Payment Enhancement Rate are those which may be in effect for any
applicable Enhancement Level, when we receive each Purchase Payment under your
contract. Any applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement, when credited, is
allocated to the Cash Management Variable Portfolio.
If you withdraw any portion of a Purchase Payment, to which a Deferred Payment
Enhancement applies, prior to the Deferred Payment Enhancement Date, we reduce
the amount of the corresponding Deferred Payment Enhancement in the same
proportion that your withdrawal (and any fees and charges associated with such
withdrawals) reduces that Purchase Payment. For purposes of the Deferred Payment
Enhancement, withdrawals are assumed to be taken from earnings first, then from
Purchase Payments, on a first-in-first-out basis.
APPENDIX A shows how we calculate any applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement
amount.
We will not allocate any applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement to your
contract if any of the following circumstances occurs prior to the Deferred
Payment Enhancement Date:
- You surrender your contract;
- A death benefit is paid on your contract;
- You switch to the Income Phase of your contract; or
- You fully withdraw the corresponding Purchase Payment.
90 Day Window
As of the 90th day after your contract was issued, we will total your Purchase
Payments made over those 90 days, without considering any investment gain or
loss in contract value on those Purchase Payments. If your total Purchase
Payments bring you to an Enhancement Level which, as of the date we issued your
contract, would have provided for a higher Upfront and/or Deferred Payment
Enhancement Rate on each Purchase Payment, you will get the benefit of the
Enhancement Rate(s) that were applicable to that higher Enhancement Level at the
time your contract was issued ("Look Back Adjustment"). We will add any
applicable Upfront Look Back Adjustment to your contract on the 90th day
following the date of contract issue. We will send you a confirmation indicating
any applicable Upfront and/or Deferred Look Back Adjustment, on or about the
90th day following the date of contract issuance. We will allocate any
applicable Upfront Look Back Adjustment according to your then-current
allocation instructions on file for subsequent Purchase Payments at the time we
make the contribution and if applicable, to the Cash Management Portfolio, for a
Deferred Look Back Adjustment.
APPENDIX A provides an example of the 90 Day Window Provision.
Check with your financial advisor for information on the Upfront Payment
Enhancement Rate, Deferred Payment Enhancement Rate and Deferred Payment
Enhancement Date.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE PRINCIPAL REWARDS
PROGRAM (IN ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT) AT ANY TIME FOR PROSPECTIVELY ISSUED
CONTRACTS.
ACCUMULATION UNITS
When you allocate a Purchase Payment to the Variable Portfolios, we credit your
contract with Accumulation Units of the separate account. We base the number of
Accumulation Units you receive on the unit value of the Variable Portfolio as of
the day we receive your money if we receive it before 1 p.m. Pacific Standard
Time, or on the next business day's unit value if we receive your money after 1
p.m. Pacific Standard Time. The value of an Accumulation Unit goes up and down
based on the performance of the Variable Portfolios.
We calculate the value of an Accumulation Unit each day that the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") is open as follows:
1. We determine the total value of money invested in a particular Variable
Portfolio;
2. We subtract from that amount all applicable contract charges; and
3. We divide this amount by the number of outstanding Accumulation Units.
We determine the number of Accumulation Units credited to your contract by
dividing the Purchase Payment and Payment Enhancement, if applicable, by the
Accumulation Unit value for the specific Variable Portfolio.
EXAMPLE:
We receive a $25,000 Purchase Payment from you on Wednesday. You allocate
the money to the Global Bond Portfolio. If the Upfront Payment Enhancement
is 2.00% of your Purchase Payment, we would add an Upfront Payment
Enhancement of $500 to your contract. We determine that the value of an
Accumulation Unit for the Global Bond Portfolio is $11.10 when the NYSE
closes on Wednesday. We then divide $25,500 by $11.10 and
11
credit your contract on Wednesday with 2,297.2973 Accumulation Units for
the Global Bond Portfolio.
Performance of the Variable Portfolios and expenses under your contract affect
Accumulation Unit values. These factors cause the value of your contract to go
up and down.
FREE LOOK
You may cancel your contract within ten days after receiving it (or longer if
required by state law). We call this a "free look." To cancel, you must mail the
contract along with your free look request to our Annuity Service Center at P.O.
Box 54299, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299.
If you decide to cancel your contract during the free look period, we will
refund to you the value of your contract on the day we receive your request
minus the Free Look Payment Enhancement Deduction. The Free Look Payment
Enhancement Deduction is equal to the lesser of (1) the value of any Payment
Enhancement(s) on the day we receive your free look request; or (2) the Payment
Enhancement amount(s), if any, which we allocated to your contract. Thus, you
receive any gain and we bear any loss on any Payment Enhancement(s) if you
decide to cancel your contract during the free look period.
Certain states require us to return your Purchase Payments upon a free look
request. Additionally, all contracts issued as an IRA require the full return of
Purchase Payments upon a free look. With respect to those contracts, we reserve
the right to put your money in the Cash Management Portfolio during the free
look period and will allocate your money according to your instructions at the
end of the applicable free look period. Currently, we do not put your money in
the Cash Management Portfolio during the free look period unless you allocate
your money to it. If your contract was issued in a state requiring return of
Purchase Payments or as an IRA and you cancel your contract during the free look
period, we return the greater of (1) your Purchase Payments; or (2) the value of
your contract minus the Free Look Payment Enhancement Deduction, if applicable.
At the end of the free look period, we allocate your money according to your
instructions.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OPTIONS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS
The contract currently offers 37 Variable Portfolios. These Variable Portfolios
invest in shares of the following trusts: Anchor Series Trust, the SunAmerica
Series Trust, Van Kampen Life Investment Trust and the WM Variable Trust (the
"Trusts"). Additional Trusts and/or Variable Portfolios may be available in the
future. The Variable Portfolios operate similar to a mutual fund but are only
available through the purchase of certain insurance contracts.
SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AIG,
is the investment adviser to the Anchor and SunAmerica Series Trusts. Van Kampen
Asset Management Inc. is the investment advisor to the Van Kampen Life
Investment Trust. WM Advisors, Inc. is the investment adviser to the WM Variable
Trust. The Trusts may serve as the underlying investment vehicles for other
variable annuity contracts issued by Anchor National, and other
affiliated/unaffiliated insurance companies. Neither Anchor National nor the
Trusts believe that offering shares of the Trusts in this manner disadvantages
you. The advisers monitor the Trusts for potential conflicts.
The Variable Portfolios along with their respective subadvisers are listed
below:
ANCHOR SERIES TRUST
Wellington Management Company, LLP serves as subadviser to the Anchor Series
Trust Portfolios. Anchor Series Trust ("AST") has investment portfolios in
addition to those listed below which are not available for investment under the
contract.
SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST
Various subadvisers provide investment advice for the SunAmerica Series Trust
Portfolios. SunAmerica Series Trust ("SAST") has investment portfolios in
addition to those listed below which are not available for investment under the
contract.
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
Van Kampen Asset Management, Inc. provides investment advice for the Van Kampen
Life Investment Trust ("VKT") portfolios. Van Kampen Life Investment Trust has
investment portfolios in addition to those listed here which are not available
for investment under the contract.
WM VARIABLE TRUST
Washington Mutual Advisors is the investment advisor to the WM Variable Trust
("WMT"). WMT has other investment portfolios in addition to those listed below
which are not available for investment under the contract.
STOCKS:
MANAGED BY ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.
- Alliance Growth Portfolio SAST
- Global Equities Portfolio SAST
- Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY DAVIS SELECTED ADVISERS L.P.
- Davis Venture Value Portfolio SAST
- Real Estate Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Federated Value Portfolio SAST
- Telecom Utility Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
- Goldman Sachs Research Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MARSICO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Marsico Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
- MFS Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- International Diversified Equities Portfolio SAST
- Technology Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
- Emerging Markets Portfolio SAST
- International Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
- Putnam Growth Portfolio SAST
12
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- Aggressive Growth Portfolio SAST
- Blue Chip Growth Portfolio SAST
- "Dogs" of Wall Street Portfolio SAST
- Growth Opportunities Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
- Van Kampen LIT Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
- Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth
Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
- Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income
Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Capital Appreciation Portfolio AST
- Growth Portfolio AST
- Natural Resources Portfolio AST
BALANCED:
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Total Return Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- SunAmerica Balanced Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WM ADVISORS, INC.
- Balanced Portfolio WMT
- Conservative Growth Portfolio WMT
- Strategic Growth Portfolio WMT
BONDS:
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Corporate Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INT'L.
- Global Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- Worldwide High Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- High-Yield Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Government & Quality Bond Portfolio AST
CASH:
MANAGED BY BANC OF AMERICA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Cash Management Portfolio SAST
YOU SHOULD READ THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUSES FOR THE TRUSTS CAREFULLY. THESE
PROSPECTUSES CONTAIN DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS,
INCLUDING EACH VARIABLE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND RISK FACTORS.
FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS
The contract also offers five fixed account options. Anchor National will
guarantee the interest rate earned on money you allocate to any of these fixed
account options. We currently offer fixed account options for periods of one,
three, five, seven and ten years, which we call guarantee periods. All guarantee
periods may not be available in all states.
Each guarantee period may offer a different interest rate but will never be less
than an annual effective rate of 3%. Once established the rates for specified
payments do not change during the guarantee period. The guarantee period is that
period for which we credit the applicable rate (one, three, five, seven or ten
years).
There are three scenarios in which you may put money into the fixed account
options. In each scenario your money may be credited a different rate of
interest as follows:
- Initial Rate: Rate credited to amounts allocated to the fixed account
when you purchase your contract.
- Current Rate: Rate credited to subsequent amounts allocated to the fixed
account.
- Renewal Rate: Rate credited to money transferred from a fixed account or
a Variable Portfolio into a fixed account and to money remaining in a
fixed account after expiration of a guarantee period.
Each of these rates may differ from one another. Once declared, the applicable
rate is guaranteed until the corresponding guarantee period expires.
When a guarantee period ends, you may leave your money in the same fixed
investment option. You may also reallocate your money to another fixed
investment option or to the Variable Portfolios. If you want to reallocate your
money to a different fixed account option or a Variable Portfolio, you must
contact us within 30 days after the end of the current interest guarantee period
and instruct us how to reallocate the money. We do not contact you. If we do not
hear from you, your money will remain in the same fixed account option, where it
will earn interest at the renewal rate then in effect for the fixed account
option.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")
NOTE: MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENTS APPLY TO THE 3, 5, 7 AND 10-YEAR FIXED ACCOUNT
OPTIONS ONLY. THESE OPTIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR
FINANCIAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR MORE INFORMATION.
If you take money out of the multi-year fixed account options before the end of
the guarantee period, we make an adjustment to your contract. We refer to the
adjustment as a market value adjustment (the "MVA"). The MVA reflects any
difference in the interest rate environment between the time you place your
money in the fixed account option and the time when you withdraw or transfer
that money. This adjustment can increase or decrease your contract value. You
have 30 days after the end of each guarantee period to reallocate your funds
without incurring any MVA.
We calculate the MVA by doing a comparison between current rates and the rate
being credited to you in the fixed account option. For the current rate we use a
rate being offered by us for a guarantee period that is equal to the time
remaining in the guarantee period from which you seek withdrawal. If we are not
currently offering a guarantee period for that period of time, we determine an
applicable rate by using a formula to arrive at a number between the interest
rates currently offered for the two closest periods available.
Generally, if interest rates drop between the time you put your money into the
fixed account options and the time you take it out, we credit a positive
adjustment to your contract. Conversely, if interest rates increase during the
same period, we post a negative adjustment to your contract.
Where the MVA is negative, we first deduct the adjustment from any money
remaining in the fixed account option. If there is not enough money in the fixed
account option to meet the negative deduction, we deduct the remainder from your
13
withdrawal. Where the MVA is positive, we add the adjustment to your withdrawal
amount.
The multi-year MVA fixed accounts are not available to Washington state and
Maryland policyholders.
Anchor National does not assess a MVA against withdrawals under the following
circumstances:
- If a withdrawal is made within 30 days after the end of a guarantee
period;
- If a withdrawal is made to pay contract fees and charges;
- To pay a death benefit; and
- Upon annuitization, if occurring on the latest Annuity Date.
APPENDIX B shows how we calculate the MVA.
TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE
During the Accumulation Phase you may transfer funds between the Variable
Portfolios and/or the fixed account options. You must transfer at least $100. If
less than $100 will remain in any Variable Portfolio after a transfer, that
amount must be transferred as well.
You may request transfers of your account value between the Variable Portfolios
and/or the fixed account options in writing or by telephone. Additionally, you
may access your account and request transfers between Variable Portfolios and/or
the fixed account options through SunAmerica's website
(http://www.sunamerica.com). We currently allow 15 free transfers per contract
per year. We charge $25 ($10 in Pennsylvania and Texas) for each additional
transfer in any contract year. Transfers resulting from your participation in
the DCA program count against your 15 free transfers per contract year. However,
transfers resulting from your participation in the automatic asset rebalancing
program do not count against your 15 free transfers.
We accept transfer requests by telephone unless you tell us not to on your
contract application. Additionally, you may request transfers over the internet
unless you indicate you do not wish your account to be traded over the internet.
When receiving instructions over the telephone or the internet, we follow
appropriate procedures to provide reasonable assurance that the transactions
executed are genuine. Thus, we are not responsible for any claim, loss or
expense from any error resulting from instructions received over the telephone.
If we fail to follow our procedures, we may be liable for any losses due to
unauthorized or fraudulent instructions.
We may limit the number of transfers in any contract year or refuse any transfer
request for you or others invested in the contract if we believe that excessive
trading or a specific transfer request or group transfer requests may have a
detrimental effect on unit values or the share prices of the underlying Variable
Portfolios.
Where permitted by law, we may accept your authorization for a third party to
make transfers for you subject to our rules. We reserve the right to suspend or
cancel such acceptance at any time and will notify you accordingly.
Additionally, we may restrict the investment options available for transfers
during any period in which such third party acts for you. We notify such third
party beforehand regarding any restrictions. However, we will not enforce these
restrictions if we are satisfied that:
- such third party has been appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction
to act on your behalf; or
- such third party is a trustee/fiduciary, for you or appointed by you, to
act on your behalf for all your financial affairs.
We may provide administrative or other support services to independent third
parties you authorize to make transfers on your behalf. We do not currently
charge you extra for providing these support services. This includes, but is not
limited to, transfers between investment options in accordance with market
timing strategies. Such independent third parties may or may not be appointed
with us for the sale of annuities. However, WE DO NOT ENGAGE ANY THIRD PARTIES
TO OFFER INVESTMENT ALLOCATION SERVICES OF ANY TYPE. WE TAKE NO RESPONSIBILITY
FOR THE INVESTMENT ALLOCATION AND TRANSFERS TRANSACTED ON YOUR BEHALF BY SUCH
THIRD PARTIES OR FOR ANY INVESTMENT ALLOCATION RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY SUCH
PARTIES.
For information regarding transfers during the Income Phase, SEE INCOME OPTIONS
ON PAGE 21.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend, waive or terminate these transfer
provisions at any time.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
The Dollar Cost Averaging ("DCA") program allows you to invest gradually in the
Variable Portfolios. Under the program you systematically transfer a set dollar
amount or percentage of portfolio value from one Variable Portfolio or the
1-year fixed account option (source accounts) to any other Variable Portfolio.
Transfers may be monthly or quarterly and count against your 15 free transfers
per contract year. You may change the frequency at any time by notifying us in
writing. The minimum transfer amount under the DCA program is $100, regardless
of the source account. Fixed account options are not available as target
accounts for Dollar Cost Averaging.
The DCA program is designed to lessen the impact of market fluctuations on your
investment. However, we cannot ensure that you will make a profit. When you
elect the DCA program, you are continuously investing in securities regardless
of fluctuating price levels. You should consider your tolerance for investing
through periods of fluctuating price levels.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
14
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want to gradually move $750 each quarter from the Cash
Management Portfolio to the Aggressive Growth Portfolio over six quarters.
You set up dollar cost averaging and purchase Accumulation Units at the
following values:
---------------------------------------------
ACCUMULATION UNITS
QUARTER UNIT PURCHASED
---------------------------------------------
1 $ 7.50 100
2 $ 5.00 150
3 $10.00 75
4 $ 7.50 100
5 $ 5.00 150
6 $ 7.50 100
---------------------------------------------
You paid an average price of only $6.67 per Accumulation Unit over six
quarters, while the average market price actually was $7.08. By investing
an equal amount of money each month, you automatically buy more
Accumulation Units when the market price is low and fewer Accumulation
Units when the market price is high. This example is for illustrative
purposes only.
ASSET ALLOCATION REBALANCING PROGRAM
Earnings in your contract may cause the percentage of your investment in each
investment option to differ from your original allocations. The Automatic Asset
Rebalancing Program addresses this situation. At your election, we periodically
rebalance your investments in the Variable Portfolios to return your allocations
to their original percentages. Asset rebalancing typically involves shifting a
portion of your money out of an investment option with a higher return into an
investment option with a lower return.
At your request, rebalancing occurs on a quarterly, semiannual or annual basis.
Transfers made as a result of rebalancing do not count against your 15 free
transfers for the contract year.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want your initial Purchase Payment split between two
Variable Portfolios. You want 50% in the Corporate Bond Portfolio and 50%
in the Growth Portfolio. Over the next calendar quarter, the bond market
does very well while the stock market performs poorly. At the end of the
calendar quarter, the Corporate Bond Portfolio now represents 60% of your
holdings because it has increased in value and the Growth Portfolio
represents 40% of your holdings. If you had chosen quarterly rebalancing,
on the last day of that quarter, we would sell some of your units in the
Corporate Bond Portfolio to bring its holdings back to 50% and use the
money to buy more units in the Growth Portfolio to increase those holdings
to 50%.
PRINCIPAL ADVANTAGE PROGRAM
The Principal Advantage Program allows you to invest in one or more Variable
Portfolios without putting your principal at direct risk. The program
accomplishes this by allocating your investment strategically between the fixed
account options and Variable Portfolios. You decide how much you want to invest
and approximately when you want a return of principal. We calculate how much of
your Purchase Payment to allocate to the particular fixed account option to
ensure that it grows to an amount equal to your total principal invested under
this program. We invest the rest of your principal in the Variable Portfolio(s)
of your choice.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want to allocate a portion of your initial Purchase Payment
of $100,000 to the fixed account option. You want the amount allocated to
the fixed account option to grow to $100,000 in 7 years. If the 7-year
fixed account option is offering a 5% interest rate, we will allocate
$71,069 to the 7-year fixed account option to ensure that this amount will
grow to $100,000 at the end of the 7-year period. The remaining $28,931 may
be allocated among the Variable Portfolios, as determined by you, to
provide opportunity for greater growth.
VOTING RIGHTS
Anchor National is the legal owner of the Trusts' shares. However, when a
Variable Portfolio solicits proxies in conjunction with a vote of shareholders,
we must obtain your instructions on how to vote those shares. We vote all of the
shares we own in proportion to your instructions. This includes any shares we
own on our own behalf. Should we determine that we are no longer required to
comply with these rules, we will vote the shares in our own right.
SUBSTITUTION
If underlying Trust portfolios become unavailable for investment, we may be
required to substitute shares of another underlying Trust portfolio. We will
seek prior approval of the SEC and give you notice before substituting shares.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
You can access money in your contract in two ways:
- by making a partial or total withdrawal, and/or;
- by receiving income payments during the Income Phase. SEE INCOME OPTIONS
ON PAGE 21.
Generally, we deduct a withdrawal charge applicable to any total or partial
withdrawal and a MVA if a partial withdrawal comes from the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year
fixed account options. If you withdraw your entire contract value, we also
deduct premium taxes and a contract maintenance fee. SEE EXPENSES ON PAGE 19.
Your contract provides for a free withdrawal amount each year. A free withdrawal
amount is the portion of your account
15
that we allow you to take out each year without being charged a surrender
penalty. However, upon a future full surrender of your contract any previous
free withdrawals would be subject to a surrender charge, if any is applicable at
the time of the full surrender (except in the state of Washington).
Additionally, you will not receive your Deferred Payment Enhancement if you
fully withdraw a Purchase Payment or your contract value prior to the
corresponding Deferred Payment Enhancement Date. SEE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM
ON PAGE 10.
Purchase payments, above and beyond the amount of your free withdrawal amount,
that are withdrawn prior to the end of the ninth year will result in your paying
a penalty in the form of a surrender charge. The amount of the charge and how it
applies are discussed more fully below. SEE EXPENSES ON PAGE 19. You should
consider, before purchasing this contract, the effect this charge will have on
your investment if you need to withdraw more money than the free withdrawal
amount. You should fully discuss this decision with your financial
representative.
To determine your free withdrawal amount and your withdrawal charge, we refer to
two special terms. These are penalty free earnings and the total invested
amount.
The penalty-free earnings portion of your contract is simply your account value
less your total invested amount. The total invested amount is the total of all
Purchase Payments you have made into the contract less portions of some prior
withdrawals you made. The portions of prior withdrawals that reduce your total
invested amount are as follows:
- Free withdrawals in any year that were in excess of your penalty-free
earnings and were based on the part of the total invested amount that was
no longer subject to withdrawal charges at the time of the withdrawal,
and
- Any prior withdrawals (including withdrawal charges on those withdrawals)
of the total invested amount on which you already paid a surrender
penalty.
When you make a withdrawal, we assume that it is taken from penalty-free
earnings first, then from the total invested amount on a first-in, first-out
basis. This means that you can also access your Purchase Payments which are no
longer subject to a withdrawal charge before those Purchase Payments which are
still subject to the withdrawal charge.
During the first year after we issue your contract your free withdrawal amount
is the greater of (1) your penalty-free earnings; and (2) if you are
participating in the Systematic Withdrawal program, a total of 10% of your total
invested amount. If you are a Washington resident, you may withdraw during the
first contract year, the greater of (1); (2); or (3) interest earnings from the
amounts allocated to the fixed account options, not previously withdrawn.
After the first contract year, you can take out the greater of the following
amounts each year (1) your penalty-free earnings and any portion of your total
invested amount no longer subject to withdrawal charge or (2) 10% of the portion
of your total invested amount that has been in your contract for at least one
year. If you are a Washington resident, your maximum free withdrawal amount,
after the first contract year, is the greater of (1); (2); or (3) interest
earnings from amounts allocated to the fixed account options, not previously
withdrawn.
Although we do not assess a withdrawal charge when you take a 10% penalty-free
withdrawal, we will proportionally reduce the amount of any corresponding
Deferred Payment Enhancement.
We calculate charges due on a total withdrawal on the day after we receive your
request and your contract. We return to you your contract value less any
applicable fees and charges.
The withdrawal charge percentage is determined by the age of the Purchase
Payment remaining in the contract at the time of the withdrawal. For the purpose
of calculating the withdrawal charge, any prior Free Withdrawal is not
subtracted from the total Purchase Payments still subject to withdrawal charges.
For example, you make an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000. For purposes of
this example we will assume a 0% growth rate over the life of the contract, no
subsequent Purchase Payments, and a 2% Upfront Payment Enhancement Rate pursuant
to the Principal Rewards Program. In contract year 2, you take out your maximum
free withdrawal of $10,000. After that free withdrawal your contract value is
$92,000. In contract year 5 you request a full surrender of your contract. We
will apply the following calculation,
A-(B x C)=D, where:
A=Your contract value at the time of your request for surrender ($92,000)
B=The amount of your Purchase Payments still subject to withdrawal charge
($100,000)
C=The withdrawal charge percentage applicable to the age of each Purchase
Payment (6%)[B x C=$6,000]
D=Your full surrender value ($86,000)
Under most circumstances, the partial withdrawal minimum is $1,000. We require
that the value left in any investment option be at least $100, after the
withdrawal. You must send a written withdrawal request. Unless you provide us
with different instructions, partial withdrawals will be made pro rata from each
Variable Portfolio and the fixed account option in which your contract is
invested.
Under certain Qualified plans, access to the money in your contract may be
restricted. Additionally, withdrawals made prior to age 59 1/2 may result in a
10% IRS penalty tax. SEE TAXES ON PAGE 24.
We may be required to suspend or postpone the payment of a withdrawal for any
period of time when: (1) the NYSE is closed (other than a customary weekend and
holiday closings); (2) trading with the NYSE is restricted; (3) an emergency
exists such that disposal of or determination of the value of shares of the
Variable Portfolios is not reasonably practicable; (4) the SEC, by order, so
permits for the protection of contract owners.
Additionally, we reserve the right to defer payments for a withdrawal from a
fixed account in option. Such deferrals are limited to no longer than six
months.
16
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
During the Accumulation Phase, you may elect to receive periodic income payments
under the systematic withdrawal program. Under the program, you may choose to
take monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual payments from your contract.
Electronic transfer of these funds to your bank account is also available. The
minimum amount of each withdrawal is $100. If you are an Oregon resident, the
minimum withdrawal amount is $100 per withdrawal or an amount equal to your free
withdrawal amount, as described on page 10. There must be at least $500
remaining in your contract at all times. Withdrawals may be taxable and a 10%
IRS penalty tax may apply if you are under age 59 1/2. There is no additional
charge for participating in this program, although a withdrawal charge and/or
MVA may apply.
The program is not available to everyone. Please check with our Annuity Service
Center, which can provide the necessary enrollment forms. We reserve the right
to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
NURSING HOME WAIVER
If you are confined to a nursing home for 60 days or longer, we may waive the
withdrawal charge and/or market value adjustment on certain withdrawals prior to
the Annuity Date (not available in Texas). The waiver applies only to
withdrawals made while you are in a nursing home or within 90 days after you
leave the nursing home. Your contract prohibits use of this waiver during the
first 90 days after you purchase your contract. In addition, the confinement
period for which you seek the waiver must begin after you purchase your
contract.
In order to use this waiver, you must submit with your withdrawal request, the
following documents: (1) a doctor's note recommending admittance to a nursing
home; (2) an admittance form which shows the type of facility you entered; and
(3) a bill from the nursing home which shows that you met the 60 day confinement
requirement.
MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE
Where permitted by state law, we may terminate your contract if both of the
following occur: (1) your contract is less than $500 as a result of withdrawals;
and (2) you have not made any Purchase Payments during the past three years. We
will provide you with sixty days written notice. At the end of the notice
period, we will distribute the contract's remaining value to you.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
If you die during the Accumulation Phase of your contract, we pay a death
benefit to your Beneficiary. At the time you purchase your contract, you must
select one of the two death benefit options described below. Once selected, you
can not change your death benefit option. You should discuss the available
options with your financial representative to determine which option is best for
you.
We will not pay a Deferred Payment Enhancement on a Purchase Payment if you die
before the corresponding Deferred Payment Enhancement Date. SEE PRINCIPAL
REWARDS PROGRAM ON PAGE 10.
We do not pay the death benefit if you die after you switch to the Income Phase.
However, if you die during the Income Phase, your Beneficiary receives any
remaining guaranteed income payments in accordance with the income option you
selected. SEE INCOME OPTIONS ON PAGE 21.
You name your Beneficiary. You may change the Beneficiary at any time, unless
you previously made an irrevocable Beneficiary designation.
We calculate and pay the death benefit when we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of death. We consider the following satisfactory proof of
death:
1. a certified copy of the death certificate; or
2. a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to
the finding of death; or
3. a written statement by a medical doctor who attended the deceased at the
time of death; or
4. any other proof satisfactory to us.
We may require additional proof before we pay the death benefit.
The death benefit must be paid within 5 years of the date of death unless the
Beneficiary elects to have it payable in the form of an income option. If the
Beneficiary elects an income option, it must be paid over the Beneficiary's
lifetime or for a period not extending beyond the Beneficiary's life expectancy.
Payments must begin within one year of your death.
If the Beneficiary is the spouse of a deceased owner, he or she can elect to
continue the Contract. SEE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION ON PAGE 19.
If a Beneficiary does not elect a specific form of pay out within 60 days of our
receipt of all required paperwork and satisfactory proof of death, we pay a lump
sum death benefit to the Beneficiary.
The term "withdrawals" as used in describing the death benefit options is
defined as withdrawals and the fees and charges applicable to those withdrawals.
OPTION 1 - PURCHASE PAYMENT ACCUMULATION OPTION
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. the contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of death; or
2. total Purchase Payments less withdrawals, compounded at a 4% annual
growth rate until the date of death (3% growth rate if age 70 or older
at the time of contract issue) plus any Purchase Payments less
withdrawals recorded after the date of death; or
3. the contract value on the seventh contract anniversary, plus any
Purchase Payments and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract
anniversary, all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of
death (3% growth rate if age 70 or older at the time of contract issue)
plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals recorded after the date of
death.
OPTION 2 - MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY OPTION
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. the contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of death; or
17
2. total Purchase Payments less any withdrawals; or
3. the maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary prior to your
81st birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments and less any
withdrawals, since that contract anniversary.
If you are age 90 or older at the time of death and selected the Option 2 death
benefit, the death benefit will be equal to the contract value at the time we
receive all required paperwork and satisfactory proof of death. Accordingly, you
do not get the advantage of option 2 if:
- you are age 81 or older at the time of contract issue, or
- you are age 90 or older at the time of your death.
ESTATEPLUS
The EstatePlus benefit if elected may increase the death benefit amount. If you
have earnings in your contract at the time of death, we will add a percentage of
those earnings (the "EstatePlus Percentage"), subject to a maximum dollar amount
(the "Maximum EstatePlus Amount"), to the death benefit payable. The EstatePlus
benefit, if any, is added to the death benefit payable under the Purchase
Payment Accumulation or Maximum Anniversary options. The contract year of your
death will determine the EstatePlus percentage and the Maximum EstatePlus
percentage.
The term "Net Purchase Payment" is used frequently in explaining the death
benefit options. Net Purchase Payment is an on-going calculation .It does not
represent a contract value.
We define Net Purchase Payments as Purchase Payments less an Adjustment for each
withdrawal. If you have not taken any withdrawals from your contract, Net
Purchase Payments equals total Purchase Payments into your contract. To
calculate the Adjustment amount for the first withdrawal made under the
contract, we determine the percentage by which the withdrawal reduced contract
value. For example, a $10,000 withdrawal from a $100,000 contract is a 10%
reduction in value. This percentage is calculated by dividing the amount of each
withdrawal (including fees and charges applicable to the withdrawal) by the
contract value immediately before taking that withdrawal. The resulting
percentage is then multiplied by the amount of total Purchase Payments and
subtracted from the amount of total Purchase Payments on deposit at the time of
the withdrawal. The resulting amount is the initial Net Purchase Payment
calculation.
To arrive at the Net Purchase Payment calculation for subsequent withdrawals, we
determine the percentage by which the contract value is reduced by taking the
amount of the withdrawal in relation to the contract value immediately before
taking the withdrawal. We then multiply the Net Purchase Payment calculation as
determined prior to the withdrawal by this percentage. We subtract that result
from the Net Purchase Payment calculation as determined prior to the withdrawal
to arrive at all subsequent Net Purchase Payment calculations.
Any Payment Enhancements are not considered Purchase Payments.
The table below provides the details if you are age 69 or younger at the time we
issue your contract:
-------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 0 - 4 25% of Earnings 40% of Net Purchase
Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 5 - 9 40% of Earnings 65% of Net Purchase
Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 10+ 50% of Earnings 75% of Net Purchase
Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
If you are between your 70th and 81st birthdays at the time we issue your
contract the table below shows the available EstatePlus benefit:
-------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------
All Contract 25% of Earnings 40% of Net Purchase
Years Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
* Purchase Payments received after the 5th contract anniversary must remain in
the contract for at least 6 full months to be included as part of Net Purchase
Payments for the purpose of the Maximum EstatePlus Amount calculations.
We may offer different levels of this benefit based on the number of years you
hold your contract and/or your age at the time of issue.
What is the Contract Year of Death?
Contract Year of Death is the number of full 12 month periods beginning with the
date your contract is issued and ending on the date of death.
What is the EstatePlus Percentage Amount?
We determine the amount of the EstatePlus benefit, based on a percentage of the
earnings in your contract at the time of your death. For the purpose of this
calculation, earnings equals contract value minus Net Purchase Payments as of
the date of death. If the earnings amount is negative, no EstatePlus amount will
be added.
What is the Maximum EstatePlus Amount?
The EstatePlus benefit is subject to a maximum dollar amount. The maximum
EstatePlus amount is equal to a percentage of your Net Purchase Payments.
You must elect EstatePlus at the time of contract application. Once elected, you
may not terminate or change this election.
18
We assess a .25% fee for EstatePlus. On a daily basis we deduct this annual
charge from the average daily ending value of the assets you have allocated to
the Variable Portfolios.
EstatePlus is not available if you are age 81 or older at the time we issue your
contract. Furthermore, a Continuing Spouse cannot benefit from EstatePlus if
he/she is age 81 or older on the Continuation Date. SEE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
BELOW. The EstatePlus benefit is not payable after the latest Annuity Date. You
may pay for the EstatePlus benefit and your beneficiary may never receive the
benefit if you live past the latest Annuity Date. SEE INCOME OPTIONS ON PAGE 21.
EstatePlus may not be available in your state or through the broker-dealer with
which your financial advisor is affiliated. See your financial advisor for
information regarding availability.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE ESTATEPLUS BENEFIT (IN
ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT AT ANY TIME) AT ANY TIME FOR PROSPECTIVELY ISSUED
CONTRACTS.
SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
If you are the original owner of the contract and the Beneficiary is your
spouse, your spouse may elect to continue the contract after your death. The
spouse becomes the new owner ("Continuing Spouse"). Generally, the contract and
its elected features, if any, remain the same. The Continuing Spouse is subject
to the same fees, charges and expenses applicable to the original owner of the
contract. A spousal continuation can only take place upon the death of the
original owner of the contract.
To the extent that the Continuing Spouse invests in the Variable Portfolios or
MVA fixed accounts, they will be subject to investment risk as was the original
owner.
Upon a spouse's continuation of the contract, we will contribute to the contract
value an amount by which the death benefit that would have been paid to the
beneficiary upon the death of the original owner exceeds the contract value
("Continuation Contribution"), if any. We calculate the Continuation
Contribution as of the date of the original owner's death. We will add the
Continuation Contribution as of the date we receive both the Continuing Spouse's
written request to continue the contract and proof of death of the original
owner in a form satisfactory to us ("Continuation Date"). The Continuation
Contribution is not considered a Purchase Payment for the purposes of any other
calculations except as explained in Appendix C. SEE APPENDIX C FOR FURTHER
EXPLANATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATIONS FOLLOWING A SPOUSAL CONTINUATION.
To the extent that the Continuing Spouse invests in the Variable Portfolios or
MVA fixed accounts, they will be subject to investment risk as was the original
owner.
Generally, the Continuing Spouse cannot change any contract provisions as the
new owner. However, on the Continuation Date, the Continuing Spouse may
terminate the original owner's election of EstatePlus. We will terminate
EstatePlus if the Continuing Spouse is age 81 or older on the Continuation Date.
If EstatePlus is terminated or if the Continuing Spouse dies after the latest
Annuity Date, no EstatePlus benefit will be payable. Generally, the age of the
Continuing Spouse on the Continuation Date and on the date of the Continuing
Spouse's death will be used in determining any future death benefits under the
Contract. SEE APPENDIX C FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATIONS
AFTER A SPOUSAL CONTINUATION.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
PROVISION (IN ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT) AT ANY TIME FOR PROSPECTIVELY
ISSUED CONTRACTS.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSES
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
There are charges and expenses associated with your contract. These charges and
expenses reduce your investment return. We will not increase the contract
maintenance fee or the insurance and withdrawal charges under your contract.
However, the investment charges under your contract may increase or decrease.
Some states may require that we charge less than the amounts described below.
INSURANCE CHARGES
The amount of this charge is 1.52% annually, of the value of your contract
invested in the Variable Portfolios. We deduct the charge daily.
The insurance charge compensates us for the mortality and expense risks and the
costs of contract distribution assumed by Anchor National.
If these charges do not cover all of our expenses, we will pay the difference.
Likewise, if these charges exceed our expenses, we will keep the difference.
WITHDRAWAL CHARGES
The contract provides a free withdrawal amount every year. SEE ACCESS TO YOUR
MONEY ON PAGE 15. If you take money out in excess of the free withdrawal amount,
you may incur a withdrawal charge. You may also incur a withdrawal charge upon a
full surrender.
We apply a withdrawal charge against each Purchase Payment you put into the
contract. After a Purchase Payment has been in the contract for 9 complete
years, no withdrawal charge applies. The withdrawal charge equals a percentage
of the Purchase Payment you take out of the contract. The
19
withdrawal charge percentage declines each year a Purchase Payment is in the
contract, as follows:
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWAL
CHARGE 9% 9% 8% 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 0%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When calculating the withdrawal charge, we treat withdrawals as coming first
from the Purchase Payments that have been in your contract the longest. However,
for tax purposes, your withdrawals are considered earnings first, then Purchase
Payments. SEE ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY ON PAGE 15.
These higher potential withdrawal charges may compensate us for the expenses
associated with the Principal Rewards Program.
The Principal Rewards Program is designed to reward long term investing. We
expect that if you remain committed to this investment over the long term, we
will profit as a result of fees charged over the life of your contract. However,
in general neither the mortality and expense fees, distribution expenses,
contract administration fee nor the investment management fees are higher on the
Principal Rewards contract than our contracts that do not offer the Principal
Rewards Program.
Whenever possible, we deduct the withdrawal charge from the money remaining in
your contract. If you withdraw all of your contract value, we deduct any
applicable withdrawal charges from the amount withdrawn.
We will not assess a withdrawal charge for money withdrawn to pay a death
benefit or to pay contract fees or charges. We will not assess a withdrawal
charge when you switch to the Income Phase, except when you elect to receive
income payments using the Income Protector Program. If you elect to receive
income payments using the Income Protector feature, we assess the entire
withdrawal charge applicable to Purchase Payments remaining in your contract
when calculating your income benefit base. SEE INCOME OPTIONS ON PAGE 21.
Withdrawals made prior to age 59 1/2 may result in tax penalties. SEE TAXES ON
PAGE 24.
INVESTMENT CHARGES
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES
Charges are deducted from your Variable Portfolios for the advisory and other
expenses of the Variable Portfolios. THE FEE TABLES LOCATED AT PAGE 5 illustrate
these charges and expenses. For more detailed information on these investment
charges, refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts, enclosed or attached.
SERVICE FEES
Shares of certain Trusts may be subject to fees imposed under a servicing plan
adopted by that Trust pursuant to Rule 12(b)(1) under the Investment Company Act
of 1940. This service fee of .15% for the Anchor and SunAmerica Series Trust
portfolios and .25% for the Van Kampen Life Investment Trust portfolios is also
known as a 12(b)(1) fee. Generally, this fee may be paid to financial
intermediaries for services provided over the life of the contract. SEE FEE
TABLE ON PAGE 5.
CONTRACT MAINTENANCE FEE
During the Accumulation Phase, we subtract a contract maintenance fee from your
account once per year. This charge compensates us for the cost of contract
administration. We deduct the $35 contract maintenance fee ($30 in North Dakota)
from your account value on your contract anniversary. If you withdraw your
entire contract value, we deduct the fee from that withdrawal.
If your contract value is $50,000 or more on your contract anniversary date, we
will waive the charge. This waiver is subject to change without notice.
TRANSFER FEE
We currently permit 15 free transfers between investment options each contract
year. We charge you $25 for each additional transfer that contract year ($10 in
Pennsylvania and Texas). SEE INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 12.
OPTIONAL ESTATEPLUS FEE
Please see page 18 for more information on the EstatePlus fee.
OPTIONAL INCOME PROTECTOR FEE
Please see page 22 for more information of the income protector fee.
PREMIUM TAX
Certain states charge the Company a tax on the premiums you pay into the
contract. We deduct from your contract these premium tax charges. Currently we
deduct the charge for premium taxes when you take a full withdrawal or begin the
Income Phase of the contract. In the future, we may assess this deduction at the
time you put Purchase Payment(s) into the contract or upon payment of a death
benefit.
APPENDIX E provides more information about premium taxes.
INCOME TAXES
We do not currently deduct income taxes from your contract. We reserve the right
to do so in the future.
20
REDUCTION OR ELIMINATION OF CHARGES AND EXPENSES, AND ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
CREDITED
Sometimes sales of the contracts to groups of similarly situated individuals may
lower our administrative and/or sales expenses. We reserve the right to reduce
or waive certain charges and expenses when this type of sale occurs. In
addition, we may also credit additional interest to policies sold to such
groups. We determine which groups are eligible for such treatment. Some of the
criteria we evaluate to make a determination are: size of the group; amount of
expected Purchase Payments; relationship existing between us and prospective
purchaser; nature of the purchase; length of time a group of contracts is
expected to remain active; purpose of the purchase and whether that purpose
increases the likelihood that our expenses will be reduced; and/or any other
factors that we believe indicate that administrative and/or sales expenses may
be reduced.
Anchor National may make such a determination regarding sales to its employees,
it affiliates' employees and employees of currently contracted broker-dealers;
its registered representatives and immediate family members of all of those
described.
We reserve the right to change or modify any such determination or the treatment
applied to a particular group, at any time.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME OPTIONS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITY DATE
During the Income Phase, we use the money accumulated in your contract to make
regular income payments to you. You may switch to the Income Phase any time
after your 2nd contract anniversary. You select the month and year you want
income payments to begin. The first day of that month is the Annuity Date. You
may change your Annuity Date, so long as you do so at least seven days before
the income payments are scheduled to begin. Once you begin receiving income
payments, you cannot change your income option. Except as indicated under Option
5 below, once you begin receiving income payments, you cannot otherwise access
your money through a withdrawal or surrender.
If you switch to the Income Phase prior to a Deferred Payment Enhancement Date,
we will not allocate the corresponding Deferred Payment Enhancement to your
contract. SEE PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM ON PAGE 10.
Income payments must begin on or before your 95th birthday or on your tenth
contract anniversary, whichever occurs later (latest Annuity Date). If you do
not choose an Annuity Date, your income payments will automatically begin on
this date. Certain states may require your income payments to start earlier.
If the Annuity Date is past your 85th birthday, your contract could lose its
status as an annuity under Federal tax laws. This may cause you to incur adverse
tax consequences.
In addition, most Qualified contracts require you to take minimum distributions
after you reach age 70 1/2. SEE TAXES ON PAGE 24.
INCOME OPTIONS
Currently, this Contract offers five income options unless you chose to take
income under the Income Protector feature (see below). Other payout options may
be available. Contact the Annuity Service Center for more information. If you
elect to receive income payments but do not select an option, your income
payments will be made in accordance with option 4 for a period of 10 years. For
income payments based on joint lives, we pay according to option 3 for a period
of 10 years.
We base our calculation of income payments on the life of the Annuitant and the
annuity rates set forth in your contract. As the contract owner, you may change
the Annuitant at any time prior to the Annuity Date. You must notify us if the
Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date and designate a new Annuitant.
OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME ANNUITY
This option provides income payments for the life of the Annuitant. Income
payments stop when the Annuitant dies.
OPTION 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY
This option provides income payments for the life of the Annuitant and for the
life of another designated person. Upon the death of either person, we will
continue to make income payments during the lifetime of the survivor. Income
payments stop when the survivor dies.
OPTION 3 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS GUARANTEED
This option is similar to option 2 above, with an additional guarantee of
payments for at least 10 years. If the Annuitant and the survivor die before all
of the guaranteed income payments have been made, the remaining payments are
made to the Beneficiary under your contract.
OPTION 4 - LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS GUARANTEED
This option is similar to option 1 above. In addition, this option provides a
guarantee that income payments will be made for at least 10 or 20 years. You
select the number of years. If the Annuitant dies before all guaranteed income
payments are made, the remaining income payments go to the Beneficiary under
your contract.
OPTION 5 - INCOME FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD
This option provides income payments for a guaranteed period ranging from 5 to
30 years. If the Annuitant dies before all the guaranteed income payments are
made, the remaining income payments are made to the Beneficiary under your
contract. Additionally, if variable income payments are elected under this
option, you (or the Beneficiary under the contract if the Annuitant dies prior
to all guaranteed income payments being
21
made) may redeem any remaining guaranteed variable income payments after the
Annuity Date. The amount available upon such redemption would be the discounted
present value of any remaining guaranteed variable income payments. If provided
for in your contract, any applicable withdrawal charge will be deducted from the
discounted value as if you fully surrendered your contract.
The value of an Annuity Unit, regardless of the option chosen, takes into
account the mortality and expense risk charge. Since Option 5 does not contain
an element of mortality risk, no benefit is derived from this charge.
For information regarding Income Option's using the Income Protector feature,
please see THE INCOME PROTECTOR FEATURE BELOW. Please read the Statement of
Additional Information ("SAI") for a more detailed discussion of the income
options.
FIXED OR VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS
You can choose income payments that are fixed, variable or both. If at the date
when income payments begin you are invested in the Variable Portfolios only,
your income payments will be variable. If your money is only in fixed accounts
at that time, your income payments will be fixed in amount. Further, if you are
invested in both fixed and variable investment options when income payments
begin, your payments will be fixed and variable. If income payments are fixed,
Anchor National guarantees the amount of each payment. If the income payments
are variable the amount is not guaranteed.
INCOME PAYMENTS
We make income payments on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. You
instruct us to send you a check or to have the payments directly deposited into
your bank account. If state law allows, we distribute annuities with a contract
value of $5,000 or less in a lump sum. Also, if the selected income option
results in income payments of less than $50 per payment, we may decrease the
frequency of payments, state law allowing.
If you are invested in the Variable Portfolios after the Annuity date, your
income payments vary depending on four things:
- for life options, your age when payments begin; and
- the value of your contract in the Variable Portfolios on the Annuity
Date; and
- the 3.5% assumed investment rate used in the annuity table for the
contract; and
- the performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you are invested
during the time you receive income payments.
If you are invested in both the fixed account options and the Variable
Portfolios after the Annuity Date, the allocation of funds between the fixed and
variable options also impacts the amount of your annuity payments.
TRANSFERS DURING THE INCOME PHASE
During the Income Phase, one transfer per month is permitted between the
Variable Portfolios. No other transfers are allowed during the Income Phase.
DEFERMENT OF PAYMENTS
We may defer making fixed payments for up to six months, or less if required by
law. Interest is credited to you during the deferral period.
THE INCOME PROTECTOR FEATURE
The Income Protector feature is a future "safety net" which can offer you the
ability to receive a guaranteed fixed minimum retirement income when you switch
to the Income Phase. If you elect the Income Protector feature you can know the
level of minimum income that will be available to you upon annuitization,
regardless of fluctuating market conditions.
The minimum level of Income Protector benefit available is generally based upon
the Purchase Payments remaining in your contract at the time you decide to begin
taking income. If available and elected, a growth rate can provide increased
levels of minimum guaranteed income. We charge a fee for the Income Protector
benefit. The amount of the fee and levels of income protection available to you
are described below. This feature may not be available in your state. Check with
your financial advisor regarding availability.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE INCOME PROTECTOR
FEATURE AT ANY TIME FOR PROSPECTIVELY ISSUED CONTRACTS.
HOW WE DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF YOUR MINIMUM GUARANTEED INCOME
If you elect the Income Protector feature, we base the amount of minimum income
available to you upon a calculation we call the Income Benefit Base. At the time
your participation in the Income Protector program becomes effective, your
Income Benefit Base is equal to your contract value. Participation in the Income
Protector program is effective on either the date of issue of the contract (if
elected) or at the contract anniversary following your election of the Income
Protector.
The income benefit base is only a calculation. It does not represent a contract
value, nor does it guarantee performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you
invest.
Your income benefit base increases if you make subsequent Purchase Payments and
decreases if you withdraw money from your contract. The exact income benefit
base calculation is equal to (a) plus (b) minus (c) where:
(a) is equal to, for the first year of calculation, your initial Purchase
Payment, or for each subsequent year of calculation, the income benefit
base on the prior contract anniversary, and;
22
(b) is equal to the sum of all subsequent Purchase Payments made into the
contract since the last contract anniversary, and;
(c) is equal to all withdrawals and applicable fees and charges since the
last contract anniversary, in an amount proportionate to the amount by
which such withdrawals decreased your contract value.
Your Income Benefit Base may accumulate at the elected growth rate from the date
your election becomes effective through your Income Benefit Date. However, any
applicable Growth Rate will reduce to 0% on the Anniversary immediately after
the annuitant's 90th birthday.
LEVEL OF PROTECTION
If you decide that you want the protection offered by the Income Protector
feature, you must elect the feature by completing the Income Protector Election
Form available through our Annuity Service Center. If more than one level of
protection is offered, you may only elect one of the offered alternatives.
Depending on when you elect the feature and/or the broker-dealer through which
you purchase your contract, you may not have a choice of levels of protection.
If you elect the Income Protector on a subsequent anniversary the growth
rate(s), fee(s) and waiting period(s) will be those offered at the time of your
election.
Your Income Benefit Base will begin accumulating at the applicable growth rate
on the contract anniversary following our receipt of your completed election
form. In order to obtain the benefit of the Income Protector you may not begin
the Income Phase for at least seven years following your election. You may not
elect this Program if the required waiting period before beginning the Income
Phase would occur later than your latest Annuity Date.
The current options offered are:
FEE AS A % OF
YOUR INCOME
OPTIONS GROWTH RATE BENEFIT BASE WAITING PERIOD
----------------------------------------------------------------
Income Protector Base 0% .10% 7 years
----------------------------------------------------------------
If you elect the Base feature on a subsequent anniversary, the Growth Rate(s),
Fee(s), and/or Waiting Period may be different.
RE-SET OF YOUR INCOME PROTECTOR BENEFIT
If available, you may also have the opportunity to "reset" your Income Benefit
Base. The Re-Set feature allows you to increase your Income Benefit Base to the
amount of your contract value on your next contract anniversary. You can only
Re-Set within the 30 days before your next contract anniversary. Upon a Re-Set
the waiting period before you can begin the Income Phase will start over and
will be determined based on the offerings available for your elected level of
protection at the time your make an election to Re-Set. In addition, the Income
Protector fee will be charged as a percentage of your re-set Income Benefit
Base. You may not elect to Re-Set if the required waiting period before
beginning the Income Phase would occur later than your latest annuity date.
For more information on how to Re-Set your Income Protector benefit, please
contact your financial advisor or our Annuity Service Center.
ELECTING TO RECEIVE INCOME PAYMENTS
You may elect to begin the Income Phase of your contract using the Income
Protector Program ONLY within the 30 days after the 7th or later contract
anniversary following the effective date of your Income Protector participation
or Re-Set.
The contract anniversary of, or prior to, your election to begin receiving
annuity payments is your Income Benefit Date. This is the date as of which we
calculate your Income Benefit Base to use in determining your guaranteed minimum
fixed retirement income. To arrive at the minimum guaranteed retirement income
available to you we apply the annuity rates stated in your Income Protector
Endorsement for the annuity option you select to your final Income Benefit Base.
You then choose if you would like to receive that income annually, quarterly or
monthly for the time guaranteed under your selected annuity option. Your final
Income Benefit Base is equal to (a) minus (b) where:
(a) is your Income Benefit Base as of your Income Benefit Date, and;
(b) is any partial withdrawals of contract value and any charges applicable
to those withdrawals and any withdrawal charges otherwise applicable,
calculated as if you fully surrender your contract as of the Income
Benefit Date, and any applicable premium taxes.
The annuity options available when using the Income Protector Program to receive
your fixed retirement income are:
- Life Annuity with 10 Year Period Certain, or
- Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 Year Period Certain
At the time you elect to begin receiving annuity payments, we will calculate
your annual income using both your final Income Benefit Base and your contract
value. We will use the same income option for each calculation, however, the
annuity factors used to calculate your income under the Income Protector will be
different. You will receive whichever provides a greater stream of income. If
you annuitize using the Income Protector your income payments will be fixed in
amount. You are not required to use the Income Protector to receive income
payments. However, we will not refund fees paid for the Income Protector if you
annuitize under the
23
general provisions of your contract. In addition, if applicable, a surrender
charge will apply if you take income under the Income Protector feature. YOU MAY
NEVER NEED TO RELY UPON THE INCOME PROTECTOR, IF YOUR CONTRACT PERFORMS WITHIN A
HISTORICALLY ANTICIPATED RANGE. HOWEVER, PAST PERFORMANCE IS NO GUARANTEE OF
FUTURE RESULTS.
FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THE INCOME PROTECTOR
If you elect the Income Protector, we charge an annual fee, as follows:
FEE AS A % OF YOUR
OPTIONS INCOME BENEFIT BASE
-------------------------------------------------------------
Income Protector Base .10%
-------------------------------------------------------------
* If you elect the Base feature on a subsequent anniversary, the Fee may be
different.
We deduct the annual fee from your actual contract value. If your contract is
issued with the Income Protector program we begin deducting the annual fee on
your first contract anniversary. If you elect the feature it at some later date,
we begin deducting the annual fee on the contract anniversary following the date
on which your participation in the program becomes effective. Upon a Re-Set of
your Income Protector feature, the fee will be charged upon your Re-Set Income
Benefit Base.
It is important to note that once you elect the Income Protector feature you may
not cancel your election. We will deduct the charge from your contract value on
every contract anniversary up to and including your Income Benefit Date.
Additionally, we deduct the full annual fee from any full surrender of your
contract requested prior to your contract anniversary based on the Income
Benefit Base at time of surrender.
NOTE TO QUALIFIED CONTRACT HOLDERS
Qualified contracts generally require that you select an income option that does
not exceed your life expectancy. That restriction, if it applies to you, may
limit the benefit of the Income Protector program. To utilize the Income
Protector feature, you must take income payments under one of the two income
options described above. If those income options exceed your life expectancy,
you may be prohibited from receiving your guaranteed fixed income under the
program. If you own a qualified contract to which this restriction applies and
you elect the Income Protector program, you may pay for this minimum guarantee
and not be able to realize the benefit.
Generally, for qualified contracts:
- for the Life Annuity with 10 years guaranteed, you must annuitize before
age 79, and;
- for the Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 years guaranteed, both
annuitants must be 70 or younger or one of the annuitants must be 65 or
younger upon annuitization. Other age combinations may be available.
You may wish to consult your tax advisor for information concerning your
particular circumstances. Appendix D provides examples of the operation of the
Income Protector feature.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
TAXES
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: WE PREPARED THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ON TAXES AS A GENERAL DISCUSSION OF
THE SUBJECT. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. WE CAUTION YOU TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE
ABOUT YOUR OWN CIRCUMSTANCES. WE DO NOT GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF YOUR
ANNUITY. TAX LAWS CONSTANTLY CHANGE, THEREFORE WE CANNOT GUARANTEE THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS COMPLETE AND/OR ACCURATE.
ANNUITY CONTRACTS IN GENERAL
The Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") provides for special rules regarding the tax
treatment of annuity contracts. Generally, taxes on the earnings in your annuity
contract are deferred until you take the money out. Qualified retirement
investments automatically provide tax deferral regardless of whether the
underlying contract is an annuity. Different rules apply depending on how you
take the money out and whether your contract is Qualified or Non-qualified.
If you do not purchase your contract under a pension plan, a specially sponsored
employer program or an individual retirement account, your contract is referred
to as a Non-qualified contract. A Non-qualified contract receives different tax
treatment than a Qualified contract. In general, your cost basis in a
Non-qualified contract is equal to the Purchase Payments you put into the
contract. You have already been taxed on the cost basis in your contract.
If you purchase your contract under a pension plan, a specially sponsored
employer program or as an individual retirement account, your contract is
referred to as a Qualified contract. Examples of qualified plans are: Individual
Retirement Accounts ("IRAs"), Roth IRAs, Tax-Sheltered Annuities (referred to as
403(b) contracts), H.R. 10 Plans (referred to as Keogh Plans) and pension and
profit sharing plans, including 401(k) plans. Typically you have not paid any
tax on the Purchase Payments used to buy your contract and therefore, you have
no cost basis in your contract.
TAX TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS -
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
If you make a withdrawal from a Non-qualified contract, the IRC treats such a
withdrawal as first coming from the earnings and then as coming from your
Purchase Payments. For income payments, any portion of each payment that is
considered a return of your Purchase Payment will not be taxed. Withdrawn
earnings are treated as income to you and are taxable. The IRC provides for a
10% penalty tax on any
24
earnings that are withdrawn other than in conjunction with the following
circumstances: (1) after reaching age 59 1/2; (2) when paid to your Beneficiary
after you die; (3) after you become disabled (as defined in the IRC); (4) when
paid in a series of substantially equal installments made for your life or for
the joint lives of you and you Beneficiary; (5) under an immediate annuity; or
(6) which come from Purchase Payments made prior to August 14, 1982.
TAX TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS - QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
Generally, you have not paid any taxes on the Purchase Payments used to buy a
Qualified contract. Any amount of money you take out as a withdrawal or as
income payments is taxable income. The IRC further provides for a 10% penalty
tax on any withdrawal or income payment paid to you other than in conjunction
with the following circumstances: (1) after reaching age 59 1/2; (2) when paid
to your Beneficiary after you die; (3) after you become disabled (as defined in
the IRC); (4) in a series of substantially equal installments made for your life
or for the joint lives of you and your Beneficiary; (5) to the extent such
withdrawals do not exceed limitations set by the IRC for amounts paid during the
taxable year for medical care; (6) to fund higher education expenses (as defined
in IRC); (7) to fund certain first-time home purchase expenses; and, except in
the case of an IRA; (8) when you separate from service after attaining age 55;
and (9) when paid to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic
relations order.
The IRC limits the withdrawal of Purchase Payments from certain Tax-Sheltered
Annuities. Withdrawals can only be made when an owner: (1) reaches age 59 1/2;
(2) leaves his or her job; (3) dies; (4) becomes disabled (as defined in the
IRC); or (5) experiences a hardship (as defined in the IRC). In the case of
hardship, the owner can only withdraw Purchase Payments. These restrictions do
not apply to amounts transferred to another TSA contract under Section 403(b) or
to a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7).
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
Generally, the IRS requires that you begin taking annual distributions from
qualified annuity contracts by April 1 of the calendar year following the later
of (1) the calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2 or (2) the calendar year
in which you retire.
We currently waive surrender charges and MVA on withdrawals taken to meet
minimum distribution requirements. Current operational practice is to provide a
free withdrawal of the greater of the contract's maximum penalty free amount or
the required minimum distribution amount for a particular contract (but not
both).
Failure to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements may result in a tax
penalty. You should consult your tax advisor for more information.
You may elect to have the required minimum distribution amount on your contract
calculated and withdrawn each year under the automatic withdrawal option. You
may select either monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual withdrawals for this
purpose. This service is provided as a courtesy and we do not guarantee the
accuracy of our calculations. Accordingly, we recommend you consult your tax
advisor concerning your required minimum distribution. You may terminate your
election for automated minimum distribution at any time by sending a written
request to our Annuity Service Center. We reserve the right to change or
discontinue this service at any time.
TAX TREATMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS
Any death benefits paid under the contract are taxable to the Beneficiary. The
rules governing the taxation of payments from an annuity contract, as discussed
above, generally apply whether the death benefits are paid as lump sum or
annuity payments. Estate taxes may also apply.
Certain enhanced death benefits may be purchased under your contract. Although
these types of benefits are used as investment protection and should not give
rise to any adverse tax effects, the IRS could take the position that some or
all of the charges for these death benefits should be treated as a partial
withdrawal from the contract. In such case, the amount of the partial withdrawal
may be includable in taxable income and subject to the 10% penalty if the owner
is under 59 1/2.
If you own a Qualified contract and purchase these enhanced death benefits, the
IRS may consider these benefits "incidental death benefits." The IRC imposes
limits on the amount of the incidental death benefits allowable for Qualified
contracts. If the death benefit(s) selected by you are considered to exceed
these limits, the benefit(s) could result in taxable income to the owner of the
Qualified contract. Furthermore, the IRC provides that the assets of an IRA
(including a Roth IRA) may not be invested in life insurance, but may provide,
in the case of death during the Accumulation Phase, for a death benefit payment
equal to the greater of Purchase Payments or contract value. This Contract
offers death benefits, which may exceed the greater of Purchase Payments or
contract value. If the IRS determines that these benefits are providing life
insurance, the contract may not qualify as an IRA (including Roth IRAs). You
should consult your tax adviser regarding these features and benefits prior to
purchasing a contract.
CONTRACTS OWNED BY A TRUST OR CORPORATION
A Trust or Corporation ("Non-Natural Owner") that is considering purchasing this
contract should consult a tax advisor. Generally, the IRC does not treat a
Non-qualified contract owned by a non-natural owner as an annuity contract for
Federal income tax purposes. The non-natural owner pays tax currently on the
contract's value in excess of the owner's cost basis. SEE THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL
25
INFORMATION FOR A MORE DETAILED DISCUSSION OF THE POTENTIAL ADVERSE TAX
CONSEQUENCES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-NATURAL OWNERSHIP OF A NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITY
CONTRACT.
GIFTS, PLEDGES AND/OR ASSIGNMENTS OF A NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT
If you gift your Non-qualified contract to a person other than your spouse (or
former spouse incident to divorce) you will pay federal tax on the contract's
cash value to the extent it exceeds your cost basis. The recipient's cost basis
will be increased by the amount on which you will pay federal taxes. Also, the
IRC treats any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of any
portion of a Non-qualified contract as a withdrawal. PLEASE SEE THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR A MORE DETAILED DISCUSSION REGARDING POTENTIAL TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF GIFTING, ASSIGNING OR PLEDGING A NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT.
DIVERSIFICATION
The IRC imposes certain diversification requirements on the underlying
investments for a variable annuity. We believe that each underlying Variable
Portfolios' management monitors the Variable Portfolios so as to comply with
these requirements. To be treated as a variable annuity for tax purposes, the
underlying investments must meet these requirements.
The diversification regulations do not provide guidance as to the circumstances
under which you, because of the degree of control you exercise over the
underlying investments, and not Anchor National, would be considered the owner
of the shares of the Variable Portfolios. It is unknown to what extent owners
are permitted to select investments, to make transfers among Variable Portfolios
or the number and type of Variable Portfolios owners may select from. If any
guidance is provided which is considered a new position, then the guidance would
generally be applied prospectively. However, if such guidance is considered not
to be a new position, it may be applied retroactively. This would mean you, as
the owner of the contract, could be treated as the owner of the underlying
Variable Portfolios. Due to the uncertainty in this area, we reserve the right
to modify the contract in an attempt to maintain favorable tax treatment.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
We advertise the Cash Management Portfolio's yield and effective yield. In
addition, the other Variable Portfolios advertise total return, gross yield and
yield-to-maturity. These figures represent past performance of the Variable
Portfolios. These performance numbers do not indicate future results.
When we advertise performance for periods prior to the date the contracts were
first issued, we derive the figures from the performance of the corresponding
portfolios for the Trusts, if available. We modify these numbers to reflect
charges and expenses as if the contract was in existence during the period
stated in the advertisement. Figures calculated in this manner do not represent
actual historic performance of the particular Variable Portfolio.
Consult the Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information
regarding the calculation of performance data. The performance of each Variable
Portfolio may also be measured against unmanaged market indices. The indices we
use include but are not limited to the Dow Jones Industrial Average, the
Standard & Poor's 500, the Russell 1000 Growth Index, the Morgan Stanley Capital
International Europe, Australia and Far East Index ("EAFE") and the Morgan
Stanley Capital International World Index. We may compare the Variable
Portfolios' performance to that of other variable annuities with similar
objectives and policies as reported by independent ranking agencies such as
Morningstar, Inc., Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or Variable Annuity Research
& Data Service ("VARDS").
Anchor National may also advertise the rating and other information assigned to
it by independent industry ratings organizations. Some of those organizations
are A.M. Best Company ("A.M. Best"), Moody's Investor's Service ("Moody's"),
Standard & Poor's Insurance Rating Services ("S&P"), and Fitch IBCA, Duff &
Phelps. A.M. Best's and Moody's ratings reflect their current opinion of our
financial strength and performance in comparison to others in the life and
health insurance industry. S&P's and Fitch IBCA, Duff & Phelps' ratings measure
the ability of an insurance company to meet its obligations under insurance
policies it issues. These two ratings do not measure the insurer's ability to
meet non-policy obligations. Ratings in general do not relate to the performance
of the Variable Portfolios.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER INFORMATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ANCHOR NATIONAL
Anchor National is a stock life insurance company originally organized under the
laws of the state of California in April 1965. On January 1, 1996, Anchor
National redomesticated under the laws of the state of Arizona.
Anchor National and its affiliates, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, First
SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., and the
SunAmerica Financial Network, Inc. (comprising six-wholly owned broker-
dealers), specialize in retirement savings and investment products and services.
Business focuses include fixed and variable annuities, mutual funds and
broker-dealer services.
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
Anchor National established Variable Separate Account ("separate account"),
under Arizona law on January 1, 1996 when it assumed the separate account,
originally established
26
under California law on June 25, 1981. The separate account is registered with
the SEC as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
Anchor National owns the assets in the separate account. However, the assets in
the separate account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business conducted by Anchor National. Income gains and losses (realized
and unrealized) resulting from assets in the separate account are credited to or
charged against the separate account without regard to other income gains or
losses of Anchor National. Assets in the Separate Account are not guaranteed by
Anchor National.
THE GENERAL ACCOUNT
Money allocated to the fixed account options goes into Anchor National's general
account. The general account consists of all of Anchor National's assets other
than assets attributable to a separate account. All of the assets in the general
account are chargeable with the claims of any Anchor National contract holders
as well as all of its creditors. The general account funds are invested as
permitted under state insurance laws.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACT
Registered representatives of broker-dealers sell the contract. We pay
commissions to these representatives for the sale of the contracts. We do not
expect the total commissions to exceed 8% of your Purchase Payments. We may also
pay a bonus to representatives for contracts which stay active for a particular
period of time, in addition to standard commissions. We do not deduct
commissions paid to registered representatives directly from your Purchase
Payments.
From time to time, we may pay or allow additional promotional incentives in the
form of cash or other compensation. We reserve the right to offer these
additional incentives only to certain broker-dealers that sell or are expected
to sell, certain minimum amounts of the contract, or other contracts offered by
us. Promotional incentives may change at any time.
SunAmerica Capital Services, Inc., 733 Third Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New
York 10017 distributes the contracts. SunAmerica Capital Services, an affiliate
of Anchor National, is registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act of
1934 and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. No
underwriting fees are paid in connection with the distribution of the contracts.
ADMINISTRATION
We are responsible for the administrative servicing of your contract. Please
contact our Annuity Service Center
at 1-800-445-SUN2, if you have any comment, question or service request.
We send out transaction confirmations and quarterly statements. During the
accumulation phase, you will receive confirmation of transactions within your
contract. Transactions made pursuant to contractual or systematic agreements,
such as deduction of the annual maintenance fee and dollar cost averaging, may
be confirmed quarterly. Purchase payments received through the automatic payment
plan or a salary reduction arrangement, may also be confirmed quarterly. For all
other transactions, we send confirmations immediately. It is your responsibility
to review these documents carefully and notify us of any inaccuracies
immediately. We investigate all inquiries. To the extent that we believe we made
an error, we retroactively adjust your contract, provided you notify us within
30 days of receiving the transaction confirmation or quarterly statement. Any
other adjustments we deem warranted are made as of the time we receive notice of
the error.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the separate account. Anchor
National and its subsidiaries engage in various kinds of routine litigation. In
management's opinion, these matters are not of material importance to their
respective total assets nor are they material with respect to the separate
account.
OWNERSHIP
The Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity is a Flexible Payment Group Deferred
Annuity contract. We issue a group contract to a contract holder for the benefit
of the participants in the group. As a participant in the group, you will
receive a certificate which evidences your ownership. As used in this
prospectus, the term contract refers to your certificate. In some states, a
Flexible Payment Individual Modified Guaranteed and Variable Deferred Annuity
contract is available instead. Such a contract is identical to the contract
described in this prospectus, with the exception that we issue it directly to
the owner.
CUSTODIAN
State Street Bank and Trust Company, 255 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts
02110, serves as the custodian of the assets of the separate account. Anchor
National pays State Street Bank for services provided, based on a schedule of
fees.
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
The audited consolidated financial statements of Anchor National at December 31,
2000 and 1999, for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, for the three
months ended December 31, 1998 and for the year ended September 30, 1998 are
incorporated by reference in this prospectus in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
27
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of
1933 relating to the contract. This prospectus does not contain all the
information in the registration statement as permitted by SEC regulations. The
omitted information can be obtained from the SEC's principal office in
Washington, D.C., upon payment of a prescribed fee.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Additional information concerning the operations of the separate account is
contained in a Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), which is available
without charge upon written request addressed to us at our Annuity Service
Center, P.O. Box 54299, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299 or by calling (800)
445-SUN2. The contents of the SAI are tabulated below.
Separate Account.............................. 3
General Account............................... 3
Performance Data.............................. 4
Income Payments............................... 10
Annuity Unit Values........................... 11
Taxes......................................... 14
Distribution of Contracts..................... 17
Financial Statements.......................... 18
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX A - PRINCIPAL REWARDS PROGRAM EXAMPLES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. DEFERRED PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT
At contract issue, we contribute at least 2% of each Purchase Payment to your
contract for each Purchase Payment we receive as an Upfront Payment Enhancement.
Any applicable Deferred Payment Enhancement is allocated to your contract on the
corresponding Deferred Payment Enhancement Date and, if declared by the Company,
is a percentage of your remaining Purchase Payment on the Deferred Payment
Enhancement Date. Deferred Purchase Payment Enhancements are reduced
proportionately by partial withdrawals of that Purchase Payment prior to the
Deferred Payment Enhancement Date.
The examples that follow assume an initial Purchase Payment of $125,000 and that
the Deferred Payment Enhancement is 1%.
For purposes of the example, the Deferred Payment Enhancement Date is the 9th
anniversary of the Purchase Payment.
EXAMPLE 1 - NO WITHDRAWALS ARE MADE
The Upfront Payment Enhancement allocated to your contract is $2,500 (2% of
$125,000).
On your 9th contract anniversary, the Deferred Payment Enhancement Date, your
Deferred Payment Enhancement of $1,250 (1% of your remaining Purchase Payment or
$125,000) will be allocated to your contract.
EXAMPLE 2 - WITHDRAWAL MADE PRIOR TO DEFERRED PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT DATE
As in Example 1, your Upfront Payment Enhancement is $2,500.
This example also assumes the following:
1. Your contract value on your 5th contract anniversary is $190,000.
2. You request a withdrawal of $75,000 on your 5th contract anniversary.
3. No subsequent Purchase Payments have been made.
4. No prior withdrawals have been taken.
5. Funds are not allocated to any of the MVA Fixed Accounts.
On your 5th contract anniversary, your penalty-free earnings in the contract are
$65,000 ($190,000 contract value less your $125,000 investment in the contract).
Therefore, you are withdrawing $10,000 of your initial Purchase Payment. Your
contract value will also be reduced by a $500 withdrawal charge on the $10,000
Purchase Payment (5% of $10,000). Your gross withdrawal is $75,500 of which
$10,500 constitutes part of your Purchase Payment.
The withdrawal of $10,500 of your $125,000 Purchase Payment is a withdrawal of
8.4% of your Purchase Payment. Therefore, only 91.6%, or $114,500, of your
initial Purchase Payment remains in your contract.
On your 9th contract anniversary, the Deferred Payment Enhancement Date,
assuming no other transactions occur affecting the Purchase Payment, we allocate
your Deferred Payment Enhancement of $1,145 (1% of your remaining Purchase
Payment, $114,500) to your contract.
II. 90 DAY WINDOW
The following hypothetical examples assume that the Company is offering Upfront
and Deferred Payment Enhancements in accordance with this chart at the time each
Purchase Payment is received:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UPFRONT PAYMENT DEFERRED PAYMENT
ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEMENT DEFERRED PAYMENT
ENHANCEMENT LEVEL RATE RATE ENHANCEMENT DATE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under $40,000 2% 0% N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$40,000 - $99,999 4% 0% N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine years from the
$100,000 - $499,999 4% 1% date we receive each
Purchase Payment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine years from the
$500,000 - more 4% 2% date we receive each
Purchase Payment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-1
Your contract may be eligible for a "Look-Back Adjustment." As of the 90th day
after your contract was issued, we will total your Purchase Payments remaining
in your contract at that time, without considering any investment gain or loss
in contract value on those Purchase Payments. If your total Purchase Payments
bring you to an Enhancement Level which, as of the date we issued your contract,
would have provided for a higher Upfront and/or Deferred Payment Enhancement
Rate on each Purchase Payment, you will get the benefit of the Enhancement
Rate(s) that were applicable to that higher Enhancement Level at the time your
contract was issued.
This example assumes the following:
1. Above Enhancement Levels, Rates and Dates throughout the first 90 days.
2. No withdrawal in the first 90 days.
3. Initial Purchase Payment of $35,000 on December 1, 2000.
4. Subsequent Purchase Payment of $40,000 on January 15, 2001.
5. Subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 on January 30, 2001.
6. Subsequent Purchase Payment of $7,500 on February 12, 2001.
ENHANCEMENT AT THE TIME PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE RECEIVED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED
PURCHASE UPFRONT DEFERRED PAYMENT
DATE OF PAYMENT PAYMENT PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT
PURCHASE PAYMENT AMOUNT ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEMENT DATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 1, 2000 $35,000 2% 0% N/A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 15, 2001 $40,000 4% 0% N/A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 30, 2001 $25,000 4% 1% January 30, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
February 12, 2001 $ 7,500 4% 1% February 12, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENHANCEMENT ADJUSTMENTS ON THE 90TH DAY FOLLOWING CONTRACT ISSUE
The sum of all Purchase Payments made in the first 90 days of the contract
equals $107,500. According to the Enhancement Levels in effect at the time this
contract was issued, a $107,500 Purchase Payment would have received a 4%
Upfront Payment Enhancement and a 1% Deferred Payment Enhancement. Under the 90
Day Window provision all Purchase Payments made within those first 90 days would
receive the benefit of the parameters in place at the time the contract was
issued, as if all of the Purchase Payments were received on the date of issue.
Thus, the first two Purchase Payments would be adjusted on the 90th day
following contract issue, as follows:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED
PURCHASE UPFRONT DEFERRED PAYMENT
DATE OF PAYMENT PAYMENT PAYMENT ENHANCEMENT
PURCHASE PAYMENT AMOUNT ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEMENT DATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 1, 2000 $35,000 4% 1% December 1, 2009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 15, 2001 $40,000 4% 1% January 15, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 30, 2001 $25,000 4% 1% January 30, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
February 12, 2001 $ 7,500 4% 1% February 12, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX B - MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The MVA reflects the impact that changing interest rates have on the value of
money invested at a fixed interest rate. The longer the period of time remaining
in the term you initially agreed to leave your money in the fixed account
option, the greater the impact of changing interest rates. The impact of the MVA
can be either positive or negative, and is computed by multiplying the amount
withdrawn, transferred or switched to the Income Phase by the following factor:
[(1+I/(1+J+0.005)]N/12 - 1
The MVA formula may differ in certain states
where:
I is the interest rate you are earning on the money invested in the
fixed account option;
J is the interest rate then currently available for the period of time
equal to the number of years remaining in the term you initially agreed
to leave your money in the fixed account option; and
N is the number of full months remaining in the term you initially
agreed to leave your money in the fixed account option.
EXAMPLES OF THE MVA
The examples below assume the following:
(1) You made an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 and allocated it to the
10-year fixed account option at a rate of 5%;
(2) You make a partial withdrawal of $4,000 when 1 year (12 months) remains
in the 10-year term you initially agreed to leave your money in the
fixed account option (N=12); and
(3) You have not made any other transfers, additional Purchase Payments, or
withdrawals.
No withdrawal charges are reflected because your Purchase Payment has been in
the contract for nine full years. If a withdrawal charge applies, it is deducted
before the MVA. The MVA is assessed on the amount withdrawn less any withdrawal
charges.
POSITIVE ADJUSTMENT
Assume that on the date of withdrawal, the interest rate in effect for a new
Purchase Payments in the 1-year fixed account option is 4%.
The MVA factor is = [(1+I/(1+J+0.005)]N/12 - 1
= [(1.05)/(1.04+0.005)]12/12 - 1
= (1.004785)1 - 1
= 1.004785 - 1
= + 0.004785
The requested withdrawal amount is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the
MVA:
$4,000 x (+0.004785) = +$19.14
$19.14 represents the MVA that would be added to your withdrawal.
NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENT
Assume that on the date of withdrawal, the interest rate in effect for new
Purchase Payments in the 1-year fixed account option is 6%.
The MVA factor is = [(1+I)/(1+J+0.005)]N/12 - 1
= [(1.05)/(1.06+0.005)]12/12 - 1
= (0.985915)1 - 1
= 0.985915 - 1
= - 0.014085
The requested withdrawal amount is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the
MVA:
$4,000 X (-0.014085) = -$56.34
$56.34 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the money remaining in the
10-year fixed account option.
B-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX C - DEATH BENEFITS FOLLOWING SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalized terms used in this Appendix have the same meaning as they have in
prospectus.
The term "withdrawals" as used in describing the death benefit options below is
defined as withdrawals and the fees and charges applicable to those withdrawals.
The following details the death benefit options and EstatePlus benefit upon the
Continuing Spouse's death:
A. DEATH BENEFIT PAYABLE UPON CONTINUING SPOUSE'S DEATH:
1. Purchase Payment Accumulation Option
If a Continuation Contribution is added on the Continuation Date, the
death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. The contract value on the Continuation Date (including the
Continuation Contribution) plus any Purchase Payments minus any
withdrawals made since the Continuation Date compounded to the date
of death at a 4% annual growth rate, (3% growth rate if the
Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older on the Continuation Date)
plus any Purchase Payments minus withdrawals recorded after the
date of death; or
c. The contract value on the seventh contract anniversary following
the original issue date of the contract, plus any Purchase Payments
and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract anniversary,
all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of death
(3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse is age 70 or older on the
Continuation Date) plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals
recorded after the date of death. The Continuation Contribution is
considered a Purchase Payment received on the Continuation Date.
If a Continuation Contribution is not added on the Continuation Date,
the death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. Purchase Payments minus withdrawals made from the original contract
issue date compounded to the date of death at a 4% annual growth
rate, (3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older
on the Contract Issue Date) plus any Purchase Payments minus
withdrawals recorded after the date of death; or
c. The contract value on the seventh contract anniversary following
the original issue date of the contract, plus any Purchase Payments
and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract anniversary,
all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of death
(3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older on the
Contract Issue Date) plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals
recorded after the date of death.
2.Maximum Anniversary Option - if the Continuing Spouse is below age 90 at
the time of death, and:
If a Continuation Contribution is added on the Continuation Date, the
death benefit is the greater of:
a.The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b.Continuation Net Purchase Payments plus Purchase Payments made since
the Continuation Date; and reduced for withdrawals in the same
proportion that the contract value was reduced on the date of such
withdrawal; or
c.The maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary occurring
after the Continuation Date prior to the Continuing Spouse's 81st
birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments since that contract
anniversary; and reduced for any withdrawals recorded since that
contract anniversary in the same proportion that the withdrawal
reduced the contract value on the date of the withdrawal. Contract
anniversary is defined as any anniversary following the full 12
month period after the original contract issue date.
If a Continuation Contribution is not added on the Continuation Date,
the death benefit is the greater of:
a.The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b.Net Purchase Payments received since the original issue date; or
c.The maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary from the
original contract issue date prior to the Continuing Spouse's 81st
birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments since that contract
anniversary; and reduced for any withdrawals recorded since that
contract anniversary in the same proportion that
C-1
the withdrawal reduced the contract value on the date of the
withdrawal. Contract anniversary is defined as any anniversary
following the full 12 month period after the original contract issue
date.
If the Continuing Spouse is age 90 or older at the time of death, under the
Maximum Anniversary death benefit, their beneficiary will receive only the
contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and satisfactory
proof of death.
B. THE ESTATEPLUS BENEFIT PAYABLE UPON CONTINUING SPOUSE'S DEATH:
The EstatePlus benefit may increase the death benefit amount. The EstatePlus
benefit is only available if the original owner elected EstatePlus and it has
not been terminated. If the Continuing Spouse had earnings in the contract at
the time of his/her death, we will add a percentage of those earnings (the
"EstatePlus Percentage"), subject to a maximum dollar amount (the "Maximum
EstatePlus Percentage"), to the death benefit payable, based on the number of
years the Continuing Spouse has held the contract since the Continuation Date.
The EstatePlus benefit, if any, is added to the death benefit payable under the
Purchase Payment Accumulation or the Maximum Anniversary option.
The term "Continuation Net Purchase Payment" is used frequently to describe the
EstatePlus benefit payable to the beneficiary of the Continuing Spouse. We
define Continuation Net Purchase Payment as Net Purchase Payments made as of the
Continuation Date. For the purpose of calculating Continuation Net Purchase
Payments, the amount that equals the contract value on the Continuation Date,
including the Continuation Contribution is considered a Purchase Payment. If the
Continuing Spouse makes no additional Purchase Payments or withdrawal,
Continuation Net Purchase Payments equals the contract value on the Continuation
Date, including the Continuation Contribution.
The table below shows the EstatePlus benefit if the Continuing Spouse is 69 or
younger on the Continuation Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 0-4 25% of Earnings 40% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 5-9 40% of Earnings 65% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 10+ 50% of Earnings 75% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
If the Continuing Spouse is between their 70th and 81st birthdays on the
Continuation Date, the available EstatePlus benefit is:
-------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------
All Contract 25% of Earnings 40% of Continuation Net
Years Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
* Purchase Payments received after the 5th anniversary of the Continuation Date
must remain in the contract for at least 6 full months to be included as part
of the Continuation Net Purchase Payments for the purpose of the Maximum
Estate Plus Percentage calculation.
What is the Contract Year of Death?
Contract Year of Death is the number of full 12 month periods starting on the
Continuation Date and ending on the Continuing Spouse's date of death.
What is the EstatePlus amount?
We determine the EstatePlus amount based upon a percentage of earnings in the
contract at the time of the Continuing Spouse's death. For the purpose of this
calculation, earnings are defined as (1) minus (2) where
(1) equals the contract value on the Continuing Spouse's date of
death;
(2) equals the Continuation Net Purchase Payment(s).
What is the Maximum EstatePlus amount?
The EstatePlus benefit is subject to a maximum dollar amount. The Maximum
EstatePlus amount is a percentage of the Continuation Net Purchase Payments.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
PROVISION (IN ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT) AT ANY TIME WITH RESPECT TO
PROSPECTIVELY ISSUED CONTRACTS.
C-2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX D - HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE OF THE OPERATION OF THE INCOME PROTECTOR
FEATURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POLARIS PLATINUM BASE INCOME PROTECTOR
This table assumes a $100,000 initial investment in a non-qualified contract
with no further premiums, no withdrawals, no Re-Set and no premium taxes; and
the election of optional Base Income Protector at contract issue.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL INCOME IF YOU ANNUITIZE ON CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY
IF AT ISSUE 7 10 15 20
YOU ARE 1 - 6 (AGE 67) (AGE 70) (AGE 75) (AGE 80)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Male N/A 6,108 6,672 7,716 8,832
age 60*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Female N/A 5,388 5,880 6,900 8,112
age 60*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint**
Male -- 60 N/A 4,716 5,028 5,544 5,928
Female -- 60
-------------------------------------------------------------------
* Life Annuity with 10 Year Period Certain
** Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 Year Period Certain
The Income Protector may not be available in your state. Please consult your
financial adviser for information regarding availability of this program in your
state.
D-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX E - PREMIUM TAXES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premium taxes vary according to the state and are subject to change without
notice. In many states, there is no tax at all. Listed below are the current
premium tax rates in those states that assess a premium tax. For current
information, you should consult your tax adviser.
QUALIFIED NON-QUALIFIED
STATE CONTRACT CONTRACT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California .50% 2.35%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maine 0% 2%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nevada 0% 3.5%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
South Dakota 0% 1.25%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
West Virginia 1% 1%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wyoming 0% 1%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please forward a copy (without charge) of the Polaris Platinum Variable
Annuity Statement of Additional Information to:
(Please print or type and fill in all information.)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address
------------------------------------------------------------------------
City/State/Zip
Date: ------------------------------ Signed: ------------------------------
Return to: Anchor National Life Insurance Company, Annuity Service Center,
P.O. Box 52499, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[POLARIS PLATINUM LOGO]
PROSPECTUS
OCTOBER 15, 2001
Please read this prospectus carefully FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
before investing and keep it for issued by
future reference. It contains ANCHOR NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
important information about the in connection with
Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity. VARIABLE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The annuity has 44 investment choices - 7 available fixed
To learn more about the annuity account options and 37 Variable Portfolios listed below. The
offered by this prospectus, you can 7 fixed account options include specified periods of 1, 3,
obtain a copy of the Statement of 5, 7 and 10 years and DCA accounts for 6-month and 1-year
Additional Information ("SAI") dated periods. The 37 Variable Portfolios are part of the Anchor
October 15, 2001. The SAI has been Series Trust ("AST"), SunAmerica Series Trust ("SAST"), Van
filed with the Securities and Kampen Life Investment Trust ("VKT") and the WM Variable
Exchange Commission ("SEC") and is Trust ("WMT").
incorporated by reference into this
prospectus. The Table of Contents of STOCKS:
the SAI appears on page 27 of this MANAGED BY ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.
prospectus. For a free copy of the - Alliance Growth Portfolio SAST
SAI, call us at (800) 445-SUN2 or - Global Equities Portfolio SAST
write to us at our Annuity Service - Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
Center, P.O. Box 54299, Los Angeles, MANAGED BY DAVIS SELECTED ADVISERS L.P.
California 90054-0299. - Davis Venture Value Portfolio SAST
- Real Estate Portfolio SAST
In addition, the SEC maintains a MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
website (http://www.sec.gov) that - Federated Value Portfolio SAST
contains the SAI, materials - Telecom Utility Portfolio SAST
incorporated by reference and other MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
information filed electronically with - Goldman Sachs Research Portfolio SAST
the SEC by Anchor National. MANAGED BY MARSICO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Marsico Growth SAST
ANNUITIES INVOLVE RISKS, INCLUDING MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL, AND ARE - MFS Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
NOT A DEPOSIT OR OBLIGATION OF, OR - MFS Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio SAST
GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK. MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
THEY ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE - International Diversified Equities Portfolio SAST
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE - Technology Portfolio SAST
CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE MANAGED BY PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY. - Emerging Markets Portfolio SAST
- International Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
- Putnam Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- Aggressive Growth Portfolio SAST
- Blue Chip Growth Portfolio SAST
- "Dogs" of Wall Street Portfolio SAST
- Growth Opportunities Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
- Van Kampen LIT Comstock Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
- Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth Portfolio, Class II
Shares VKT
- Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income Portfolio, Class II
Shares VKT
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Capital Appreciation Portfolio AST
- Growth Portfolio AST
- Natural Resources Portfolio AST
BALANCED:
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Total Return Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- SunAmerica Balanced Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WM ADVISORS, INC.
- Balanced Portfolio WMT
- Conservative Growth Portfolio WMT
- Strategic Growth Portfolio WMT
BONDS:
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Corporate Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL
- Global Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- Worldwide High Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- High-Yield Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Government & Quality Bond Portfolio AST
CASH:
MANAGED BY BANC OF AMERICA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Cash Management Portfolio SAST
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Anchor National's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2000 is incorporated herein by reference.
All documents or reports filed by Anchor National under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")
after the effective date of this prospectus are also incorporated by reference.
Statements contained in this prospectus and subsequently filed documents which
are incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference are
deemed to modify or supercede documents incorporated by reference.
Anchor National files its Exchange Act documents and reports, including its
annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, electronically pursuant
to EDGAR under CIK No. 0000006342.
Anchor National is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended). We file reports and other information
with the SEC to meet those requirements. You can inspect and copy this
information at SEC public facilities at the following locations:
WASHINGTON, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024
Washington, D.C. 20549
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
500 West Madison Street
Chicago, IL 60661
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
233 Broadway
New York, NY 10279
To obtain copies by mail contact the Washington, D.C. location. After you pay
the fees as prescribed by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the required
documents are mailed.
Registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, related to
the contracts offered by this prospectus are on file with the SEC. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration
statements and exhibits. For further information regarding the separate account,
Anchor National and its general account, the Variable Portfolios and the
contract, please refer to the registration statements and exhibits.
The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the SAI,
materials incorporated by reference and other information filed electronically
with the SEC by Anchor National.
Anchor National will provide without charge to each person to whom this
prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request, a copy of the above
documents incorporated by reference. Requests for these documents should be
directed to Anchor National's Annuity Service Center, as follows:
Anchor National Life Insurance Company
Annuity Service Center
P.O. Box 54299
Los Angeles, California 90054-0299
Telephone Number: (800) 445-SUN2
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Act") is provided to Anchor National's officers, directors and controlling
persons. The SEC has advised that it believes such indemnification is against
public policy under the Act and unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than for Anchor National's payment of expenses
incurred or paid by its directors, officers or controlling persons in the
successful defense of any legal action) is asserted by a director, officer or
controlling person of Anchor National in connection with the securities
registered under this prospectus, Anchor National will submit to a court with
jurisdiction to determine whether the indemnification is against public policy
under the Act. Anchor National will be governed by final judgment of the issue.
However, if in the opinion of Anchor National's counsel, this issue has been
determined by controlling precedent, Anchor National will not submit the issue
to a court for determination.
2
------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE............ 2
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON
INDEMNIFICATION........................................... 2
GLOSSARY................................................... 3
HIGHLIGHTS................................................. 4
FEE TABLES................................................. 5
Owner Transaction Expenses........................... 5
Optional Income Protector Fee........................ 5
Contract Maintenance Fee............................. 5
Annual Separate Account Expenses..................... 5
Optional EstatePlus Fee.............................. 5
Portfolio Expenses................................... 5
EXAMPLES................................................... 7
THE POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY...................... 9
PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY............. 10
Allocation of Purchase Payments...................... 10
Accumulation Units................................... 10
Free Look............................................ 11
INVESTMENT OPTIONS......................................... 11
Variable Portfolios.................................. 11
Anchor Series Trust.................................. 11
SunAmerica Series Trust.............................. 11
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust..................... 11
WM Variable Trust.................................... 11
Fixed Account Options................................ 12
Market Value Adjustment ("MVA")...................... 12
Transfers During the Accumulation Phase.............. 13
Dollar Cost Averaging................................ 13
Asset Allocation Rebalancing Program................. 14
Principal Advantage Program.......................... 14
Voting Rights........................................ 14
Substitution......................................... 15
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY....................................... 15
Systematic Withdrawal Program........................ 16
Nursing Home Waiver.................................. 16
Minimum Contract Value............................... 16
DEATH BENEFIT.............................................. 16
Purchase Payment Accumulation Option................. 16
Maximum Anniversary Option........................... 17
EstatePlus........................................... 17
Spousal Continuation................................. 18
EXPENSES................................................... 18
Insurance Charges.................................... 18
Withdrawal Charges................................... 19
Investment Charges................................... 19
Contract Maintenance Fee............................. 19
Transfer Fee......................................... 19
Optional EstatePlus Fee.............................. 19
Optional Income Protector Fee........................ 19
Premium Tax.......................................... 19
Income Taxes......................................... 19
Reduction or Elimination of Charges and Expenses,
and Additional Amounts Credited..................... 20
INCOME OPTIONS............................................. 20
Annuity Date......................................... 20
Income Options....................................... 20
Fixed or Variable Income Payments.................... 21
Income Payments...................................... 21
Transfers During the Income Phase.................... 21
Deferment of Payments................................ 21
The Income Protector Feature......................... 21
Note to Qualified Contract Holders................... 23
TAXES...................................................... 23
Annuity Contracts in General......................... 23
Tax Treatment of Distributions - Non-qualified
Contracts............................................ 23
Tax Treatment of Distributions - Qualified
Contracts............................................ 24
Minimum Distributions................................ 24
Tax Treatment of Death Benefits...................... 24
Contracts Owned by A Trust or Corporation............ 24
Gifts, Pledges and/or Assignments of a Non-qualified
Contract............................................. 25
Diversification...................................... 25
PERFORMANCE................................................ 25
OTHER INFORMATION.......................................... 25
Anchor National...................................... 25
The Separate Account................................. 25
The General Account.................................. 26
Distribution of the Contract......................... 26
Administration....................................... 26
Legal Proceedings.................................... 26
Ownership............................................ 26
Custodian............................................ 26
Independent Accountants.............................. 26
Registration Statement............................... 27
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION...
27
APPENDIX A - MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")............... A-1
APPENDIX B - DEATH BENEFITS FOLLOWING SPOUSAL
CONTINUATION.............................................. B-1
APPENDIX C - HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE OF THE OPERATION OF THE
INCOME PROTECTOR FEATURE.................................. C-1
APPENDIX D - PREMIUM TAXES................................. D-1
------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------
GLOSSARY
------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------
We have capitalized some of the technical terms used in this
prospectus. To help you understand these terms, we have defined
them in this glossary.
ACCUMULATION PHASE - The period during which you invest money in
your contract.
ACCUMULATION UNITS - A measurement we use to calculate the value
of the variable portion of your contract during the Accumulation
Phase.
ANNUITANT(S) - The person(s) on whose life (lives) we base income
payments.
ANNUITY DATE - The date on which income payments are to begin, as
selected by you.
ANNUITY UNITS - A measurement we use to calculate the amount of
income payments you receive from the variable portion of your
contract during the Income Phase.
BENEFICIARY - The person designated to receive any benefits under
the contract if you or the Annuitant dies.
COMPANY - Anchor National Life Insurance Company, We, Us, the
insurer which issues this contract.
INCOME PHASE - The period during which we make income payments to
you.
IRS - The Internal Revenue Service.
NON-QUALIFIED (CONTRACT) - A contract purchased with after-tax
dollars. In general, these contracts are not under any pension
plan, specially sponsored program or individual retirement account
("IRA").
PURCHASE PAYMENTS - The money you give us to buy the contract, as
well as any additional money you give us to invest in the contract
after you own it.
QUALIFIED (CONTRACT) - A contract purchased with pretax dollars.
These contracts are generally purchased under a pension plan,
specially sponsored program or IRA.
TRUSTS - Refers to the Anchor Series Trust, the SunAmerica Series
Trust, Van Kampen Life Investment Trust and WM Variable Trust
collectively.
VARIABLE PORTFOLIO(S) - The variable investment options available
under the contract. Each Variable Portfolio has its own investment
objective and is invested in the underlying investments of the
Anchor Series Trust the SunAmerica Series Trust, Van Kampen Life
Investment Trust or the WM Variable Trust.
ALL FINANCIAL REPRESENTATIVES OR AGENTS THAT SELL THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
3
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHLIGHTS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
The Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity is a contract between you and Anchor
National Life Insurance Company ('Anchor National'). It is designed to help you
invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals. There are
minimum Purchase Payment amounts required to purchase a contract. Purchase
Payments may be invested in a variety of variable and fixed account options.
Like all deferred annuities, the contract has an Accumulation Phase and an
Income Phase. During the Accumulation Phase, you invest money in your contract.
The Income Phase begins when you start receiving income payments from your
annuity to provide for your retirement.
FREE LOOK: If you cancel your contract within 10 days after receiving it (or
whatever period is required in your state), we will cancel the contract without
charging a withdrawal charge. You will receive whatever your contract is worth
on the day that we receive your request. This amount may be more or less than
your original Purchase Payment. We will return your original Purchase Payment if
required by law. Please see PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM VARIABLE ANNUITY in
the prospectus.
EXPENSES: There are fees and charges associated with the contract. Each year, we
deduct a $35 contract maintenance fee from your contract, which may be waived
for contracts of $50,000 or more. We also deduct insurance charges, which equal
1.52% annually of the average daily value of your contract allocated to the
Variable Portfolios. There are investment charges on amounts invested in the
Variable Portfolios. If you elect optional features available under the contract
we may charge additional fees for these features. A separate withdrawal charge
schedule applies to each Purchase Payment. The amount of the withdrawal charge
declines over time. After a Purchase Payment has been in the contract for seven
complete years, withdrawal charges no longer apply to that portion of the
Purchase Payment. Please see the FEE TABLE, PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM
VARIABLE ANNUITY and EXPENSES IN THE PROSPECTUS.
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY: You may withdraw money from your contract during the
Accumulation Phase. If you do so, earnings are deemed to be withdrawn first. You
will pay income taxes on earnings and untaxed contributions when you withdraw
them. Payments received during the Income Phase are considered partly a return
of your original investment. A federal tax penalty may apply if you make
withdrawals before age 59 1/2. As noted above, a withdrawal charge may apply.
Please see ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY and TAXES in the prospectus.
DEATH BENEFIT: A death benefit feature is available under the contract to
protect your Beneficiaries in the event of your death during the Accumulation
Phase. Please see DEATH BENEFITS in the prospectus.
INCOME OPTIONS: When you are ready to begin taking income, you can choose to
receive income payments on a variable basis, fixed basis or a combination of
both. You may also chose from five different income options, including an option
for income that you cannot outlive. Please see INCOME OPTIONS in the prospectus.
INQUIRIES: If you have questions about your contract call your financial
representative or contact us at Anchor National Life Insurance Company Annuity
Service Center P.O. Box 54299 Los Angeles, California 90054-0299. Telephone
Number: (800) 445-SUN2.
ANCHOR NATIONAL OFFERS SEVERAL DIFFERENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PRODUCTS TO MEET THE
DIVERSE NEEDS OF OUR INVESTORS. EACH PRODUCT MAY OFFER DIFFERENT FEATURES AND
BENEFITS AND CORRESPONDINGLY DIFFERENT FEES AND CHARGES. WHEN WORKING WITH YOUR
FINANCIAL ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE BEST PRODUCT TO MEET YOUR NEEDS YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER, AMONG OTHER THINGS, WHETHER THE FEATURES OF THIS CONTRACT AND THE
RELATED FEES PROVIDE THE MOST APPROPRIATE PACKAGE TO HELP YOU MEET YOUR
LONG-TERM RETIREMENT SAVINGS GOALS.
PLEASE READ THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION REGARDING
THESE AND OTHER FEATURES AND BENEFITS OF THE CONTRACT, AS WELL AS THE RISKS OF
INVESTING.
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEE TABLES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE (AS A PERCENTAGE OF EACH PURCHASE PAYMENT)
YEARS:.............................. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1% 0%
TRANSFER FEE.......... No charge for first 15 transfers each
contract year; thereafter, fee is $25 ($10
in Pennsylvania and Texas) per transfer
OPTIONAL INCOME PROTECTOR FEE
(THE INCOME PROTECTOR WHICH IS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN THE PROSPECTUS IS
OPTIONAL AND IF ELECTED, THE FEE IS DEDUCTED ANNUALLY FROM YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.)
ANNUAL FEE AS A % OF
GROWTH RATE YOUR INCOME BENEFIT BASE*
----------- ----------------------------
Base 0% .10%
* The Income Benefit Base, which is described more fully in the prospectus is
generally calculated by using your contract value on the date of your
effective enrollment in the program and then each subsequent contract
anniversary, adding purchase payments made since the prior contract
anniversary, less proportional withdrawals, and fees and charges applicable to
those withdrawals.
CONTRACT MAINTENANCE FEE*
$35 ($30 in North Dakota)
*waived if contract value is $50,000 or more
ANNUAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF YOUR DAILY NET ASSET VALUE)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge..................... 1.37%
Distribution Expense Charge........................... 0.15%
-----
TOTAL SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES 1.52%
=====
OPTIONAL ESTATEPLUS FEE
(ESTATEPLUS, AN ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT FEATURE WHICH IS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN
THE PROSPECTUS IS OPTIONAL AND IF ELECTED, THE FEE IS AN ANNUALIZED CHARGE THAT
IS DEDUCTED DAILY FROM YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.)
Fee as a % of your daily net asset value.................. .25%
PORTFOLIO EXPENSES
ANCHOR SERIES TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2000)
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT SERVICE(12b-1) OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
FEE FEE(2) EXPENSES EXPENSES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Appreciation(1) 0.70% 0.15% 0.05% 0.90%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government and Quality Bond 0.59% 0.15% 0.08% 0.82%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth 0.66% 0.15% 0.05% 0.86%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources 0.75% 0.15% 0.17% 1.07%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The expenses noted here are restated to reflect an estimate of the fees
for the portfolio for the current fiscal year. This fee increase became
effective on August 1, 2000 following approval by the Board of Directors
of the Trust and shareholders.
(2) The Board of Trustees adopted a 12(b)(1) Plan with respect to the Anchor
Series Trust on May 30, 2001. Although this Plan was not in place at the
fiscal year end shown here, the .15% service fee is shown in these
expense numbers.
SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS AFTER REIMBURSEMENT OR WAIVER OF EXPENSES
FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 2001)
MANAGEMENT SERVICE(12b-1) OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE FEE(5) EXPENSES EXPENSES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggressive Growth 0.66% 0.15% 0.04% 0.85%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alliance Growth 0.60% 0.15% 0.04% 0.79%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue Chip Growth(1,4) 0.70% 0.15% 0.15% 1.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Management(5) 0.49% 0.15% 0.03% 0.67%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bond 0.62% 0.15% 0.07% 0.84%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Davis Venture Value 0.71% 0.15% 0.04% 0.90%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Dogs" of Wall Street 0.60% 0.15% 0.12% 0.87%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emerging Markets(2) 1.25% 0.15% 0.32% 1.72%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Value 0.70% 0.15% 0.06% 0.91%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Bond 0.69% 0.15% 0.12% 0.96%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Equities 0.70% 0.15% 0.14% 0.99%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Research(1,3,4) 1.20% 0.15% 0.15% 1.50%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth-Income 0.53% 0.15% 0.04% 0.72%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth Opportunities 0.75% 0.15% 0.25% 1.15%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Yield Bond 0.63% 0.15% 0.08% 0.86%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Diversified Equities 1.00% 0.15% 0.21% 1.36%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Growth and Income 0.95% 0.15% 0.23% 1.33%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marsico Growth 0.85% 0.15% 0.15% 1.15%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Growth and Income 0.70% 0.15% 0.06% 0.91%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Mid-Cap Growth(1,2) 0.75% 0.15% 0.07% 0.97%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Total Return(2) 0.66% 0.15% 0.08% 0.89%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Growth 0.75% 0.15% 0.04% 0.94%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate 0.80% 0.15% 0.16% 1.11%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SunAmerica Balanced 0.59% 0.15% 0.05% 0.79%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technology(4) 1.20% 0.15% 0.29% 1.64%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Utility(2,6) 0.75% 0.15% 0.09% 0.99%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Worldwide High Income 1.00% 0.15% 0.10% 1.25%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)For this portfolio, the advisor, SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., has
voluntarily agreed to waive fees or expenses, if necessary, to keep
operating expenses at or below established maximum amounts. All waivers or
reimbursements may be terminated at any time. Only certain portfolios
relied on these waivers and/or reimbursements during this fiscal year as
follows: Absent fee waivers or reimbursement of expenses by the adviser or
custody credits, you would have incurred the following expenses during the
last fiscal year; Blue Chip Growth 1.96%, Goldman Sachs Research 1.78%;
Growth Opportunities 1.41%; and Marisco Growth 4.88%. Absent recoupment of
expenses by the adviser, the Total Annual Expenses during the last fiscal
year for the Emerging Markets Portfolio would have been 1.68%. For MFS
Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio, the adviser recouped prior year expense
reimbursements that were mathematically insignificant, resulting in the
expense ratio before and after recoupment remaining at 0.97%.
5
(2)Gross of custody credits of 0.01%.
(3)The ratio reflects an expense cap of 1.50% and 1.15% for Goldman Sachs
Research and Marsico Growth, respectively, which is net of custody credits
of 0.01% and 0.44% and respectively, or waivers/reimbursements if
applicable.
(4)Annualized.
(5)Formerly managed by SunAmerica Asset Management Corp.
(6)Prior to July 5, 2000, the Telecom Utility Portfolio was named Utility
Portfolio. The name change will not result in any modifications to the
portfolio's principal investment goal or fundamental investment policies.
(7)The Board of Trustees adopted a 12(b)(1) Plan with respect to the
SunAmerica Series Trust on May 21, 2001. Although this Plan was not in
place at the fiscal year end shown here, the 0.15% service fee is shown in
these expense numbers.
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS AFTER REIMBURSEMENT OR WAIVER OF EXPENSES
FOR THE TRUST'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000)
MANAGEMENT SERVICE OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE (12B-1) FEE EXPENSES EXPENSES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Comstock(1,4) 0.00% 0.25% 0.95% 1.20%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth(2) 0.70% 0.25% 0.05% 1.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income(3,4) 0.57% 0.25% 0.18% 1.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Comstock Portfolio, Class II Shares.
(2)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Emerging Growth Portfolio, Class II
Shares.
(3)Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Growth and Income Portfolio, Class II
Shares.
(4)For this portfolio, the advisor, Van Kampen Asset Management Inc., has
agreed to waive fees or reimburse expenses, if necessary, to keep
operating expenses at or below established maximum amounts. Absent these
waivers or reimbursements, the expenses were as follows: Van Kampen LIT
Comstock 2.38% and Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income 1.03%.
WM VARIABLE TRUST*
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSET VALUE OF EACH INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AS OF THE
FISCAL YEAR END OF THE TRUST ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2000)
MANAGEMENT OTHER TOTAL ANNUAL
PORTFOLIO FEE EXPENSES EXPENSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balanced 0.10% 0.19% 0.29%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conservative Growth 0.10% 0.18% 0.28%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth 0.10% 0.20% 0.30%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Each Portfolio will invest in Funds of the WM Trust and in the WM High
Yield Fund (a series of WM Trust I). You will bear certain expenses
associated with these Funds in which these portfolios invest in addition
to the expenses of the portfolios. The chart below shows estimated
combined annual expenses for each Portfolio and the Funds in which that
Portfolio may invest. The expenses are based upon estimated expenses of
each Portfolio and underlying Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2000, restated to reflect current management fees. Please refer to the
Trust prospectus for more details.
The estimates assume a constant allocation of each Portfolio's assets
among the Funds identical to such Portfolio's actual allocation at
December 31, 2000.
COMBINED
PORTFOLIOS ANNUAL EXPENSES
---------- ---------------
Balanced Portfolio.......................................... 1.04%
Conservative Growth Portfolio............................... 1.10%
Strategic Growth Portfolio.................................. 1.17%
THE ABOVE PORTFOLIO EXPENSES WERE PROVIDED BY THE TRUSTS. WE HAVE NOT
INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION.
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You will pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment in each Variable
Portfolio, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, Portfolio Expenses after
waiver, reimbursement or recoupment, (assuming the waiver, reimbursement or
recoupment will continue for the period shown) if applicable and:
(a) you surrender the contract at the end of the stated time period and
no optional features are elected.
(b) you elect the optional EstatePlus and the Income Protector Base
benefits at the maximum charges offered (.25% and .10%,
respectively), and you surrender the contract at the end of the
stated period.
(c) you do not surrender the contract and no optional features are
elected.*
(d) you elect the optional EstatePlus and Income Protector Base benefits
at the maximum charges offered (.25% and .10%, respectively), and
you do not surrender the contract.
1 3 5 10
PORTFOLIO YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Appreciation (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $163 (a) $284
(b) $ 99 (b) $139 (b) $181 (b) $318
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $133 (c) $284
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $318
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government and Quality Bond (a) $ 95 (a) $126 (a) $159 (a) $276
(b) $ 98 (b) $136 (b) $177 (b) $311
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 76 (c) $129 (c) $276
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 86 (d) $147 (d) $311
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth (a) $ 95 (a) $127 (a) $161 (a) $280
(b) $ 98 (b) $137 (b) $179 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $131 (c) $280
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $149 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources (a) $ 97 (a) $133 (a) $172 (a) $301
(b) $101 (b) $144 (b) $189 (b) $334
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 83 (c) $142 (c) $301
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 94 (d) $159 (d) $334
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggressive Growth (a) $ 95 (a) $127 (a) $161 (a) $279
(b) $ 98 (b) $137 (b) $178 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $131 (c) $279
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $148 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alliance Growth (a) $ 94 (a) $125 (a) $158 (a) $273
(b) $ 98 (b) $135 (b) $175 (b) $308
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 75 (c) $128 (c) $273
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 85 (d) $145 (d) $308
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue Chip Growth (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $294
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $186 (b) $328
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $294
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $156 (d) $328
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Management (a) $ 93 (a) $121 (a) $152 (a) $261
(b) $ 97 (b) $132 (b) $169 (b) $296
(c) $ 23 (c) $ 71 (c) $122 (c) $261
(d) $ 27 (d) $ 82 (d) $139 (d) $296
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bond (a) $ 95 (a) $126 (a) $160 (a) $278
(b) $ 98 (b) $137 (b) $178 (b) $313
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 76 (c) $130 (c) $278
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $148 (d) $313
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Davis Venture Value (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $163 (a) $284
(b) $ 99 (b) $139 (b) $181 (b) $318
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $133 (c) $284
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $318
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Dogs" of Wall Street (a) $ 95 (a) $127 (a) $162 (a) $281
(b) $ 99 (b) $138 (b) $179 (b) $315
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $132 (c) $281
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 88 (d) $149 (d) $315
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emerging Market (a) $104 (a) $152 (a) $203 (a) $362
(b) $107 (b) $163 (b) $220 (b) $393
(c) $ 34 (c) $102 (c) $173 (c) $362
(d) $ 37 (d) $113 (d) $190 (d) $393
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Value (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $164 (a) $285
(b) $ 99 (b) $139 (b) $181 (b) $319
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $285
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $319
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Bond (a) $ 96 (a) $130 (a) $166 (a) $290
(b) $ 99 (b) $140 (b) $184 (b) $324
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $136 (c) $290
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $154 (d) $324
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Equities (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $293
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $185 (b) $327
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $293
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $155 (d) $327
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Research (a) $101 (a) $146 (a) $193 (a) $342
(b) $105 (b) $156 (b) $210 (b) $374
(c) $ 31 (c) $ 96 (c) $163 (c) $342
(d) $ 35 (d) $106 (d) $180 (d) $374
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth-Income (a) $ 94 (a) $123 (a) $154 (a) $266
(b) $ 97 (b) $133 (b) $172 (b) $301
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 73 (c) $124 (c) $266
(d) $ 27 (d) $ 83 (d) $142 (d) $301
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Growth Opportunities (a) $ 98 (a) $136 (a) $176 (a) $309
(b) $101 (b) $146 (b) $193 (b) $342
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $146 (c) $309
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 96 (d) $163 (d) $342
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* We do not currently charge a surrender charge upon annuitization unless the contract is annuitized using
the Income Protector feature. We assess the applicable surrender charge upon annuitization under the
Income Protector feature assuming a full surrender of your contract.
7
1 3 5 10
PORTFOLIO YEAR YEARS YEARS YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Yield Bond (a) $ 95 (a) $127 (a) $161 (a) $280
(b) $ 98 (b) $137 (b) $179 (b) $314
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 77 (c) $131 (c) $280
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 87 (d) $149 (d) $314
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Diversified Equities (a) $100 (a) $142 (a) $186 (a) $329
(b) $103 (b) $152 (b) $203 (b) $361
(c) $ 30 (c) $ 92 (c) $156 (c) $329
(d) $ 33 (d) $102 (d) $173 (d) $361
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Growth & Income (a) $100 (a) $141 (a) $185 (a) $326
(b) $103 (b) $151 (b) $202 (b) $358
(c) $ 30 (c) $ 91 (c) $155 (c) $326
(d) $ 33 (d) $101 (d) $172 (d) $358
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marsico Growth (a) $ 98 (a) $136 (a) $176 (a) $309
(b) $101 (b) $146 (b) $193 (b) $342
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $146 (c) $309
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 96 (d) $163 (d) $342
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Growth & Income (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $164 (a) $285
(b) $ 99 (b) $139 (b) $181 (b) $319
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $134 (c) $285
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 89 (d) $151 (d) $319
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Mid Cap Growth (a) $ 96 (a) $130 (a) $167 (a) $291
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $184 (b) $325
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 80 (c) $137 (c) $291
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $154 (d) $325
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Total Return (a) $ 95 (a) $128 (a) $163 (a) $283
(b) $ 99 (b) $138 (b) $180 (b) $317
(c) $ 25 (c) $ 78 (c) $133 (c) $283
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 88 (d) $150 (d) $317
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Growth (a) $ 96 (a) $129 (a) $165 (a) $288
(b) $ 99 (b) $140 (b) $183 (b) $322
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 79 (c) $135 (c) $288
(d) $ 29 (d) $ 90 (d) $153 (d) $322
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate (a) $ 97 (a) $134 (a) $174 (a) $305
(b) $101 (b) $145 (b) $191 (b) $338
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 84 (c) $144 (c) $305
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 95 (d) $161 (d) $338
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SunAmerica Balanced (a) $ 94 (a) $125 (a) $158 (a) $273
(b) $ 98 (b) $135 (b) $175 (b) $308
(c) $ 24 (c) $ 75 (c) $128 (c) $273
(d) $ 28 (d) $ 85 (d) $145 (d) $308
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technology (a) $103 (a) $150 (a) $200 (a) $355
(b) $106 (b) $160 (b) $216 (b) $386
(c) $ 33 (c) $100 (c) $170 (c) $355
(d) $ 36 (d) $110 (d) $186 (d) $386
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Utility (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $293
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $185 (b) $327
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $293
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $155 (d) $327
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Worldwide High Income (a) $ 99 (a) $139 (a) $181 (a) $318
(b) $102 (b) $149 (b) $198 (b) $351
(c) $ 29 (c) $ 89 (c) $151 (c) $318
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 99 (d) $168 (d) $351
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Comstock, Class II Shares (a) $ 98 (a) $137 (a) $178 (a) $314
(b) $102 (b) $147 (b) $195 (b) $346
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 87 (c) $148 (c) $314
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 97 (d) $165 (d) $346
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth, Class II Shares (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $294
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $186 (b) $328
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $294
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $156 (d) $328
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income, Class II Shares (a) $ 96 (a) $131 (a) $168 (a) $294
(b) $100 (b) $141 (b) $186 (b) $328
(c) $ 26 (c) $ 81 (c) $138 (c) $294
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 91 (d) $156 (d) $328
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balanced (a) $ 97 (a) $132 (a) $170 (a) $298
(b) $100 (b) $143 (b) $188 (b) $332
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 82 (c) $140 (c) $298
(d) $ 30 (d) $ 93 (d) $158 (d) $332
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conservative Growth (a) $ 97 (a) $134 (a) $173 (a) $304
(b) $101 (b) $144 (b) $190 (b) $337
(c) $ 27 (c) $ 84 (c) $143 (c) $304
(d) $ 31 (d) $ 94 (d) $160 (d) $337
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth (a) $ 98 (a) $136 (a) $177 (a) $311
(b) $102 (b) $146 (b) $194 (b) $344
(c) $ 28 (c) $ 86 (c) $147 (c) $311
(d) $ 32 (d) $ 96 (d) $164 (d) $344
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
EXPLANATION OF FEE TABLES AND EXAMPLES
1. The purpose of the Fee Tables is to show you the various expenses you would
incur directly and indirectly by investing in the contract. The tables
represent both fees at the separate account (contract level) as well as
portfolio company investment management expenses. We converted the contract
administration charge to a percentage (0.09%) using an assumed contract size
of $40,000. The actual impact of the administration charge may differ from
this percentage and may be waived for contract values over $50,000.
Additional information on the portfolio company fees can be found in the
Trust prospectuses located behind this prospectus.
2. For certain Variable Portfolios, the adviser, SunAmerica Asset Management
Corp., has voluntarily agreed to waive fees or reimburse certain expenses, if
necessary, to keep annual operating expenses at or below the lesser of the
maximum allowed by any applicable state expense limitations or the following
percentages of each Variable Portfolio's average net assets: Blue Chip Growth
1.00%; Emerging Markets 2.05% (recouping prior expense reimbursements);
Goldman Sachs Research 1.50%; Growth Opportunities 1.15%; Marsico Growth
1.15%; MFS Mid-Cap Growth 1.30% (recouping prior expense reimbursements);
Technology 1.70%. The adviser also may voluntarily waive or reimburse
additional amounts to increase a Variable Portfolio's investment return. All
waivers and/or reimbursements may be terminated at any time. Furthermore, the
adviser may recoup any waivers or reimbursements within two years after such
waivers or reimbursements are granted, provided that the Variable Portfolio
is able to make such payment and remain in compliance with the foregoing
expense limitations.
3. In addition to the stated assumptions, the Examples also assume an insurance
charge of 1.52% and that no transfer fees were imposed. Although premium
taxes may apply in certain states, they are not reflected in the Examples.
In calculating the Examples, we convert the contract maintenance fee of $35
to a percentage using an assumed contract value of $40,000.
4. Examples reflecting application of optional features and benefits use the
highest fees and charges being offered for those features.
5. THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SALES OF THIS CONTRACT HAD NOT BEGUN.
THEREFORE NO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION APPEARS IN THE PROSPECTUS.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
THE POLARIS PLATINUM
VARIABLE ANNUITY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
An annuity is a contract between you and an insurance company. You are the owner
of the contract. The contract provides three main benefits:
- Tax Deferral: This means that you do not pay taxes on your earnings from
the annuity until you withdraw them.
- Death Benefit: If you die during the Accumulation Phase, the insurance
company pays a death benefit to your Beneficiary.
- Guaranteed Income: If elected, you receive a stream of income for your
lifetime, or another available period you select.
Tax-qualified retirement plans (e.g., IRAs, 401(k) or 403(b) plans) defer
payment of taxes on earnings until withdrawal. If you are considering funding a
tax-qualified retirement plan with an annuity, you should know that an annuity
does not provide any additional tax deferral treatment of earnings beyond the
treatment provided by the tax-qualified retirement plan itself. However,
annuities do provide other features and benefits which may be valuable to you.
You should fully discuss this decision with your financial representative.
This annuity was developed to help you contribute to your retirement savings.
This annuity works in two stages, the Accumulation Phase and the Income Phase.
Your contract is in the Accumulation Phase during the period when you make
payments into the contract. The Income Phase begins when you request us to start
making income payments to you out of the money accumulated in your contract.
The contract is called a "variable" annuity because it allows you to invest in
variable portfolios which, like mutual funds, have different investment
objectives and performance which varies. You can gain or lose money if you
invest in these Variable Portfolios. The amount of money you accumulate in your
contract depends on the performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you
invest. This contract currently offers 37 Variable Portfolios.
The contract also offers several fixed account options for varying time periods.
Fixed account options earn interest at a rate set and guaranteed by Anchor
National. If you allocate money to the fixed account options, the amount of
money that accumulates in the contract depends on the total interest credited to
the particular fixed account option(s) in which you invest.
For more information on investment options available under this contract SEE
INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 11.
This annuity is designed to assist in contributing to retirement savings of
investors whose personal circumstances allow for a long-term investment time
horizon. As a function of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC"), you may be assessed
a 10% federal tax penalty on any withdrawal made prior to your reaching age
59 1/2. Additionally, this contract provides that you will be charged a
withdrawal charge on each purchase payment withdrawn if that purchase payment
has not been invested in this contract for at least 7 years. Because of these
9
potential penalties, you should fully discuss all of the benefits and risks of
this contract with your financial representative prior to purchase.
Anchor National Life Insurance Company (Anchor National, The Company, Us, We)
issues the Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity. When you purchase a Polaris
Platinum Variable Annuity, a contract exists between you and Anchor National.
The Company is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the
state of Arizona. Its principal place of business is 1 SunAmerica Center, Los
Angeles, California 90067. The Company conducts life insurance and annuity
business in the District of Columbia and all states except New York. Anchor
National is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of American International
Group, Inc. ("AIG"), a Delaware corporation.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASING A POLARIS PLATINUM
VARIABLE ANNUITY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
An initial Purchase Payment is the money you give us to buy a contract. Any
additional money you give us to invest in the contract after purchase is a
subsequent Purchase Payment.
The following chart shows the minimum initial and subsequent Purchase Payments
permitted under your contract. These amounts depend upon whether a contract is
Qualified or Non-qualified for tax purposes. FOR FURTHER EXPLANATION, SEE TAXES
ON PAGE 23.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Minimum
Minimum Initial Subsequent
Purchase Payment Purchase Payment
-----------------------------------------------------------
Qualified $2,000 $250
-----------------------------------------------------------
Non-Qualified $5,000 $500
-----------------------------------------------------------
Prior Company approval is required to accept Purchase Payments greater than
$1,500,000 or $1,333,000 (if Estate Plus is elected). Subsequent Purchase
Payments which would cause total Purchase Payments in the contract to exceed
these limits are also subject to prior company approval. Also, the optional
automatic payment plan allows you to make subsequent Purchase Payments of as
little as $20.00.
In general, we will not issue a Qualified contract to anyone who is age 70 1/2
or older, unless it is shown that the minimum distribution required by the IRS
is being made. In addition, we may not issue a contract to anyone age 91 or
older on the contract issue date. You may not elect to participate in the
EstatePlus benefit if you are age 81 or older at the time of contract issue.
We allow spouses to jointly own this contract. However, the age of the older
spouse is used to determine the availability of any age driven benefits. The
addition of a joint owner after the contract has been issued in contingent upon
prior review and approval by the Company.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS
We invest your Purchase Payments in the fixed and variable investment options
according to your instructions. If we receive a Purchase Payment without
allocation instructions, we will invest the money according to your last
allocation instructions. SEE INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 11.
In order to issue your contract, we must receive your completed application,
Purchase Payment allocation instructions and any other required paperwork at our
principal place of business. We allocate your initial Purchase Payment within
two days of receiving it. If we do not have complete information necessary to
issue your contract, we will contact you. If we do not have the information
necessary to issue your contract within 5 business days we will:
- Send your money back to you, or;
- Ask your permission to keep your money until we get the information
necessary to issue the contract.
ACCUMULATION UNITS
When you allocate a Purchase Payment to the Variable Portfolios, we credit your
contract with Accumulation Units of the separate account. We base the number of
Accumulation Units you receive on the unit value of the Variable Portfolio as of
the day we receive your money if we receive it before 1 p.m. Pacific Standard
Time, or on the next business day's unit value if we receive your money after 1
p.m. Pacific Standard Time. The value of an Accumulation Unit goes up and down
based on the performance of the Variable Portfolios.
We calculate the value of an Accumulation Unit each day that the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") is open as follows:
1. We determine the total value of money invested in a particular Variable
Portfolio;
2. We subtract from that amount all applicable contract charges; and
3. We divide this amount by the number of outstanding Accumulation Units.
We determine the number of Accumulation Units credited to your contract by
dividing the Purchase Payment by the Accumulation Unit value for the specific
Variable Portfolio.
EXAMPLE:
We receive a $25,000 Purchase Payment from you on Wednesday. You allocate
the money to the Global Bond Portfolio. We determine that the value of an
Accumulation Unit for the Global Bond Portfolio is $11.10 when the NYSE
closes on Wednesday. We then divide $25,000 by $11.10 and credit your
contract on Wednesday night with 2252.2523 Accumulation Units for the
Global Bond Portfolio.
Performance of the Variable Portfolios and expenses under your contract affect
Accumulation Unit values. These factors cause the value of your contract to go
up and down.
10
FREE LOOK
You may cancel your contract within ten days after receiving it (or longer if
required by state law). We call this a "free look." To cancel, you must mail the
contract along with your free look request to our Annuity Service Center at P.O.
Box 54299, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299.
If you decide to cancel your contract during the free look period, we will
refund to you the value of your contract on the day we receive your request.
Certain states require us to return your Purchase Payments upon a free look
request. Additionally, all contracts issued as an IRA require the full return of
Purchase Payments upon a free look. With respect to those contracts, we reserve
the right to put your money in the Cash Management Portfolio during the free
look period and will allocate your money according to your instructions at the
end of the applicable free look period. Currently, we do not put your money in
the Cash Management Portfolio during the free look period unless you allocate
your money to it. If your contract was issued in a state requiring return of
Purchase Payments or as an IRA and you cancel your contract during the free look
period, we return the greater of (1) your Purchase Payments; or (2) the value of
your contract. At the end of the free look period, we allocate your money
according to your instructions.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OPTIONS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS
The contract currently offers 37 Variable Portfolios. These Variable Portfolios
invest in shares of the following trusts: Anchor Series Trust, the SunAmerica
Series Trust, Van Kampen Life Investment Trust and the WM Variable Trust (the
"Trusts"). Additional Trusts and/or Variable Portfolios may be available in the
future. The Variable Portfolios operate similar to a mutual fund but are only
available through the purchase of certain insurance contracts.
SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AIG,
is the investment adviser to the Anchor and SunAmerica Series Trusts. Van Kampen
Asset Management Inc. is the investment advisor to the Van Kampen Life
Investment Trust. WM Advisors, Inc. is the investment adviser to the WM Variable
Trust. The Trusts may serve as the underlying investment vehicles for other
variable annuity contracts issued by Anchor National, and other
affiliated/unaffiliated insurance companies. Neither Anchor National nor the
Trusts believe that offering shares of the Trusts in this manner disadvantages
you. The advisers monitor the Trusts for potential conflicts.
The Variable Portfolios along with their respective subadvisers are listed
below:
ANCHOR SERIES TRUST
Wellington Management Company, LLP serves as subadviser to the Anchor Series
Trust Portfolios. Anchor Series Trust ("AST") has investment portfolios in
addition to those listed below which are not available for investment under the
contract.
SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST
Various subadvisers provide investment advice for the SunAmerica Series Trust
Portfolios. SunAmerica Series Trust ("SAST") has investment portfolios in
addition to those listed below which are not available for investment under the
contract.
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
Van Kampen Asset Management Inc. provides investment advice for the Van Kampen
Life Investment Trust ("VKT") portfolios. Van Kampen Life Investment Trust has
investment portfolios in addition to those listed here which are not available
for investment under the contract.
WM VARIABLE TRUST
Washington Mutual Advisors is the investment advisor to the WM Variable Trust
("WMT"). WMT has other investment portfolios in addition to those listed below
which are not available for investment under the contract.
STOCKS:
MANAGED BY ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.
- Alliance Growth Portfolio SAST
- Global Equities Portfolio SAST
- Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY DAVIS SELECTED ADVISERS L.P.
- Davis Venture Value Portfolio SAST
- Real Estate Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Federated Value Portfolio SAST
- Telecom Utility Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
- Goldman Sachs Research Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MARSICO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Marsico Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
- MFS Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- International Diversified Equities Portfolio SAST
- Technology Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
- Emerging Markets Portfolio SAST
- International Growth & Income Portfolio SAST
- Putnam Growth Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- Aggressive Growth Portfolio SAST
- Blue Chip Growth Portfolio SAST
- "Dogs" of Wall Street Portfolio SAST
- Growth Opportunities Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
- Van Kampen LIT Comstock Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
- Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
- Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income Portfolio, Class II Shares VKT
11
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Capital Appreciation Portfolio AST
- Growth Portfolio AST
- Natural Resources Portfolio AST
BALANCED:
MANAGED BY MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
- MFS Total Return Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- SunAmerica Balanced Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WM ADVISORS, INC.
- Balanced Portfolio WMT
- Conservative Growth Portfolio WMT
- Strategic Growth Portfolio WMT
BONDS:
MANAGED BY FEDERATED INVESTORS L.P.
- Corporate Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INT'L.
- Global Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
- Worldwide High Income Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY SUNAMERICA ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
- High-Yield Bond Portfolio SAST
MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
- Government & Quality Bond Portfolio AST
CASH:
MANAGED BY BANC OF AMERICA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
- Cash Management Portfolio SAST
YOU SHOULD READ THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUSES FOR THE TRUSTS CAREFULLY. THESE
PROSPECTUSES CONTAIN DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS,
INCLUDING EACH VARIABLE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND RISK FACTORS.
FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS
The contract also offers seven fixed account options. Anchor National will
guarantee the interest rate earned on money you allocate to any of these fixed
account options. We currently offer fixed account options for periods of one,
three, five, seven and ten years, which we call guarantee periods. All guarantee
periods may not be available in all states. You also have the option of
allocating your money to the 6-month DCA fixed account and/or the 1-year DCA
fixed account (the "DCA fixed accounts") which are available in conjunction with
the Dollar Cost Averaging Program. Please see the section on DOLLAR COST
AVERAGING ON PAGE 13 for additional information about, including limitations on,
and the availability and operation of the DCA fixed accounts. The DCA fixed
accounts are only available for new Purchase Payments.
Each guarantee period may offer a different interest rate but will never be less
than an annual effective rate of 3%. Once established the rates for specified
payments do not change during the guarantee period. The guarantee period is that
period for which we credit the applicable rate (one, three, five, seven or ten
years).
There are three scenarios in which you may put money into the fixed account
options other than the DCA fixed accounts options. In each scenario your money
may be credited a different rate of interest as follows:
- Initial Rate: Rate credited to amounts allocated to the fixed account
when you purchase your contract.
- Current Rate: Rate credited to subsequent amounts allocated to the fixed
account.
- Renewal Rate: Rate credited to money transferred from a fixed account or
a Variable Portfolio into a fixed account and to money remaining in a
fixed account after expiration of a guarantee period.
Each of these rates may differ from one another. Once declared, the applicable
rate is guaranteed until the corresponding guarantee period expires.
When a guarantee period ends, you may leave your money in the same fixed
investment option. You may also reallocate your money to another fixed
investment option (other than the DCA fixed accounts) or to the Variable
Portfolios. If you want to reallocate your money to a different fixed account
option or a Variable Portfolio, you must contact us within 30 days after the end
of the current interest guarantee period and instruct us how to reallocate the
money. We do not contact you. If we do not hear from you, your money will remain
in the same fixed account option, where it will earn interest at the renewal
rate then in effect for the fixed account option.
The DCA fixed accounts also credit a fixed rate of interest. Interest is
credited to amounts allocated to the 6-month or 1-year DCA fixed account while
your investment is systematically transferred to the Variable Portfolios. The
rates applicable to the DCA fixed accounts may differ from each other and/or the
other fixed account options but will never be less than an annual effective rate
of 3%. See DOLLAR COST AVERAGING ON PAGE 13 for more information.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")
NOTE: MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENTS APPLY TO THE 3, 5, 7 AND 10-YEAR FIXED ACCOUNT
OPTIONS ONLY. THESE OPTIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR
FINANCIAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR MORE INFORMATION.
If you take money out of the multi-year fixed account options before the end of
the guarantee period, we make an adjustment to your contract. We refer to the
adjustment as a market value adjustment (the "MVA"). The MVA reflects any
difference in the interest rate environment between the time you place your
money in the fixed account option and the time when you withdraw or transfer
that money. This adjustment can increase or decrease your contract value. You
have 30 days after the end of each guarantee period to reallocate your funds
without incurring any MVA.
We calculate the MVA by doing a comparison between current rates and the rate
being credited to you in the fixed account option. For the current rate we use a
rate being offered by us for a guarantee period that is equal to the time
remaining in the guarantee period from which you seek withdrawal. If we are not
currently offering a guarantee period for that period of time, we determine an
applicable rate by using a formula to arrive at a number between the interest
rates currently offered for the two closest periods available.
12
Generally, if interest rates drop between the time you put your money into the
fixed account options and the time you take it out, we credit a positive
adjustment to your contract. Conversely, if interest rates increase during the
same period, we post a negative adjustment to your contract.
Where the MVA is negative, we first deduct the adjustment from any money
remaining in the fixed account option. If there is not enough money in the fixed
account option to meet the negative deduction, we deduct the remainder from your
withdrawal. Where the MVA is positive, we add the adjustment to your withdrawal
amount.
The multi-year MVA fixed accounts are not available to Washington state and
Maryland policyholders.
Anchor National does not assess a MVA against withdrawals under the following
circumstances:
- If a withdrawal is made within 30 days after the end of a guarantee
period;
- If a withdrawal is made to pay contract fees and charges;
- To pay a death benefit; and
- Upon annuitization, if occurring on the latest Annuity Date.
APPENDIX A shows how we calculate the MVA.
TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE
During the Accumulation Phase you may transfer funds between the Variable
Portfolios and/or the fixed account options. Funds already in your contract
cannot be transferred into the DCA fixed accounts. You must transfer at least
$100. If less than $100 will remain in any Variable Portfolio after a transfer,
that amount must be transferred as well.
You may request transfers of your account value between the Variable Portfolios
and/or the fixed account options in writing or by telephone. Additionally, you
may access your account and request transfers between Variable Portfolios and/or
the fixed account options through SunAmerica's website
(http://www.sunamerica.com). We currently allow 15 free transfers per contract
per year. We charge $25 ($10 in Pennsylvania and Texas) for each additional
transfer in any contract year. Transfers resulting from your participation in
the DCA program count against your 15 free transfers per contract year. However,
transfers resulting from your participation in the automatic asset rebalancing
program do not count against your 15 free transfers.
We accept transfer requests by telephone unless you tell us not to on your
contract application. Additionally, you may request transfers over the internet
unless you indicate you do not wish your account to be traded over the internet.
When receiving instructions over the telephone or the internet, we follow
appropriate procedures to provide reasonable assurance that the transactions
executed are genuine. Thus, we are not responsible for any claim, loss or
expense from any error resulting from instructions received over the telephone.
If we fail to follow our procedures, we may be liable for any losses due to
unauthorized or fraudulent instructions.
We may limit the number of transfers in any contract year or refuse any transfer
request for you or others invested in the contract if we believe that excessive
trading or a specific transfer request or group transfer requests may have a
detrimental effect on unit values or the share prices of the underlying Variable
Portfolios.
Where permitted by law, we may accept your authorization for a third party to
make transfers for you subject to our rules. We reserve the right to suspend or
cancel such acceptance at any time and will notify you accordingly.
Additionally, we may restrict the investment options available for transfers
during any period in which such third party acts for you. We notify such third
party beforehand regarding any restrictions. However, we will not enforce these
restrictions if we are satisfied that:
- such third party has been appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction
to act on your behalf; or
- such third party is a trustee/fiduciary, for you or appointed by you, to
act on your behalf for all your financial affairs.
We may provide administrative or other support services to independent third
parties you authorize to make transfers on your behalf. We do not currently
charge you extra for providing these support services. This includes, but is not
limited to, transfers between investment options in accordance with market
timing strategies. Such independent third parties may or may not be appointed
with us for the sale of annuities. However, WE DO NOT ENGAGE ANY THIRD PARTIES
TO OFFER INVESTMENT ALLOCATION SERVICES OF ANY TYPE. WE TAKE NO RESPONSIBILITY
FOR THE INVESTMENT ALLOCATION AND TRANSFERS TRANSACTED ON YOUR BEHALF BY SUCH
THIRD PARTIES OR FOR ANY INVESTMENT ALLOCATION RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY SUCH
PARTIES.
For information regarding transfers during the Income Phase, SEE INCOME OPTIONS
ON PAGE 20.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend, waive or terminate these transfer
provisions at any time.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
The Dollar Cost Averaging ("DCA") program allows you to invest gradually in the
Variable Portfolios. Under the program you systematically transfer a set dollar
amount or percentage of portfolio value from one Variable Portfolio or the
1-year fixed account option (source accounts) to any other Variable Portfolio.
Transfers may be monthly or quarterly and count against your 15 free transfers
per contract year. You may change the frequency at any time by notifying us in
writing. The minimum transfer amount under the DCA program is $100, regardless
of the source account. Fixed account options are not available as target
accounts for Dollar Cost Averaging.
We also offer the 6-month and 1-year DCA fixed accounts exclusively to
facilitate this program. The DCA fixed accounts only accept new Purchase
Payments. You cannot transfer money already in your contract into these options.
If you allocate new Purchase Payments into a DCA fixed account, we transfer all
your money allocated to that account into the Variable Portfolios over the
selected 6-month or 1-year period. You cannot change the option or the frequency
of transfers once selected.
If allocated to the 6-month DCA fixed account, we transfer your money over a
maximum of 6 monthly transfers. We base
13
the actual number of transfers on the total amount allocated to the account. For
example, if you allocate $500 to the
6-month DCA fixed account, we transfer your money over a period of five months,
so that each payment complies with the $100 per transfer minimum.
We determine the amount of the transfers from the 1-year DCA fixed account based
on
- the total amount of money allocated to the account, and
- the frequency of transfers selected.
For example, let's say you allocate $1,000 to the 1-year DCA fixed account. You
select monthly transfers. We completely transfer all of your money to the
selected investment options over a period of ten months.
You may terminate your DCA program at any time. If money remains in the DCA
fixed accounts, we transfer the remaining money to the 1-year fixed account
option, unless we receive different instructions from you. Transfers resulting
from a termination of this program do not count towards your 15 free transfers.
The DCA program is designed to lessen the impact of market fluctuations on your
investment. However, we cannot ensure that you will make a profit. When you
elect the DCA program, you are continuously investing in securities regardless
of fluctuating price levels. You should consider your tolerance for investing
through periods of fluctuating price levels.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want to gradually move $750 each quarter from the Cash
Management Portfolio to the Aggressive Growth Portfolio over six quarters.
You set up dollar cost averaging and purchase Accumulation Units at the
following values:
---------------------------------------------
ACCUMULATION UNITS
QUARTER UNIT PURCHASED
---------------------------------------------
1 $ 7.50 100
2 $ 5.00 150
3 $10.00 75
4 $ 7.50 100
5 $ 5.00 150
6 $ 7.50 100
---------------------------------------------
You paid an average price of only $6.67 per Accumulation Unit over six
quarters, while the average market price actually was $7.08. By investing
an equal amount of money each month, you automatically buy more
Accumulation Units when the market price is low and fewer Accumulation
Units when the market price is high. This example is for illustrative
purposes only.
ASSET ALLOCATION REBALANCING PROGRAM
Earnings in your contract may cause the percentage of your investment in each
investment option to differ from your original allocations. The Automatic Asset
Rebalancing Program addresses this situation. At your election, we periodically
rebalance your investments in the Variable Portfolios to return your allocations
to their original percentages. Asset rebalancing typically involves shifting a
portion of your money out of an investment option with a higher return into an
investment option with a lower return.
At your request, rebalancing occurs on a quarterly, semiannual or annual basis.
Transfers made as a result of rebalancing do not count against your 15 free
transfers for the contract year.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want your initial Purchase Payment split between two
Variable Portfolios. You want 50% in the Corporate Bond Portfolio and 50%
in the Growth Portfolio. Over the next calendar quarter, the bond market
does very well while the stock market performs poorly. At the end of the
calendar quarter, the Corporate Bond Portfolio now represents 60% of your
holdings because it has increased in value and the Growth Portfolio
represents 40% of your holdings. If you had chosen quarterly rebalancing,
on the last day of that quarter, we would sell some of your units in the
Corporate Bond Portfolio to bring its holdings back to 50% and use the
money to buy more units in the Growth Portfolio to increase those holdings
to 50%.
PRINCIPAL ADVANTAGE PROGRAM
The Principal Advantage Program allows you to invest in one or more Variable
Portfolios without putting your principal at direct risk. The program
accomplishes this by allocating your investment strategically between the fixed
account options and Variable Portfolios. You decide how much you want to invest
and approximately when you want a return of principal. We calculate how much of
your Purchase Payment to allocate to the particular fixed account option to
ensure that it grows to an amount equal to your total principal invested under
this program. We invest the rest of your principal in the Variable Portfolio(s)
of your choice.
We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
EXAMPLE:
Assume that you want to allocate a portion of your initial Purchase Payment
of $100,000 to the fixed account option. You want the amount allocated to
the fixed account option to grow to $100,000 in 7 years. If the 7-year
fixed account option is offering a 5% interest rate, we will allocate
$71,069 to the 7-year fixed account option to ensure that this amount will
grow to $100,000 at the end of the 7-year period. The remaining $28,931 may
be allocated among the Variable Portfolios, as determined by you, to
provide opportunity for greater growth.
VOTING RIGHTS
Anchor National is the legal owner of the Trusts' shares. However, when a
Variable Portfolio solicits proxies in conjunction with a vote of shareholders,
we must obtain your instructions on how to vote those shares. We vote all of the
14
shares we own in proportion to your instructions. This includes any shares we
own on our own behalf. Should we determine that we are no longer required to
comply with these rules, we will vote the shares in our own right.
SUBSTITUTION
If underlying Trust portfolios become unavailable for investment, we may be
required to substitute shares of another underlying Trust portfolio. We will
seek prior approval of the SEC and give you notice before substituting shares.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
You can access money in your contract in two ways:
- by making a partial or total withdrawal, and/or;
- by receiving income payments during the Income Phase. SEE INCOME OPTIONS
ON PAGE 20.
Generally, we deduct a withdrawal charge applicable to any total or partial
withdrawal and a MVA if a partial withdrawal comes from the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year
fixed account options. If you withdraw your entire contract value, we also
deduct premium taxes and a contract maintenance fee. SEE EXPENSES ON PAGE 18.
Your contract provides for a free withdrawal amount each year. A free withdrawal
amount is the portion of your account that we allow you to take out each year
without being charged a surrender penalty. However, upon a future full surrender
of your contract any previous free withdrawals would be subject to a surrender
charge, if any is applicable at the time of the full surrender (except in the
state of Washington).
Purchase payments, above and beyond the amount of your free withdrawal amount,
that are withdrawn prior to the end of the seventh year will result in your
paying a penalty in the form of a surrender charge. The amount of the charge and
how it applies are discussed more fully below. SEE EXPENSES ON PAGE 18. You
should consider, before purchasing this contract, the effect this charge will
have on your investment if you need to withdraw more money than the free
withdrawal amount. You should fully discuss this decision with your financial
representative.
To determine your free withdrawal amount and your withdrawal charge, we refer to
two special terms. These are penalty free earnings and the total invested
amount.
The penalty-free earnings portion of your contract is simply your account value
less your total invested amount. The total invested amount is the total of all
Purchase Payments you have made into the contract less portions of some prior
withdrawals you made. The portions of prior withdrawals that reduce your total
invested amount are as follows:
- Free withdrawals in any year that were in excess of your penalty-free
earnings and were based on the part of the total invested amount that was
no longer subject to withdrawal charges at the time of the withdrawal,
and
- Any prior withdrawals (including withdrawal charges on those withdrawals)
of the total invested amount on which you already paid a surrender
penalty.
When you make a withdrawal, we assume that it is taken from penalty-free
earnings first, then from the total invested amount on a first-in, first-out
basis. This means that you can also access your Purchase Payments which are no
longer subject to a withdrawal charge before those Purchase Payments which are
still subject to the withdrawal charge.
During the first year after we issue your contract your free withdrawal amount
is the greater of (1) your penalty-free earnings; and (2) if you are
participating in the Systematic Withdrawal program, a total of 10% of your total
invested amount. If you are a Washington resident, you may withdraw during the
first contract year, the greater of (1); (2); or (3) interest earnings from the
amounts allocated to the fixed account options, not previously withdrawn.
After the first contract year, you can take out the greater of the following
amounts each year (1) your penalty-free earnings and any portion of your total
invested amount no longer subject to withdrawal charge or (2) 10% of the portion
of your total invested amount that has been in your contract for at least one
year. If you are a Washington resident, your maximum free withdrawal amount,
after the first contract year, is the greater of (1); (2); or (3) interest
earnings from amounts allocated to the fixed account options, not previously
withdrawn.
We calculate charges due on a total withdrawal on the day after we receive your
request and your contract. We return to you your contract value less any
applicable fees and charges.
The withdrawal charge percentage is determined by the age of the Purchase
Payment remaining in the contract at the time of the withdrawal. For the purpose
of calculating the withdrawal charge, any prior Free Withdrawal is not
subtracted from the total Purchase Payments still subject to withdrawal charges.
For example, you make an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000. For purposes of
this example we will assume a 0% growth rate over the life of the contract and
no subsequent Purchase Payments. In contract year 2, you take out your maximum
free withdrawal of $10,000. After that free withdrawal your contract value is
$90,000. In contract year 5 you request a full surrender of your contract. We
will apply the following calculation,
A-(B x C)=D, where:
A=Your contract value at the time of your request for surrender ($90,000)
B=The amount of your Purchase Payments still subject to withdrawal charge
($100,000)
C=The withdrawal charge percentage applicable to the age of each Purchase
Payment (3%)[B x C=$3,000]
D=Your full surrender value ($87,000)
Under most circumstances, the partial withdrawal minimum is $1,000. We require
that the value left in any investment option be at least $100, after the
withdrawal. You must send a written withdrawal request. Unless you provide us
with different instructions, partial withdrawals will be made pro rata from each
Variable Portfolio and the fixed account option in which your contract is
invested.
15
Under certain Qualified plans, access to the money in your contract may be
restricted. Additionally, withdrawals made prior to age 59 1/2 may result in a
10% IRS penalty tax. SEE TAXES ON PAGE 23.
We may be required to suspend or postpone the payment of a withdrawal for any
period of time when: (1) the NYSE is closed (other than a customary weekend and
holiday closings); (2) trading with the NYSE is restricted; (3) an emergency
exists such that disposal of or determination of the value of shares of the
Variable Portfolios is not reasonably practicable; (4) the SEC, by order, so
permits for the protection of contract owners.
Additionally, we reserve the right to defer payments for a withdrawal from a
fixed account in option. Such deferrals are limited to no longer than six
months.
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
During the Accumulation Phase, you may elect to receive periodic income payments
under the systematic withdrawal program. Under the program, you may choose to
take monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual payments from your contract.
Electronic transfer of these funds to your bank account is also available. The
minimum amount of each withdrawal is $100. If you are an Oregon resident, the
minimum withdrawal amount is $100 per withdrawal or an amount equal to your free
withdrawal amount, as described on page 10. There must be at least $500
remaining in your contract at all times. Withdrawals may be taxable and a 10%
IRS penalty tax may apply if you are under age 59 1/2. There is no additional
charge for participating in this program, although a withdrawal charge and/or
MVA may apply.
The program is not available to everyone. Please check with our Annuity Service
Center, which can provide the necessary enrollment forms. We reserve the right
to modify, suspend or terminate this program at any time.
NURSING HOME WAIVER
If you are confined to a nursing home for 60 days or longer, we may waive the
withdrawal charge and/or market value adjustment on certain withdrawals prior to
the Annuity Date (not available in Texas). The waiver applies only to
withdrawals made while you are in a nursing home or within 90 days after you
leave the nursing home. Your contract prohibits use of this waiver during the
first 90 days after you purchase your contract. In addition, the confinement
period for which you seek the waiver must begin after you purchase your
contract.
In order to use this waiver, you must submit with your withdrawal request, the
following documents: (1) a doctor's note recommending admittance to a nursing
home; (2) an admittance form which shows the type of facility you entered; and
(3) a bill from the nursing home which shows that you met the 60 day confinement
requirement.
MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE
Where permitted by state law, we may terminate your contract if both of the
following occur: (1) your contract is less than $500 as a result of withdrawals;
and (2) you have not made any Purchase Payments during the past three years. We
will provide you with sixty days written notice. At the end of the notice
period, we will distribute the contract's remaining value to you.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
If you die during the Accumulation Phase of your contract, we pay a death
benefit to your Beneficiary. At the time you purchase your contract, you must
select one of the two death benefit options described below. Once selected, you
can not change your death benefit option. You should discuss the available
options with your financial representative to determine which option is best for
you.
We do not pay the death benefit if you die after you switch to the Income Phase.
However, if you die during the Income Phase, your Beneficiary receives any
remaining guaranteed income payments in accordance with the income option you
selected. SEE INCOME OPTIONS ON PAGE 20.
You name your Beneficiary. You may change the Beneficiary at any time, unless
you previously made an irrevocable Beneficiary designation.
We calculate and pay the death benefit when we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of death. We consider the following satisfactory proof of
death:
1. a certified copy of the death certificate; or
2. a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to
the finding of death; or
3. a written statement by a medical doctor who attended the deceased at the
time of death; or
4. any other proof satisfactory to us.
We may require additional proof before we pay the death benefit.
The death benefit must be paid within 5 years of the date of death unless the
Beneficiary elects to have it payable in the form of an income option. If the
Beneficiary elects an income option, it must be paid over the Beneficiary's
lifetime or for a period not extending beyond the Beneficiary's life expectancy.
Payments must begin within one year of your death.
If the Beneficiary is the spouse of a deceased owner, he or she can elect to
continue the Contract. SEE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION ON PAGE 18.
If a Beneficiary does not elect a specific form of pay out within 60 days of our
receipt of all required paperwork and satisfactory proof of death, we pay a lump
sum death benefit to the Beneficiary.
The term "withdrawals" as used in describing the death benefit options is
defined as withdrawals and the fees and charges applicable to those withdrawals.
OPTION 1 - PURCHASE PAYMENT ACCUMULATION OPTION
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. the contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of death; or
2. total Purchase Payments less withdrawals, compounded at a 4% annual
growth rate until the date of death (3% growth rate if age 70 or older
at the time of contract
16
issue) plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals recorded after the date of
death; or
3. the contract value on the seventh contract anniversary, plus any
Purchase Payments and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract
anniversary, all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of
death (3% growth rate if age 70 or older at the time of contract issue)
plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals recorded after the date of
death.
OPTION 2 - MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY OPTION
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. the contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and
satisfactory proof of death; or
2. total Purchase Payments less any withdrawals; or
3. the maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary prior to your
81st birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments and less any
withdrawals, since that contract anniversary.
If you are age 90 or older at the time of death and selected the Option 2 death
benefit, the death benefit will be equal to the contract value at the time we
receive satisfactory proof of death. Accordingly, you do not get the advantage
of option 2 if:
- you are age 81 or older at the time of contract issue, or
- you are age 90 or older at the time of your death.
ESTATEPLUS
The EstatePlus benefit if elected may increase the death benefit amount. If you
have earnings in your contract at the time of death, we will add a percentage of
those earnings (the "EstatePlus Percentage"), subject to a maximum dollar amount
(the "Maximum EstatePlus Amount"), to the death benefit payable. The EstatePlus
benefit, if any, is added to the death benefit payable under the Purchase
Payment Accumulation or Maximum Anniversary options. The contract year of your
death will determine the EstatePlus percentage and the Maximum EstatePlus
percentage.
The term "Net Purchase Payment" is used frequently in explaining the death
benefit options. Net Purchase Payment is an on-going calculation. It does not
represent a contract value.
We define Net Purchase Payments as Purchase Payments less an Adjustment for each
withdrawal. If you have not taken any withdrawals from your contract, Net
Purchase Payments equals total Purchase Payments into your contract. To
calculate the Adjustment amount for the first withdrawal made under the
contract, we determine the percentage by which the withdrawal reduced contract
value. For example, a $10,000 withdrawal from a $100,000 contract is a 10%
reduction in value. This percentage is calculated by dividing the amount of each
withdrawal (including fees and charges applicable to the withdrawal) by the
contract value immediately before taking that withdrawal. The resulting
percentage is then multiplied by the amount of total Purchase Payments and
subtracted from the amount of total Purchase Payments on deposit at the time of
the withdrawal. The resulting amount is the initial Net Purchase Payment
calculation.
To arrive at the Net Purchase Payment calculation for subsequent withdrawals, we
determine the percentage by which the contract value is reduced by taking the
amount of the withdrawal in relation to the contract value immediately before
taking the withdrawal. We then multiply the Net Purchase Payment calculation as
determined prior to the withdrawal by this percentage. We subtract that result
from the Net Purchase Payment calculation as determined prior to the withdrawal
to arrive at all subsequent Net Purchase Payment calculations.
The table below provides the details if you are age 69 or younger at the time we
issue your contract:
-------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 0 - 4 25% of Earnings 40% of Net Purchase
Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 5 - 9 40% of Earnings 65% of Net Purchase
Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
Years 10+ 50% of Earnings 75% of Net Purchase
Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
If you are between your 70th and 81st birthdays at the time we issue your
contract the table below shows the available EstatePlus benefit:
-------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------
All Contract 25% of Earnings 40% of Net Purchase
Years Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------
* Purchase Payments received after the 5th contract anniversary must remain in
the contract for at least 6 full months to be included as part of Net Purchase
Payments for the purpose of the Maximum EstatePlus Amount calculations.
We may offer different levels of this benefit based on the number of years you
hold your contract and/or your age at the time of issue.
What is the Contract Year of Death?
Contract Year of Death is the number of full 12 month periods beginning with the
date your contract is issued and ending on the date of death.
17
What is the EstatePlus Percentage Amount?
We determine the amount of the EstatePlus benefit, based on a percentage of the
earnings in your contract at the time of your death. For the purpose of this
calculation, earnings equals contract value minus Net Purchase Payments as of
the date of death. If the earnings amount is negative, no EstatePlus amount will
be added.
What is the Maximum EstatePlus Amount?
The EstatePlus benefit is subject to a maximum dollar amount. The maximum
EstatePlus amount is equal to a percentage of your Net Purchase Payments.
You must elect EstatePlus at the time of contract application. Once elected, you
may not terminate or change this election.
We assess a .25% fee for EstatePlus. On a daily basis we deduct this annual
charge from the average daily ending value of the assets you have allocated to
the Variable Portfolios.
EstatePlus is not available if you are age 81 or older at the time we issue your
contract. Furthermore, a Continuing Spouse cannot benefit from EstatePlus if
he/she is age 81 or older on the Continuation Date. SEE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION ON
PAGE 18. The EstatePlus benefit is not payable after the latest Annuity Date.
You may pay for the EstatePlus benefit and your beneficiary may never receive
the benefit if you live past the latest Annuity Date. SEE INCOME OPTIONS ON PAGE
20.
EstatePlus may not be available in your state or through the broker-dealer with
which your financial advisor is affiliated. See your financial advisor for
information regarding availability.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE ESTATEPLUS BENEFIT (IN
ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT AT ANY TIME) AT ANY TIME FOR PROSPECTIVELY ISSUED
CONTRACTS.
SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
If you are the original owner of the contract and the Beneficiary is your
spouse, your spouse may elect to continue the contract after your death. The
spouse becomes the new owner ("Continuing Spouse"). Generally, the contract and
its elected features, if any, remain the same. The Continuing Spouse is subject
to the same fees, charges and expenses applicable to the original owner of the
contract. A spousal continuation can only take place upon the death of the
original owner of the contract.
To the extent that the Continuing Spouse invests in the Variable Portfolios or
MVA fixed accounts, they will be subject to investment risk as was the original
owner.
Upon a spouse's continuation of the contract, we will contribute to the contract
value an amount by which the death benefit that would have been paid to the
beneficiary upon the death of the original owner exceeds the contract value
("Continuation Contribution"), if any. We calculate the Continuation
Contribution as of the date of the original owner's death. We will add the
Continuation Contribution as of the date we receive both the Continuing Spouse's
written request to continue the contract and proof of death of the original
owner in a form satisfactory to us ("Continuation Date"). The Continuation
Contribution is not considered a Purchase Payment for the purposes of any other
calculations except as explained in Appendix B. SEE APPENDIX B FOR FURTHER
EXPLANATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATIONS FOLLOWING A SPOUSAL CONTINUATION.
Generally, the Continuing Spouse cannot change any contract provisions as the
new owner. However, on the Continuation Date, the Continuing Spouse may
terminate the original owner's election of EstatePlus. We will terminate
EstatePlus if the Continuing Spouse is age 81 or older on the Continuation Date.
If EstatePlus is terminated or if the Continuing Spouse dies after the latest
Annuity Date, no EstatePlus benefit will be payable. Generally, the age of the
Continuing Spouse on the Continuation Date and on the date of the Continuing
Spouse's death will be used in determining any future death benefits under the
Contract. SEE APPENDIX B FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATIONS
AFTER A SPOUSAL CONTINUATION.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
PROVISION (IN ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT) AT ANY TIME FOR PROSPECTIVELY
ISSUED CONTRACTS.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSES
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
There are charges and expenses associated with your contract. These charges and
expenses reduce your investment return. We will not increase the contract
maintenance fee or the insurance and withdrawal charges under your contract.
However, the investment charges under your contract may increase or decrease.
Some states may require that we charge less than the amounts described below.
INSURANCE CHARGES
The amount of this charge is 1.52% annually, of the value of your contract
invested in the Variable Portfolios. We deduct the charge daily.
The insurance charge compensates us for the mortality and expense risks and the
costs of contract distribution assumed by Anchor National.
If these charges do not cover all of our expenses, we will pay the difference.
Likewise, if these charges exceed our expenses, we will keep the difference.
18
WITHDRAWAL CHARGES
The contract provides a free withdrawal amount every year. SEE ACCESS TO YOUR
MONEY ON PAGE 15. If you take money out in excess of the free withdrawal amount,
you may incur a withdrawal charge. You may also incur a withdrawal charge upon a
full surrender.
We apply a withdrawal charge against each Purchase Payment you put into the
contract. After a Purchase Payment has been in the contract for 7 complete
years, no withdrawal charge applies. The withdrawal charge equals a percentage
of the Purchase Payment you take out of the contract. The withdrawal charge
percentage declines each year a Purchase Payment is in the contract, as follows:
WITHDRAWAL CHARGE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWAL
CHARGE 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1% 0%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When calculating the withdrawal charge, we treat withdrawals as coming first
from the Purchase Payments that have been in your contract the longest. However,
for tax purposes, your withdrawals are considered earnings first, then Purchase
Payments. SEE ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY ON PAGE 15.
Whenever possible, we deduct the withdrawal charge from the money remaining in
your contract. If you withdraw all of your contract value, we deduct any
applicable withdrawal charges from the amount withdrawn.
We will not assess a withdrawal charge for money withdrawn to pay a death
benefit or to pay contract fees or charges. We will not assess a withdrawal
charge when you switch to the Income Phase, except when you elect to receive
income payments using the Income Protector feature. If you elect to receive
income payments using the Income Protector feature, we assess the entire
withdrawal charge applicable to Purchase Payments remaining in your contract
when calculating your income benefit base. SEE INCOME OPTIONS BELOW.
Withdrawals made prior to age 59 1/2 may result in tax penalties. SEE TAXES ON
PAGE 23.
INVESTMENT CHARGES
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES
Charges are deducted from your Variable Portfolios for the advisory and other
expenses of the Variable Portfolios. THE FEE TABLES LOCATED AT PAGE 5 illustrate
these charges and expenses. For more detailed information on these investment
charges, refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts, enclosed or attached.
SERVICE FEES
Shares of certain Trusts may be subject to fees imposed under a servicing plan
adopted by that Trust pursuant to Rule 12(b)(1) under the Investment Company Act
of 1940. This service fee of .15% for the Anchor and SunAmerica Series Trust
portfolios and .25% for the Van Kampen Life Investment Trust portfolios is also
known as a 12(b)(1) fee. Generally, this fee may be paid to financial
intermediaries for services provided over the life of the contract. SEE FEE
TABLE ON PAGE 5.
CONTRACT MAINTENANCE FEE
During the Accumulation Phase, we subtract a contract maintenance fee from your
account once per year. This charge compensates us for the cost of contract
administration. We deduct the $35 contract maintenance fee ($30 in North Dakota)
from your account value on your contract anniversary. If you withdraw your
entire contract value, we deduct the fee from that withdrawal.
If your contract value is $50,000 or more on your contract anniversary date, we
will waive the charge. This waiver is subject to change without notice.
TRANSFER FEE
We currently permit 15 free transfers between investment options each contract
year. We charge you $25 for each additional transfer that contract year ($10 in
Pennsylvania and Texas). SEE INVESTMENT OPTIONS ON PAGE 11.
OPTIONAL ESTATEPLUS FEE
Please see page 17 for more information on the EstatePlus fee.
OPTIONAL INCOME PROTECTOR FEE
Please see page 21 for more information of the income protector fee.
PREMIUM TAX
Certain states charge the Company a tax on the premiums you pay into the
contract. We deduct from your contract these premium tax charges. Currently we
deduct the charge for premium taxes when you take a full withdrawal or begin the
Income Phase of the contract. In the future, we may assess this deduction at the
time you put Purchase Payment(s) into the contract or upon payment of a death
benefit.
APPENDIX D provides more information about premium taxes.
INCOME TAXES
We do not currently deduct income taxes from your contract. We reserve the right
to do so in the future.
19
REDUCTION OR ELIMINATION OF CHARGES AND EXPENSES, AND ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
CREDITED
Sometimes sales of the contracts to groups of similarly situated individuals may
lower our administrative and/or sales expenses. We reserve the right to reduce
or waive certain charges and expenses when this type of sale occurs. In
addition, we may also credit additional interest to policies sold to such
groups. We determine which groups are eligible for such treatment. Some of the
criteria we evaluate to make a determination are: size of the group; amount of
expected Purchase Payments; relationship existing between us and prospective
purchaser; nature of the purchase; length of time a group of contracts is
expected to remain active; purpose of the purchase and whether that purpose
increases the likelihood that our expenses will be reduced; and/or any other
factors that we believe indicate that administrative and/or sales expenses may
be reduced.
Anchor National may make such a determination regarding sales to its employees,
it affiliates' employees and employees of currently contracted broker-dealers;
its registered representatives and immediate family members of all of those
described.
We reserve the right to change or modify any such determination or the treatment
applied to a particular group, at any time.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME OPTIONS
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITY DATE
During the Income Phase, we use the money accumulated in your contract to make
regular income payments to you. You may switch to the Income Phase any time
after your 2nd contract anniversary. You select the month and year you want
income payments to begin. The first day of that month is the Annuity Date. You
may change your Annuity Date, so long as you do so at least seven days before
the income payments are scheduled to begin. Once you begin receiving income
payments, you cannot change your income option. Except as indicated under Option
5 below, once you begin receiving income payments, you cannot otherwise access
your money through a withdrawal or surrender.
Income payments must begin on or before your 95th birthday or on your tenth
contract anniversary, whichever occurs later (latest Annuity Date). If you do
not choose an Annuity Date, your income payments will automatically begin on
this date. Certain states may require your income payments to start earlier.
If the Annuity Date is past your 85th birthday, your contract could lose its
status as an annuity under Federal tax laws. This may cause you to incur adverse
tax consequences.
In addition, most Qualified contracts require you to take minimum distributions
after you reach age 70 1/2. SEE TAXES ON PAGE 23.
INCOME OPTIONS
Currently, this Contract offers five income options unless you chose to take
income under the Income Protector feature (see below). Other payout options may
be available. Contact the Annuity Service Center for more information. If you
elect to receive income payments but do not select an option, your income
payments will be made in accordance with option 4 for a period of 10 years. For
income payments based on joint lives, we pay according to option 3 for a period
of 10 years.
We base our calculation of income payments on the life of the Annuitant and the
annuity rates set forth in your contract. As the contract owner, you may change
the Annuitant at any time prior to the Annuity Date. You must notify us if the
Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date and designate a new Annuitant.
OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME ANNUITY
This option provides income payments for the life of the Annuitant. Income
payments stop when the Annuitant dies.
OPTION 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY
This option provides income payments for the life of the Annuitant and for the
life of another designated person. Upon the death of either person, we will
continue to make income payments during the lifetime of the survivor. Income
payments stop when the survivor dies.
OPTION 3 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS GUARANTEED
This option is similar to option 2 above, with an additional guarantee of
payments for at least 10 years. If the Annuitant and the survivor die before all
of the guaranteed income payments have been made, the remaining payments are
made to the Beneficiary under your contract.
OPTION 4 - LIFE ANNUITY WITH 10 OR 20 YEARS GUARANTEED
This option is similar to option 1 above. In addition, this option provides a
guarantee that income payments will be made for at least 10 or 20 years. You
select the number of years. If the Annuitant dies before all guaranteed income
payments are made, the remaining income payments go to the Beneficiary under
your contract.
OPTION 5 - INCOME FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD
This option provides income payments for a guaranteed period ranging from 5 to
30 years. If the Annuitant dies before all the guaranteed income payments are
made, the remaining income payments are made to the Beneficiary under your
contract. Additionally, if variable income payments are elected under this
option, you (or the Beneficiary under the contract if the Annuitant dies prior
to all guaranteed income payments being made) may redeem any remaining
guaranteed variable income payments after the Annuity Date. The amount available
upon such redemption would be the discounted present value of any remaining
guaranteed variable income payments. If provided for
20
in your contract, any applicable withdrawal charge will be deducted from the
discounted value as if you fully surrendered your contract.
The value of an Annuity Unit, regardless of the option chosen, takes into
account the mortality and expense risk charge. Since Option 5 does not contain
an element of mortality risk, no benefit is derived from this charge.
For information regarding Income Option's using the Income Protector feature,
please see THE INCOME PROTECTOR FEATURE BELOW. Please read the Statement of
Additional Information ("SAI") for a more detailed discussion of the income
options.
FIXED OR VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS
You can choose income payments that are fixed, variable or both. If at the date
when income payments begin you are invested in the Variable Portfolios only,
your income payments will be variable. If your money is only in fixed accounts
at that time, your income payments will be fixed in amount. Further, if you are
invested in both fixed and variable investment options when income payments
begin, your payments will be fixed and variable. If income payments are fixed,
Anchor National guarantees the amount of each payment. If the income payments
are variable the amount is not guaranteed.
INCOME PAYMENTS
We make income payments on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. You
instruct us to send you a check or to have the payments directly deposited into
your bank account. If state law allows, we distribute annuities with a contract
value of $5,000 or less in a lump sum. Also, if the selected income option
results in income payments of less than $50 per payment, we may decrease the
frequency of payments, state law allowing.
If you are invested in the Variable Portfolios after the Annuity date, your
income payments vary depending on four things:
- for life options, your age when payments begin; and
- the value of your contract in the Variable Portfolios on the Annuity
Date; and
- the 3.5% assumed investment rate used in the annuity table for the
contract; and
- the performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you are invested
during the time you receive income payments.
If you are invested in both the fixed account options and the Variable
Portfolios after the Annuity Date, the allocation of funds between the fixed and
variable options also impacts the amount of your annuity payments.
TRANSFERS DURING THE INCOME PHASE
During the Income Phase, one transfer per month is permitted between the
Variable Portfolios. No other transfers are allowed during the Income Phase.
DEFERMENT OF PAYMENTS
We may defer making fixed payments for up to six months, or less if required by
law. Interest is credited to you during the deferral period.
THE INCOME PROTECTOR FEATURE
The Income Protector feature is a future "safety net" which can offer you the
ability to receive a guaranteed fixed minimum retirement income when you switch
to the Income Phase. If you elect the Income Protector feature you can know the
level of minimum income that will be available to you upon annuitization,
regardless of fluctuating market conditions.
The minimum level of Income Protector benefit available is generally based upon
the Purchase Payments remaining in your contract at the time you decide to begin
taking income. If available and elected, a growth rate can provide increased
levels of minimum guaranteed income. We charge a fee for the Income Protector
benefit. The amount of the fee and levels of income protection available to you
are described below. This feature may not be available in your state. Check with
your financial advisor regarding availability.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE INCOME PROTECTOR
FEATURE AT ANY TIME.
HOW WE DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF YOUR MINIMUM GUARANTEED INCOME
If you elect the Income Protector feature, we base the amount of minimum income
available to you upon a calculation we call the Income Benefit Base. At the time
your participation in the Income Protector program becomes effective, your
Income Benefit Base is equal to your contract value. Participation in the Income
Protector program is effective on either the date of issue of the contract (if
elected) or at the contract anniversary following your election of the Income
Protector.
The income benefit base is only a calculation. It does not represent a contract
value, nor does it guarantee performance of the Variable Portfolios in which you
invest.
Your income benefit base increases if you make subsequent Purchase Payments and
decreases if you withdraw money from your contract. The exact income benefit
base calculation is equal to (a) plus (b) minus (c) where:
(a) is equal to, for the first year of calculation, your initial Purchase
Payment, or for each subsequent year of calculation, the income benefit
base on the prior contract anniversary, and;
(b) is equal to the sum of all subsequent Purchase Payments made into the
contract since the last contract anniversary, and;
(c) is equal to all withdrawals and applicable fees and charges since the
last contract anniversary, in an
21
amount proportionate to the amount by which such withdrawals decreased
your contract value.
Your Income Benefit Base may accumulate at the elected growth rate from the date
your election becomes effective through your Income Benefit Date. However, any
applicable Growth Rate will reduce to 0% on the Anniversary immediately after
the annuitant's 90th birthday.
LEVEL OF PROTECTION
If you decide that you want the protection offered by the Income Protector
feature, you must elect the feature by completing the Income Protector Election
Form available through our Annuity Service Center. If more than one level of
protection is offered, you may only elect one of the offered alternatives.
Depending on when you elect the feature and/or the broker-dealer through which
you purchase your contract, you may not have a choice of levels of protection.
If you elect the Income Protector on a subsequent anniversary the growth
rate(s), fee(s) and waiting period(s) will be those offered at the time of your
election.
Your Income Benefit Base will begin accumulating at the applicable growth rate
on the contract anniversary following our receipt of your completed election
form. In order to obtain the benefit of the Income Protector you may not begin
the Income Phase for at least seven years following your election. You may not
elect this Program if the required waiting period before beginning the Income
Phase would occur later than your latest Annuity Date.
The current options offered are:
FEE AS A % OF
YOUR INCOME
OPTIONS GROWTH RATE BENEFIT BASE WAITING PERIOD
----------------------------------------------------------------
Income Protector Base 0% .10% 7 years
----------------------------------------------------------------
If you elect the Base feature on a subsequent anniversary, the Growth Rate(s),
Fee(s), and/or Waiting Period may be different.
RE-SET OF YOUR INCOME PROTECTOR BENEFIT
If available, you may also have the opportunity to "reset" your Income Benefit
Base. The Re-Set feature allows you to increase your Income Benefit Base to the
amount of your contract value on your next contract anniversary. You can only
Re-Set within the 30 days before your next contract anniversary. Upon a Re-Set
the waiting period before you can begin the Income Phase will start over and
will be determined based on the offerings available for your elected level of
protection at the time your make an election to Re-Set. In addition, the Income
Protector fee will be charged as a percentage of your re-set Income Benefit
Base. You may not elect to Re-Set if the required waiting period before
beginning the Income Phase would occur later than your latest annuity date.
For more information on how to Re-Set your Income Protector benefit, please
contact your financial advisor or our Annuity Service Center.
ELECTING TO RECEIVE INCOME PAYMENTS
You may elect to begin the Income Phase of your contract using the Income
Protector Program ONLY within the 30 days after the 7th or later contract
anniversary following the effective date of your Income Protector participation
or Re-Set.
The contract anniversary of, or prior to, your election to begin receiving
annuity payments is your Income Benefit Date. This is the date as of which we
calculate your Income Benefit Base to use in determining your guaranteed minimum
fixed retirement income. To arrive at the minimum guaranteed retirement income
available to you we apply the annuity rates stated in your Income Protector
Endorsement for the annuity option you select to your final Income Benefit Base.
You then choose if you would like to receive that income annually, quarterly or
monthly for the time guaranteed under your selected annuity option. Your final
Income Benefit Base is equal to (a) minus (b) where:
(a) is your Income Benefit Base as of your Income Benefit Date, and;
(b) is any partial withdrawals of contract value and any charges applicable
to those withdrawals and any withdrawal charges otherwise applicable,
calculated as if you fully surrender your contract as of the Income
Benefit Date, and any applicable premium taxes.
The annuity options available when using the Income Protector Program to receive
your fixed retirement income are:
- Life Annuity with 10 Year Period Certain, or
- Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 Year Period Certain
At the time you elect to begin receiving annuity payments, we will calculate
your annual income using both your final Income Benefit Base and your contract
value. We will use the same income option for each calculation, however, the
annuity factors used to calculate your income under the Income Protector will be
different. You will receive whichever provides a greater stream of income. If
you annuitize using the Income Protector your income payments will be fixed in
amount. You are not required to use the Income Protector to receive income
payments. However, we will not refund fees paid for the Income Protector if you
annuitize under the general provisions of your contract. In addition, if
applicable, a surrender charge will apply if you take income under the Income
Protector feature. YOU MAY NEVER NEED TO RELY UPON THE INCOME PROTECTOR, IF YOUR
CONTRACT PERFORMS WITHIN A
22
HISTORICALLY ANTICIPATED RANGE. HOWEVER, PAST PERFORMANCE IS NO GUARANTEE OF
FUTURE RESULTS.
FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THE INCOME PROTECTOR
If you elect the Income Protector, we charge an annual fee, as follows:
FEE AS A % OF YOUR
OPTIONS INCOME BENEFIT BASE
-------------------------------------------------------------
Income Protector Base .10%
-------------------------------------------------------------
* If you elect the Base feature on a subsequent anniversary, the Fee may be
different.
We deduct the annual fee from your actual contract value. If your contract is
issued with the Income Protector program we begin deducting the annual fee on
your first contract anniversary. If you elect the feature it at some later date,
we begin deducting the annual fee on the contract anniversary following the date
on which your participation in the program becomes effective. Upon a Re-Set of
your Income Protector feature, the fee will be charged upon your Re-Set Income
Benefit Base.
It is important to note that once you elect the Income Protector feature you may
not cancel your election. We will deduct the charge from your contract value on
every contract anniversary up to and including your Income Benefit Date.
Additionally, we deduct the full annual fee from any full surrender of your
contract requested prior to your contract anniversary based on the Income
Benefit Base at time of surrender.
NOTE TO QUALIFIED CONTRACT HOLDERS
Qualified contracts generally require that you select an income option that does
not exceed your life expectancy. That restriction, if it applies to you, may
limit the benefit of the Income Protector program. To utilize the Income
Protector feature, you must take income payments under one of the two income
options described above. If those income options exceed your life expectancy,
you may be prohibited from receiving your guaranteed fixed income under the
program. If you own a qualified contract to which this restriction applies and
you elect the Income Protector program, you may pay for this minimum guarantee
and not be able to realize the benefit.
Generally, for qualified contracts:
- for the Life Annuity with 10 years guaranteed, you must annuitize before
age 79, and;
- for the Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 years guaranteed, both
annuitants must be 70 or younger or one of the annuitants must be 65 or
younger upon annuitization. Other age combinations may be available.
You may wish to consult your tax advisor for information concerning your
particular circumstances. Appendix C provides examples of the operation of the
Income Protector feature.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
TAXES
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: WE PREPARED THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ON TAXES AS A GENERAL DISCUSSION OF
THE SUBJECT. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. WE CAUTION YOU TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE
ABOUT YOUR OWN CIRCUMSTANCES. WE DO NOT GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF YOUR
ANNUITY. TAX LAWS CONSTANTLY CHANGE, THEREFORE WE CANNOT GUARANTEE THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS COMPLETE AND/OR ACCURATE.
ANNUITY CONTRACTS IN GENERAL
The Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") provides for special rules regarding the tax
treatment of annuity contracts. Generally, taxes on the earnings in your annuity
contract are deferred until you take the money out. Qualified retirement
investments automatically provide tax deferral regardless of whether the
underlying contract is an annuity. Different rules apply depending on how you
take the money out and whether your contract is Qualified or Non-qualified.
If you do not purchase your contract under a pension plan, a specially sponsored
employer program or an individual retirement account, your contract is referred
to as a Non-qualified contract. A Non-qualified contract receives different tax
treatment than a Qualified contract. In general, your cost basis in a
Non-qualified contract is equal to the Purchase Payments you put into the
contract. You have already been taxed on the cost basis in your contract.
If you purchase your contract under a pension plan, a specially sponsored
employer program or as an individual retirement account, your contract is
referred to as a Qualified contract. Examples of qualified plans are: Individual
Retirement Accounts ("IRAs"), Roth IRAs, Tax-Sheltered Annuities (referred to as
403(b) contracts), H.R. 10 Plans (referred to as Keogh Plans) and pension and
profit sharing plans, including 401(k) plans. Typically you have not paid any
tax on the Purchase Payments used to buy your contract and therefore, you have
no cost basis in your contract.
TAX TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS -
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
If you make a withdrawal from a Non-qualified contract, the IRC treats such a
withdrawal as first coming from the earnings and then as coming from your
Purchase Payments. For income payments, any portion of each payment that is
considered a return of your Purchase Payment will not be taxed. Withdrawn
earnings are treated as income to you and are taxable. The IRC provides for a
10% penalty tax on any earnings that are withdrawn other than in conjunction
with the following circumstances: (1) after reaching age 59 1/2; (2) when paid
to your Beneficiary after you die; (3) after you become disabled (as defined in
the IRC); (4) when paid in a series of substantially equal installments made for
your
23
life or for the joint lives of you and you Beneficiary; (5) under an immediate
annuity; or (6) which come from Purchase Payments made prior to August 14, 1982.
TAX TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS - QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
Generally, you have not paid any taxes on the Purchase Payments used to buy a
Qualified contract. Any amount of money you take out as a withdrawal or as
income payments is taxable income. The IRC further provides for a 10% penalty
tax on any withdrawal or income payment paid to you other than in conjunction
with the following circumstances: (1) after reaching age 59 1/2; (2) when paid
to your Beneficiary after you die; (3) after you become disabled (as defined in
the IRC); (4) in a series of substantially equal installments made for your life
or for the joint lives of you and your Beneficiary; (5) to the extent such
withdrawals do not exceed limitations set by the IRC for amounts paid during the
taxable year for medical care; (6) to fund higher education expenses (as defined
in IRC); (7) to fund certain first-time home purchase expenses; and, except in
the case of an IRA; (8) when you separate from service after attaining age 55;
and (9) when paid to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic
relations order.
The IRC limits the withdrawal of Purchase Payments from certain Tax-Sheltered
Annuities. Withdrawals can only be made when an owner: (1) reaches age 59 1/2;
(2) leaves his or her job; (3) dies; (4) becomes disabled (as defined in the
IRC); or (5) experiences a hardship (as defined in the IRC). In the case of
hardship, the owner can only withdraw Purchase Payments. These restrictions do
not apply to amounts transferred to another TSA contract under Section 403(b) or
to a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7).
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
Generally, the IRS requires that you begin taking annual distributions from
qualified annuity contracts by April 1 of the calendar year following the later
of (1) the calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2 or (2) the calendar year
in which you retire.
We currently waive surrender charges and MVA on withdrawals taken to meet
minimum distribution requirements. Current operational practice is to provide a
free withdrawal of the greater of the contract's maximum penalty free amount or
the required minimum distribution amount for a particular contract (but not
both).
Failure to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements may result in a tax
penalty. You should consult your tax advisor for more information.
You may elect to have the required minimum distribution amount on your contract
calculated and withdrawn each year under the automatic withdrawal option. You
may select either monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual withdrawals for this
purpose. This service is provided as a courtesy and we do not guarantee the
accuracy of our calculations. Accordingly, we recommend you consult your tax
advisor concerning your required minimum distribution. You may terminate your
election for automated minimum distribution at any time by sending a written
request to our Annuity Service Center. We reserve the right to change or
discontinue this service at any time.
TAX TREATMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS
Any death benefits paid under the contract are taxable to the Beneficiary. The
rules governing the taxation of payments from an annuity contract, as discussed
above, generally apply whether the death benefits are paid as lump sum or
annuity payments. Estate taxes may also apply.
Certain enhanced death benefits may be purchased under your contract. Although
these types of benefits are used as investment protection and should not give
rise to any adverse tax effects, the IRS could take the position that some or
all of the charges for these death benefits should be treated as a partial
withdrawal from the contract. In such case, the amount of the partial withdrawal
may be includable in taxable income and subject to the 10% penalty if the owner
is under 59 1/2.
If you own a Qualified contract and purchase these enhanced death benefits, the
IRS may consider these benefits "incidental death benefits." The IRC imposes
limits on the amount of the incidental death benefits allowable for Qualified
contracts. If the death benefit(s) selected by you are considered to exceed
these limits, the benefit(s) could result in taxable income to the owner of the
Qualified contract. Furthermore, the IRC provides that the assets of an IRA
(including a Roth IRA) may not be invested in life insurance, but may provide,
in the case of death during the Accumulation Phase, for a death benefit payment
equal to the greater of Purchase Payments or contract value. This Contract
offers death benefits, which may exceed the greater of Purchase Payments or
contract value. If the IRS determines that these benefits are providing life
insurance, the contract may not qualify as an IRA (including Roth IRAs). You
should consult your tax adviser regarding these features and benefits prior to
purchasing a contract.
CONTRACTS OWNED BY A TRUST OR CORPORATION
A Trust or Corporation ("Non-Natural Owner") that is considering purchasing this
contract should consult a tax advisor. Generally, the IRC does not treat a
Non-qualified contract owned by a non-natural owner as an annuity contract for
Federal income tax purposes. The non-natural owner pays tax currently on the
contract's value in excess of the owner's cost basis. SEE THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR A MORE DETAILED DISCUSSION OF THE POTENTIAL ADVERSE
TAX CONSEQUENCES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-NATURAL OWNERSHIP OF A NON-QUALIFIED
ANNUITY CONTRACT.
24
GIFTS, PLEDGES AND/OR ASSIGNMENTS OF A NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT
If you gift your Non-qualified contract to a person other than your spouse (or
former spouse incident to divorce) you will pay federal tax on the contract's
cash value to the extent it exceeds your cost basis. The recipient's cost basis
will be increased by the amount on which you will pay federal taxes. Also, the
IRC treats any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of any
portion of a Non-qualified contract as a withdrawal. PLEASE SEE THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR A MORE DETAILED DISCUSSION REGARDING POTENTIAL TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF GIFTING, ASSIGNING OR PLEDGING A NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT.
DIVERSIFICATION
The IRC imposes certain diversification requirements on the underlying
investments for a variable annuity. We believe that each underlying Variable
Portfolios' management monitors the Variable Portfolios so as to comply with
these requirements. To be treated as a variable annuity for tax purposes, the
underlying investments must meet these requirements.
The diversification regulations do not provide guidance as to the circumstances
under which you, because of the degree of control you exercise over the
underlying investments, and not Anchor National, would be considered the owner
of the shares of the Variable Portfolios. It is unknown to what extent owners
are permitted to select investments, to make transfers among Variable Portfolios
or the number and type of Variable Portfolios owners may select from. If any
guidance is provided which is considered a new position, then the guidance would
generally be applied prospectively. However, if such guidance is considered not
to be a new position, it may be applied retroactively. This would mean you, as
the owner of the contract, could be treated as the owner of the underlying
Variable Portfolios. Due to the uncertainty in this area, we reserve the right
to modify the contract in an attempt to maintain favorable tax treatment.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
We advertise the Cash Management Portfolio's yield and effective yield. In
addition, the other Variable Portfolios advertise total return, gross yield and
yield-to-maturity. These figures represent past performance of the Variable
Portfolios. These performance numbers do not indicate future results.
When we advertise performance for periods prior to the date the contracts were
first issued, we derive the figures from the performance of the corresponding
portfolios for the Trusts, if available. We modify these numbers to reflect
charges and expenses as if the contract was in existence during the period
stated in the advertisement. Figures calculated in this manner do not represent
actual historic performance of the particular Variable Portfolio.
Consult the Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information
regarding the calculation of performance data. The performance of each Variable
Portfolio may also be measured against unmanaged market indices. The indices we
use include but are not limited to the Dow Jones Industrial Average, the
Standard & Poor's 500, the Russell 1000 Growth Index, the Morgan Stanley Capital
International Europe, Australia and Far East Index ("EAFE") and the Morgan
Stanley Capital International World Index. We may compare the Variable
Portfolios' performance to that of other variable annuities with similar
objectives and policies as reported by independent ranking agencies such as
Morningstar, Inc., Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or Variable Annuity Research
& Data Service ("VARDS").
Anchor National may also advertise the rating and other information assigned to
it by independent industry ratings organizations. Some of those organizations
are A.M. Best Company ("A.M. Best"), Moody's Investor's Service ("Moody's"),
Standard & Poor's Insurance Rating Services ("S&P"), and Fitch IBCA, Duff &
Phelps. A.M. Best's and Moody's ratings reflect their current opinion of our
financial strength and performance in comparison to others in the life and
health insurance industry. S&P's and Fitch IBCA, Duff & Phelps' ratings measure
the ability of an insurance company to meet its obligations under insurance
policies it issues. These two ratings do not measure the insurer's ability to
meet non-policy obligations. Ratings in general do not relate to the performance
of the Variable Portfolios.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER INFORMATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
ANCHOR NATIONAL
Anchor National is a stock life insurance company originally organized under the
laws of the state of California in April 1965. On January 1, 1996, Anchor
National redomesticated under the laws of the state of Arizona.
Anchor National and its affiliates, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, First
SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, SunAmerica Asset Management Corp., and the
SunAmerica Financial Network, Inc. (comprising six-wholly owned broker-
dealers), specialize in retirement savings and investment products and services.
Business focuses include fixed and variable annuities, mutual funds and
broker-dealer services.
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
Anchor National established Variable Separate Account ("separate account"),
under Arizona law on January 1, 1996 when it assumed the separate account,
originally established under California law on June 25, 1981. The separate
account
25
is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Anchor National owns the assets in the separate account. However, the assets in
the separate account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business conducted by Anchor National. Income gains and losses (realized
and unrealized) resulting from assets in the separate account are credited to or
charged against the separate account without regard to other income gains or
losses of Anchor National. Assets in the Separate Account are not guaranteed by
Anchor National.
THE GENERAL ACCOUNT
Money allocated to the fixed account options goes into Anchor National's general
account. The general account consists of all of Anchor National's assets other
than assets attributable to a separate account. All of the assets in the general
account are chargeable with the claims of any Anchor National contract holders
as well as all of its creditors. The general account funds are invested as
permitted under state insurance laws.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACT
Registered representatives of broker-dealers sell the contract. We pay
commissions to these representatives for the sale of the contracts. We do not
expect the total commissions to exceed 8% of your Purchase Payments. We may also
pay a bonus to representatives for contracts which stay active for a particular
period of time, in addition to standard commissions. We do not deduct
commissions paid to registered representatives directly from your Purchase
Payments.
From time to time, we may pay or allow additional promotional incentives in the
form of cash or other compensation. We reserve the right to offer these
additional incentives only to certain broker-dealers that sell or are expected
to sell, certain minimum amounts of the contract, or other contracts offered by
us. Promotional incentives may change at any time.
SunAmerica Capital Services, Inc., 733 Third Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New
York 10017 distributes the contracts. SunAmerica Capital Services, an affiliate
of Anchor National, is registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act of
1934 and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. No
underwriting fees are paid in connection with the distribution of the contracts.
ADMINISTRATION
We are responsible for the administrative servicing of your contract. Please
contact our Annuity Service Center at 1-800-445-SUN2, if you have any comment,
question or service request.
We send out transaction confirmations and quarterly statements. During the
accumulation phase, you will receive confirmation of transactions within your
contract. Transactions made pursuant to contractual or systematic agreements,
such as deduction of the annual maintenance fee and dollar cost averaging, may
be confirmed quarterly. Purchase payments received through the automatic payment
plan or a salary reduction arrangement, may also be confirmed quarterly. For all
other transactions, we send confirmations immediately. It is your responsibility
to review these documents carefully and notify us of any inaccuracies
immediately. We investigate all inquiries. To the extent that we believe we made
an error, we retroactively adjust your contract, provided you notify us within
30 days of receiving the transaction confirmation or quarterly statement. Any
other adjustments we deem warranted are made as of the time we receive notice of
the error.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the separate account. Anchor
National and its subsidiaries engage in various kinds of routine litigation. In
management's opinion, these matters are not of material importance to their
respective total assets nor are they material with respect to the separate
account.
OWNERSHIP
The Polaris Platinum Variable Annuity is a Flexible Payment Group Deferred
Annuity contract. We issue a group contract to a contract holder for the benefit
of the participants in the group. As a participant in the group, you will
receive a certificate which evidences your ownership. As used in this
prospectus, the term contract refers to your certificate. In some states, a
Flexible Payment Individual Modified Guaranteed and Variable Deferred Annuity
contract is available instead. Such a contract is identical to the contract
described in this prospectus, with the exception that we issue it directly to
the owner.
CUSTODIAN
State Street Bank and Trust Company, 255 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts
02110, serves as the custodian of the assets of the separate account. Anchor
National pays State Street Bank for services provided, based on a schedule of
fees.
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
The audited consolidated financial statements of Anchor National at December 31,
2000 and 1999, for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, for the three
months ended December 31, 1998 and for the year ended September 30, 1998 are
incorporated by reference in this prospectus in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
26
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of
1933 relating to the contract. This prospectus does not contain all the
information in the registration statement as permitted by SEC regulations. The
omitted information can be obtained from the SEC's principal office in
Washington, D.C., upon payment of a prescribed fee.
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------
Additional information concerning the operations of the separate account is
contained in a Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), which is available
without charge upon written request addressed to us at our Annuity Service
Center, P.O. Box 54299, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299 or by calling (800)
445-SUN2. The contents of the SAI are tabulated below.
Separate Account.............................. 3
General Account............................... 3
Performance Data.............................. 4
Income Payments............................... 10
Annuity Unit Values........................... 11
Taxes......................................... 14
Distribution of Contracts..................... 17
Financial Statements.......................... 18
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX A - MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ("MVA")
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The MVA reflects the impact that changing interest rates have on the value of
money invested at a fixed interest rate. The longer the period of time remaining
in the term you initially agreed to leave your money in the fixed account
option, the greater the impact of changing interest rates. The impact of the MVA
can be either positive or negative, and is computed by multiplying the amount
withdrawn, transferred or switched to the Income Phase by the following factor:
[(1+I/(1+J+0.005)](N/12) - 1
The MVA formula may differ in certain states
where:
I is the interest rate you are earning on the money invested in the
fixed account option;
J is the interest rate then currently available for the period of time
equal to the number of years remaining in the term you initially agreed
to leave your money in the fixed account option; and
N is the number of full months remaining in the term you initially
agreed to leave your money in the fixed account option.
EXAMPLES OF THE MVA
The examples below assume the following:
(1) You made an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 and allocated it to the
10-year fixed account option at a rate of 5%;
(2) You make a partial withdrawal of $4,000 when 1 year (12 months) remains
in the 10-year term you initially agreed to leave your money in the
fixed account option (N=12); and
(3) You have not made any other transfers, additional Purchase Payments, or
withdrawals.
No withdrawal charges are reflected because your Purchase Payment has been in
the contract for seven full years. If a withdrawal charge applies, it is
deducted before the MVA. The MVA is assessed on the amount withdrawn less any
withdrawal charges.
POSITIVE ADJUSTMENT
Assume that on the date of withdrawal, the interest rate in effect for a new
Purchase Payments in the 1-year fixed account option is 4%.
The MVA factor is = [(1+I/(1+J+0.005)](N/12) - 1
= [(1.05)/(1.04+0.005)](12/12) - 1
= (1.004785)(1) - 1
= 1.004785 - 1
= + 0.004785
The requested withdrawal amount is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the
MVA:
$4,000 x (+0.004785) = +$19.14
$19.14 represents the MVA that would be added to your withdrawal.
NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENT
Assume that on the date of withdrawal, the interest rate in effect for new
Purchase Payments in the 1-year fixed account option is 6%.
The MVA factor is = [(1+I)/(1+J+0.005)](N/12) - 1
= [(1.05)/(1.06+0.005)](12/12) - 1
= (0.985915)(1) - 1
= 0.985915 - 1
= - 0.014085
The requested withdrawal amount is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the
MVA:
$4,000 X (-0.014085) = -$56.34
$56.34 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the money remaining in the
10-year fixed account option.
A-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX B - DEATH BENEFITS FOLLOWING SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalized terms used in this Appendix have the same meaning as they have in
prospectus.
The term "withdrawals" as used in describing the death benefit options below is
defined as withdrawals and the fees and charges applicable to those withdrawals.
The following details the death benefit options and EstatePlus benefit upon the
Continuing Spouse's death:
A. DEATH BENEFIT PAYABLE UPON CONTINUING SPOUSE'S DEATH:
1. Purchase Payment Accumulation Option
If a Continuation Contribution is added on the Continuation Date, the
death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. The contract value on the Continuation Date (including the
Continuation Contribution) plus any Purchase Payments minus any
withdrawals made since the Continuation Date compounded to the date
of death at a 4% annual growth rate, (3% growth rate if the
Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older on the Continuation Date)
plus any Purchase Payments minus withdrawals recorded after the
date of death; or
c. The contract value on the seventh contract anniversary following
the original issue date of the contract, plus any Purchase Payments
and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract anniversary,
all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of death
(3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse is age 70 or older on the
Continuation Date) plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals
recorded after the date of death. The Continuation Contribution is
considered a Purchase Payment received on the Continuation Date.
If a Continuation Contribution is not added on the Continuation Date,
the death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. Purchase Payments minus withdrawals made from the original contract
issue date compounded to the date of death at a 4% annual growth
rate, (3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older
on the Contract Issue Date) plus any Purchase Payments minus
withdrawals recorded after the date of death; or
c. The contract value on the seventh contract anniversary following
the original issue date of the contract, plus any Purchase Payments
and less any withdrawals, since the seventh contract anniversary,
all compounded at a 4% annual growth rate until the date of death
(3% growth rate if the Continuing Spouse was age 70 or older on the
Contract Issue Date) plus any Purchase Payments less withdrawals
recorded after the date of death.
2. Maximum Anniversary Option - if the Continuing Spouse is below age 90 at
the time of death, and:
If a Continuation Contribution is added on the Continuation Date, the
death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. Continuation Net Purchase Payments plus Purchase Payments made
since the Continuation Date; and reduced for withdrawals in the
same proportion that the contract value was reduced on the date of
such withdrawal; or
c. The maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary occurring
after the Continuation Date prior to the Continuing Spouse's 81st
birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments since that contract
anniversary; and reduced for any withdrawals recorded since that
contract anniversary in the same proportion that the withdrawal
reduced the contract value on the date of the withdrawal. Contract
anniversary is defined as any anniversary following the full 12
month period after the original contract issue date.
If a Continuation Contribution is not added on the Continuation Date,
the death benefit is the greater of:
a. The contract value on the date we receive all required paperwork
and satisfactory proof of the Continuing Spouse's death; or
b. Net Purchase Payments received since the original issue date; or
c. The maximum anniversary value on any contract anniversary from the
original contract issue date prior to the Continuing Spouse's 81st
birthday. The anniversary value equals the contract value on a
contract anniversary plus any Purchase Payments since that contract
anniversary; and reduced for any withdrawals recorded since that
contract anniversary in the same proportion that
B-1
the withdrawal reduced the contract value on the date of the
withdrawal. Contract anniversary is defined as any anniversary
following the full 12 month period after the original contract issue
date.
If the Continuing Spouse is age 90 or older at the time of death, under the
Maximum Anniversary death benefit, their beneficiary will receive only the
contract value at the time we receive all required paperwork and satisfactory
proof of death.
B. THE ESTATEPLUS BENEFIT PAYABLE UPON CONTINUING SPOUSE'S DEATH:
The EstatePlus benefit may increase the death benefit amount. The EstatePlus
benefit is only available if the original owner elected EstatePlus and it has
not been terminated. If the Continuing Spouse had earnings in the contract at
the time of his/her death, we will add a percentage of those earnings (the
"EstatePlus Percentage"), subject to a maximum dollar amount (the "Maximum
EstatePlus Percentage"), to the death benefit payable, based on the number of
years the Continuing Spouse has held the contract since the Continuation Date.
The EstatePlus benefit, if any, is added to the death benefit payable under the
Purchase Payment Accumulation or the Maximum Anniversary option.
The term "Continuation Net Purchase Payment" is used frequently to describe the
EstatePlus benefit payable to the beneficiary of the Continuing Spouse. We
define Continuation Net Purchase Payment as Net Purchase Payments made as of the
Continuation Date. For the purpose of calculating Continuation Net Purchase
Payments, the amount that equals the contract value on the Continuation Date,
including the Continuation Contribution is considered a Purchase Payment. If the
Continuing Spouse makes no additional Purchase Payments or withdrawal,
Continuation Net Purchase Payments equals the contract value on the Continuation
Date, including the Continuation Contribution.
The table below shows the EstatePlus benefit if the Continuing Spouse is 69 or
younger on the Continuation Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 0-4 25% of Earnings 40% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 5-9 40% of Earnings 65% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Years 10+ 50% of Earnings 75% of Continuation Net
Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
If the Continuing Spouse is between their 70th and 81st birthdays on the
Continuation Date, the available EstatePlus benefit is:
-------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACT YEAR ESTATEPLUS MAXIMUM
OF DEATH PERCENTAGE ESTATEPLUS AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------
All Contract 25% of Earnings 40% of Continuation Net
Years Purchase Payments*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
* Purchase Payments received after the 5th anniversary of the Continuation Date
must remain in the contract for at least 6 full months to be included as part
of the Continuation Net Purchase Payments for the purpose of the Maximum
Estate Plus Percentage calculation.
What is the Contract Year of Death?
Contract Year of Death is the number of full 12 month periods starting on the
Continuation Date and ending on the Continuing Spouse's date of death.
What is the EstatePlus amount?
We determine the EstatePlus amount based upon a percentage of earnings in the
contract at the time of the Continuing Spouse's death. For the purpose of this
calculation, earnings are defined as (1) minus (2) where
(1) equals the contract value on the Continuing Spouse's date of
death;
(2) equals the Continuation Net Purchase Payment(s).
What is the Maximum EstatePlus amount?
The EstatePlus benefit is subject to a maximum dollar amount. The Maximum
EstatePlus amount is a percentage of the Continuation Net Purchase Payments.
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MODIFY, SUSPEND OR TERMINATE THE SPOUSAL CONTINUATION
PROVISION (IN ITS ENTIRETY OR ANY COMPONENT) AT ANY TIME WITH RESPECT TO
PROSPECTIVELY ISSUED CONTRACTS.
B-2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX C - HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE OF THE OPERATION OF THE INCOME PROTECTOR
FEATURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POLARIS PLATINUM BASE INCOME PROTECTOR
This table assumes a $100,000 initial investment in a non-qualified contract
with no further premiums, no withdrawals, no Re-Set and no premium taxes; and
the election of optional Base Income Protector at contract issue.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL INCOME IF YOU ANNUITIZE ON CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY
IF AT ISSUE 7 10 15 20
YOU ARE 1 - 6 (AGE 67) (AGE 70) (AGE 75) (AGE 80)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Male N/A 6,108 6,672 7,716 8,832
age 60*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Female N/A 5,388 5,880 6,900 8,112
age 60*
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint**
Male -- 60 N/A 4,716 5,028 5,544 5,928
Female -- 60
-------------------------------------------------------------------
* Life Annuity with 10 Year Period Certain
** Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity with 20 Year Period Certain
The Income Protector may not be available in your state. Please consult your
financial adviser for information regarding availability of this program in your
state.
C-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX D - PREMIUM TAXES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premium taxes vary according to the state and are subject to change without
notice. In many states, there is no tax at all. Listed below are the current
premium tax rates in those states that assess a premium tax. For current
information, you should consult your tax adviser.
QUALIFIED NON-QUALIFIED
STATE CONTRACT CONTRACT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California .50% 2.35%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maine 0% 2%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nevada 0% 3.5%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
South Dakota 0% 1.25%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
West Virginia 1% 1%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wyoming 0% 1%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D-1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please forward a copy (without charge) of the Polaris Platinum Variable
Annuity Statement of Additional Information to:
(Please print or type and fill in all information.)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address
------------------------------------------------------------------------
City/State/Zip
Date: ------------------------------ Signed: ------------------------------
Return to: Anchor National Life Insurance Company, Annuity Service Center,
P.O. Box 52499, Los Angeles, California 90054-0299
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------